You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
Instructor Solutions Manual
for
Modern Physics
Sixth Edition
Paul A. Tipler
Ralph A. Llewellyn
Prepared by
Mark J. Llewellyn
Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
Computer Science Division
University of Central Florida
W. H. Freeman and Company
New York
Instructor Solutions Manual to Accompany Tipler & Llewellyn Modern Physics, Sixth
Edition
© 2012, 2008, 2003 by W.H. Freeman and Company
All rights reserved.
Published under license, in the United States by
W. H. Freeman and Company
41 Madison Avenue
New York, NY 10010
www.whfreeman.com
Preface
This book is an Instructor Solutions Manual for the problems which appear
in Modern Physics, Sixth Edition by Paul A. Tipler and Ralph A. Llewellyn.
This book contains solutions to every problem in the text and is not intended
for class distribution to students. A separate Student Solutions Manual for
Modern Physics, Sixth Edition is available from W. H. Freeman and
Company. The Student Solutions Manual contains solutions to selected
problems from each chapter, approximately one-fourth of the problems in
the book.
Figure numbers, equations, and table numbers refer to those in the text.
Figures in this solutions manual are not numbered and correspond only to
the problem in which they appear. Notation and units parallel those in the
text.
Please visit W. H. Freeman and Company’s website for Modern Physics,
Sixth Edition at www.whfreeman.com/tiplermodernphysics6e. There you
will find 30 More sections that expand on high interest topics covered in the
textbook, the Classical Concept Reviews that provide refreshers for many
classical physics topics that are background for modern physics topics in the
text, and an image gallery for Chapter 13. Some problems in the text are
drawn from the More sections.
Every effort has been made to ensure that the solutions in this manual are
accurate and free from errors. If you have found an error or a better solution
to any of these problems, please feel free to contact me at the address below
with a specific citation. I appreciate any correspondence from users of this
manual who have ideas and suggestions for improving it.
Sincerely,
Mark J. Llewellyn
Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science
Computer Science Division
University of Central Florida
Orlando, Florida 32816-2362
Email: markl@cs.ucf.edu
Table of Contents
Chapter 1 – Relativity I 1
Chapter 2 – Relativity II 31
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy 53
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom 79
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles 109
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation 127
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics 157
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics 187
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra 209
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics 235
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics 259
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics 309
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology 331
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-1. (a) Speed of the droid relative to Hoth, according to Galilean relativity, u
Hoth
, is
u u u
Hoth spaceship droid
8 8
2.3 10 m / s 2.1 10 /
m s
8
4.410 m/
s
(b) No, since the droid is moving faster than light speed relative to Hoth.
1-2. (a)
4
2L
2 2.7410
m
t 1.8310
8
c 3.0010 m/
s
4
s
2L v
(b) From Equation 1-6 the correction t c
c
2
4 4 12
t 1.8310 s 10 1.8310
s
c
4 km / s
5
(c) From experimental measurements 1.3
10
c 299,796 km / s
No, the relativistic correction of order 10 -8 is three orders of magnitude smaller than
the experimental uncertainty.
2
2
1-3.
0.4 fringe 2
2
3
1.0 fringe 1.0 29.9 / 2.22 10 47.1 /
2 2
29.8 km / s v km / s
v km s v km s
0.4
1-4. (a) This is an exact analog of Example 1-1 with L = 12.5 m, c = 130 mph, and v = 20
mph. Calling the plane flying perpendicular to the wind plane #1 and the one flying
parallel to the wind plane #2, plane #1 win will by Δt where
12.5mi
20 mi / h
3
130 mi / h
2
Lv
t 0.0023 h 8.2s
3
c
1
(b) Pilot #1 must use a heading
2
sin 20/130 8.8 relative to his course on both
legs. Pilot #2 must use a heading of 0 relative to the course on both legs.
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
8
1-5. (a) In this case, the situation is analogous to Example 1-1 with L3
10 m,
v
4
3 10 m/ s,
8
and c 3 10 /
m s If the flash occurs at t = 0, the interior is dark
until t =2s at which time a bright circle of light reflected from the circumference of
the great circle plane perpendicular to the direction of motion reaches the center, the
circle splits in two, one moving toward the front and the other moving toward the rear,
their radii decreasing to just a point when they reach the axis 10 -8 s after arrival of the
first reflected light ring. Then the interior is dark again.
(b) In the frame of the seated observer, the spherical wave expands outward at c in all
directions. The interior is dark until t = 2s at which time the spherical wave (that
reflected from the inner surface at t = 1s) returns to the center showing the entire inner
surface of the sphere in reflected light, following which the interior is dark again.
1-6. Yes, you will see your image and it will look as it does now. The reason is the second
postulate: All observers have the same light speed. In particular, you and the mirror are
in the same frame. Light reflects from you to the mirror at speed c relative to you and the
mirror and reflects from the mirror back to you also at speed c, independent of your
motion.
1-7.
2
N
Lv
2
c
2
(Equation 1-10) Where λ = 590 nm, L = 11 m, and ΔN = 0.01 fringe
2
2 Nc
9 8
v fringe m m s m
2L
2
0.01 590 10 3.00 10 / 211
3
v 4.9110 m / s 5 km / s
1-8. (a) No. Results depends on the relative motion of the frames.
(b) No. Results will depend on the speed of the proton relative to the frames. (This
answer anticipates a discussion in Chapter 2. If by “mass”, the “rest mass” is implied,
then the answer is “yes”, because that is a fundamental property of protons.)
2
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
(Problem 1-8 continued)
(c) Yes. This is guaranteed by the 2 nd postulate.
(d) No. The result depends on the relative motion of the frames.
(e) No. The result depends on the speeds involved.
(f) Yes. Result is independent of motion.
(g) Yes. The charge is an intrinsic property of the electron, a fundamental constant.
1-9. The wave from the front travels 500 m at speed c + (150/3.6) m/s and the wave from the
rear travels at c – (150/3.6) m/s. As seen in Figure 1-14, the travel time is longer for the
wave from the rear.
500m
500m
t tr
t
f
8 8
3.0010 m / s 150 / 3.6 m / s 3.0010 m / s 150 / 3.6 m / s
500
8 8
310 150 / 3.6 310 150 / 3.6
8 8
310 2150 / 3.6310 150 / 3.6
2 150 / 3.6
500 4.6310
8
2
310
13
s
2
1-10.
A
*
B
*
C
*
v
While the wavefront is expanding to the position shown, the original positions of
A, B, and C have moved to the * marks, according to the observer in S.
(a) According to an S observer, the wavefronts arrive simultaneously at Aand
B.
(b) According to an S observer, the wavefronts do not arrive at Aand
Csimultaneously.
(c) The wavefront arrives at Afirst, according to the S observer, an amount Δt before
arrival at C , where
3
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
(Problem 1-10 continued)
BC
BA
t since BC BA L, Thus
c v c v
c v c v 2v
t L
L
2 2 2 2
c v c v
1-11.
2
β 1/ 2
1/ 1
0 1
0.2 1.0206
0.4 1.0911
0.6 1.2500
0.8 1.6667
0.85 1.8983
0.90 2.2942
0.925 2.6318
0.950 3.2026
0.975 4.5004
0.985 5.7953
0.990 7.0888
0.995 10.0125
1-12.
vx
0 vx
0
t1 t
1
t
2 2
t
2
( from Equation 1-19)
2
c
c
vx
c
vx
c
0 0
(a) t t t t t t
2 1 2 2 1 2
2 1
(b) The quantities x 1
and x 2
in Equation 1-19 are each equal to x
0
, but x 1 and x 2 in
Equation 1-18 are different and unknown.
1-13. (a)
2 2
1/ 2 2 2
1/ 1 v / c 1/ 1 0.85 c / c 1.898
y y 18m
5 3
x x vt 1.898 75m 0.85c 2.0 10 s 9.537 10 m
z z 4.0m
2 5 2 5
t t vx / c 1.898 2.010 s 0.85c 75 m / c 3.75610
s
1/ 2
4
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
(Problem 1-13 continued)
(b)
3 5
x x vt 1.898 9.537 10 m 0.85c 3.756 10 s
75.8m
difference is due to rounding of , x, and t.
y y
18m
z z
4.0m
2 5 3 2 5
t t vx / c 1.898 3.75610 s 0.85c 9.537 10 m / c 2.010
s
1-14. To show that Δt = 0 (refer to Figure 1-8 and Example 1-1).
L L 2L 2L
1
t1
c v c v c v c 1 v / c
t
t
2
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
,because length parallel to motion is shortened, is given by:
L 1 v / c L 1 v / c 2Lc 1 v / c
c v c v c 1 v / c
2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2
2L 1 v / c 2L
1
2
t
2 2 2
1
2 2
t
c
1 v / c
c 1 v / c
Therefore, t 2 – t 1 = 0 and no fringe shift is expected.
1-15. (a) Let frame S be the rest frame of Earth and frame S be the spaceship moving at speed
v to the right relative to Earth. The other spaceship moving to the left relative to Earth
at speed u is the “particle”. Then v = 0.9c and u x = −0.9c.
u
u
v
x
x
2
1 uxv / c
(Equation 1-22)
0.9c 0.9c 1.8c
0.9945c
2
1 0.9c 0.9 c / c 1.81
(b) Calculating as above with
v m s u
4
3.0 10 /
x
4 4 4
3.0 10 m / s 3.010 m / s 6.0 10 m / s
ux
8
110
1
4 4
3.0 10 m / s3.0 10 m / s
8
2
3.0 10
m/
s
4
6.0 10 /
m s
5
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-16.
du
x
ux
v
a
x
where u
x
(Equation 1-22)
2
dt
1 u v / c
2
And t t vx / c (Equation 1-18)
x
2 2
2
/ 1 / 1 /
2 1
du u v vdu c u v c u v c du
x x x x x x
v
2
2 u vdu 1 u v / c du
c
2
2
1 u v / c
dt
dt vdx / c
du
a x
dt
2
x c
x x x x
v
2
x
2
u vdu / dt 1 u v / c du / dt
x x x x
1 u v / c
x
2
3
a
y
2 2
dux
/ dt1 v / c ax
2 3 2
1 uxv / c 1 uxv / c
duy
dt
3 3
uy
where uy
(Equation 1-22)
2
1 u v / c
2
2 2
/ 1 / / 1 /
2 2
1 / /
2
2
1 uxv / c
x
1 2
du du u v c u u v c du
y y x y x x
du u v c u v c du
y x y x
a
y
2 2
duy / dt1 uxv / c uyv / c dux
/ dt
2
1 / 2 1 /
2
x
x
duy
dt
u v c u v c
2 2
1 / /
2 2
3
1 uxv / c
a u v c a u v c
y x x y
a
z
is found in the same manner and is given by:
z
2 2
1 / /
2 2
3
1 uxv / c
az uxv c ax uzv c
a
6
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-17. (a) As seen from the diagram, when the observer in the rocket ( S ) system sees 1 c∙s
tick by on the rocket’s clock, only 0.6 c∙s have ticked by on the laboratory clock.
ct
4
3
ct
x
2
1
1
0
0
1 2 3 4
x
(b) When 10 seconds have passed on the rocket’s clock, only 6 seconds have passed on
the laboratory clock.
1-18. (a)
y
y
c
u 0
x
u 0
y
x
v
x
u
x
u x
v 0 v
v
2
1 vu
/ c 1
0
x
(Equation 1-23)
u
y
uy
c c
vu c
2
1 / 1
0
x
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(b)
x y
/
1 /
u u u v c v c v c c
7
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-19. By analogy with Equation 1-23,
(a)
(b)
u v 0.9c 0.9c 1.8c
u 0.9945c
x
x
2
1 vux
/ c
2
10.9c0.9 c/ c 1.81
c c
u v 1.8 /1.81 0.9 1.8 0.9 1.81 3.429
u c c 0.9997c
x
x
2 2
1 vux
/ c 1 1.8 c /1.81 0.9 c / c 1.81
1.8 0.9 3.430
1-20 (a)
1
1 v / c
2 2
(Equation 1-16)
2 4 2
2 2 2
2 2
2
2 2
1/ 2 1 v 1 3 1 v
1 v / c 1
2
2
2 c 2 2 2! c
1 v 3 v 1 v
1 1
2 c 8 c 2 c
(b)
1
1 v / c 1 v / c
1/ 2
2 2 2 2
2 2
2
v v
2 2
1 1 1 1
1
2 c 2 2 2! c
1 v 1 v 1 v
1 1
2 c 8 c 2 c
2 4 2
2 2 2
(c)
1 v 3 v 1 1 v 1 v
1 1
2 c 8 c 2 c 8 c
2 4 2 4
2 4 2 4
1 1 v
1 1
2 c
2
2
1-21.
t
t
(Equation 1-26)
t t t t
1 v 1 v
1 1
t
t
2c 2c
2 2
2 2
1/ 2
2 2 t t
t t
1/ 2
v 2c v c 2 c 20.01 0.14c
t
t
8
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-22.
S
v = 1000 km/h
Orion (#2) Lyra (#1)
Earth
S
3
2.5
10 cy
3
2.5
10 cy
(a) Note that 1/ 1 v 2 / c 2 1 and 1c y c 3.15
10
7 s
From Equation 1-27: t t2t1 0, since the novas are simultaneous in system S
(Earth). Therefore, in S (the aircraft)
v
t t 2
t 1
2
x 2
x
1
c
6
10 m/
h
3 3 7
2 2.510 2.510 c3.1510
s
3600 s / h c
5
1.46 10 s 40.5
h
(b) Since t
is positive, t 2
t 1
; therefore, the nova in Lyra is detected on the aircraft
before the nova in Orion.
1-23. (a)
(b)
L
L p
/ (Equation 1-28)
2 2 2 2
=Lp
1 v / c 1.0m 1 0.6 c / c 0.80m
9
t L/ v 0.80 m/ 0.6c 4.4
10 s
1/ 2
(c)
ct
ct
The projection OA on
the x axis is L. The
length OB on the ct axis
yields t.
back of meterstick
passes x = 0
x
B
meterstick
A A
0
x
9
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-24. (a) t
t
t
1 v / c
2 2
(b)
8
8
(c)
8
8
(Equation 1-26)
8 8
2.610 s 2.610
s
5.9610
2
1/ 2
2
1
0.9 c
/ c 0.19
s vt 0.9 3.010 m/ s 6.010 s 16.1m
s vt 0.9 3.010 m/ s 2.610 s 7.0m
8
s
(d)
s ct x
2 2 2
8
2 2
(Equation 1-31)
c 6.010
16.1m 324 259 65 s 7.8m
1-25. From Equation 1-28,
2 2
1 / / 85/100
v c L L p
2 2
Squaring 1 v
/ c 85/100
L L L v c L m L m
2 2
p
/
p
1 / where 85 and
p
100
2
2 2 2 2 8
v 1 85/100 c 0.2775 c and v 0.527c 1.5810 m / s
1-26. (a) In the spaceship the length L = the proper length L p ; therefore,
t
s
L L 2L
c c c
p p p
(b) In the laboratory frame the length is contracted to L
L / and the round trip time is
t
L
L L L
c v c v c 1 v / c
2 2
c 1 v / c
2 2
2 2
2 Lp / 2Lp 1 v / c 2Lp
2 2 2
2 2
c 1 v / c c 1 v / c
p
(c) Yes. The time t s measured in the spaceship is the proper time interval τ. From time
dilation (Equation 1-26) the time interval in the laboratory t L
; therefore,
t
L
1
1 v / c
2 2
2L
c
p
which agrees with (b).
10
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-27. Using Equation 1-28, with L and L equal to the proper lengths of A and B and L A =
Ap
length of A measured by B and L B = length of B measured by A.
2
2 2
Bp
L L / 100m 1 0.92c 39.2m
A
Ap
L L 36 / 1 0.92 c / c 91.9m
Bp
B
1-28.
In S: x 1.0mcos30 0.866m
y 1.0msin30 0.500 m where 30
2
2
In : 1 0.866 1 0.8 0.520
S x x m m
y y
0.500m
0.500
0.520
1
where tan 43.9
2 2 2 2
L x y 0.520m 0.500 0.721m
1-29. (a)
In S : V ab c
2m 2m 4m 16m
In S: Both a and c have components in the x
direction.
a asin 25 2m sin 25 0.84 m and c ccos 25 4m cos 25 3.63m
x
x
x
x
x
2
2
1 0.84 1 0.65 0.64
a a
m
c
2
2
1 3.634 1 0.65 2.7
c
y y y y
2 2
x y
2 2
x y
2 2
2 2
1
(between c and xy-plane) tan 1.69 /
x
6m
a a acos 25 2cos 25 1.81 m and c c csin 25 4sin 25 1.69m
a a a 0.64 1.81 1.92m
c c c 2.76 1.69 3.24m
b
(in z direction) is unchanged, so b b2m
1
3
2.76 31.5
(between a and yz-plane) tan 0.64 /1.81 19.5
V (area of ay face) b (see part[b])
V c asin 78 b 3.24m 1.92m sin 78 2m 12.2m
3
11
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
(Problem 1-29 continued)
(b)
y
c
a
b
19.5 ◦
x
31.5 ◦
z
1-30.
c c 1 v / c
o
(Equation 1-36)
f 1
1 v / c
fo
1
2 2
1 v/
c
1 v / c
1 v / c
o
1 v/
c o
v
v 1 /
o
Solving for v/ c, 1 1
c
o o c
1 /
o
2 2 2
v 1
590 nm / 650nm
o
650 nm. For yellow
590 nm. 0.097
2
c 1
590 nm / 650nm
v
Similarly, for green 525nm
0.210
c
v
and for blue 460nm
0.333
c
2
2
12
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-31.
c c 1 v / c
o
(Equation 1-37)
f 1
1 v / c
fo
1
7 8
m s m s
8
1 / 1 1.85 10 / / 3.00 10 /
o
v c
1 1
1 0.064
o
o
1 v/ c
1 1.8510 m/ s 3.0010 m/
s
1/ 2
1-32. Because the shift is a blue shift, the star is moving toward Earth.
1
f fo
where f 1.02
f
1
2 1
1.02 1
1.02 0.0198
2
1
1.02 1
6
v 0.0198c 5.9410 m / s
o
2
1-33.
1 1 1
f fo
o
656.3nm
1 1 1
110
110
3
3
For 10 : 656.3nm
657.0
3
110
110
2
2
For 10 : 656.3nm
662.9
2
110
110
1
1
10 : 656.3nm
725.6
1
nm
nm
nm
1-34. Let S be the rest frame of Earth, S be Heidi’s rest frame, and S be Hans’ rest frame.
1
S
1.1198
1
0.45 c/
c
S
2
1
c c 2
1
0.95 /
3.206
When they meet, each will have traveled a distance d from Earth.
Heidi: d 0.45c t Heidi
Hans: d 0.95c t Hans
and tHans
tHeidi
1 in years.
Therefore, 0.95c 0.45c tHeidi 0.95 c and tHeidi 1.90 y; tHans
0.90 y
(a) In her reference frame S , Heidi has aged t when she and Hans meet.
13
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
(Problem1-34 continued)
v 0.45c
t
S t x 1.1198 1.90 0.45c
1.90
c c
In his reference frame S , Hans has aged
t
when he and Heidi meet.
v
t
3.30261.90 1 0.95 2
S t x y
0.290 y
2
c
The difference in their ages will be 1.697 0.290 1.407 y
1.4y
(b) Heidi will be the older.
2 2
y
2
1.198 1.90 1 0.45 1.697
y
1-35. Distance to moon =
8
3.8510 m
R
Angular velocity ω needed for v = c:
8 8
v / R C / R 3.0010 m/ s / 3.8510 m 0.78 rad / s
Information could only be transmitted by modulating the beam’s frequency or intensity,
but the modulation could move along the beam only at speed c, thus arriving at the moon
only at that rate.
1-36. (a) Using Equation 1-28 and Problem 1-20(b).
7
where t
3.1510 /
t
t / t 1 v / 2 c t tv / 2c
2 2 2 2
6
v 2 R / T 2 6.37 10 m / 108min 60 s / min
E
s y
3 5
v 6.177 10 m / s 2.0610
c
2 2 7 5
2
Time lost by satellite clock = / 3.1510 2.0610 / 2 0.00668 6.68
tv c s s ms
(b)
1 s t v / 2c
2 2
2 2 5
2
9
t 2 / v / c 2 / 2.0610 4.7110 s 150y
14
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-37.
cos
cos
(Equation 1-41)
1
cos
where half-angle of the beam in S 30
cos300.65
For 0.65, cos 0.97 or 14.1
1
0.65 cos30
A
0.75m
1.5m
lamp
14.1
The train is A from you when the headlight disappears, where
beam
0.75m
A
3.0m
tan14.1
1-38. (a) t t0 For the time difference to be 1 s, t t0
1s
(b)
1
t t / 1 t
1 1
2
1 1 v
Substituting 1 (From Problem 1-20)
2
2 c
2
8
1 v
3.010
2 2
t 11 1 t 2 c / v 2
2
2 c 1.510 / 3.610
12
1.04 10 s 32,000
t t s
0
y
2
6 3
9
273 10 . Using the same substitution as in (a).
t C km
9
1 1/ 273 10 and the circumference of Earth 40,000 , so
7 7
4.010 m vt or t 4.010 / v, and
2 9
2c
27310
v c v v
1230
m/
s
4.010
7
7 2 2 9
4.0 10 / 2 / 273 10 , or
2
Where v is the relative speed of the planes flying opposite directions. The speed of
each plane was 1230 m/ s/ 2 615 m/ s 2210 km / h 1380 mph.
15
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-39.
y
S (other)
y
S (Earth)
c
θ
v
(a)
(b) If
c c cos
v
c
x
y
csin
cy
csin
sin
tan
c c cos
v cos v / c
x
1 1
90 , tan
1
v/
c
90
45
e.g., if v 0.5 c,
63
x
x
1-40. (a) Time t for information to reach front of rod is given by:
Lp
Lp
ct vt t
( c
v)
Distance information travels in time t:
cLp
c ( c v)( c v) / c
ct L L L
( c v) ( c v) ( c
v)
c v
2 2
2
c 1 v / c c v
p
2
p p
Since ( c v) ( c v) 1 for v > 1, the distance the information must travel to reach
the front of the rod is
Lp
; therefore, the rod has extended beyond its proper length.
(b)
1 1 v/
c
( ct Lp) 1
L
1 v / c
p
16
Delta
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
Δ 0 0.11 0.29 0.57 0.73 1.17 2.00 2.50 3.36 5.25 8.95
v/c 0 0.10 0.25 0.40 0.50 0.65 0.80 0.85 0.90 0.95 0.98
Coefficient of extension vs. v/c
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
v/c
(c) As v
c,
, the maximum length of the rod also.
2
1-41. (a) Alpha Centauri is 4 c∙y away, so the traveler went
(b)
2 2
8 1 / 6
c y v c v y
t t y
2 2
1 / 6 / 8 3/ 4 /
v c v c v c
2 2 2
3/ 4
1
2 2 2
1
3/ 4
2
1/ 10.5625
v
0.8c
2
0
6 and 1/ 1 1.667
t 1.667 6y 10 y or 4 y older than the other traveler.
L 1 8 c y in 6 y, or
17
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
(Problem 1-41 continued)
(c)
ct
10
ct
(c∙y)
8
6
x
4
2
Alpha Centauri
Earth
0
0
2 4 6 8 10
x
1-42. Orbit circumference
7
4.0 10 m.
7 3
v 4.010 m/ 90min 60 s / min 7.41
10 m/
s
Satellite speed
t t t
0
diff
1
t t t t t
2
t
diff
2
/
diff
1 1/ (Problem 1-20)
7 3 8
3.16 10 s1/ 27.41 10 / 3.0 10
0.0096s
9.6ms
2
v
1-43. (a) t
t x (Equation 1-20)
2
c
For events to be simultaneous in S, t0.
(b) Yes.
v
6 v
3
t x 210 s
2 2 1.510
m
c
c
6 8 3
v 210 s 310 m / s s /1.510
m
8
1.2 10 m / s 0.4
c
18
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
(Problem 1-43 continued)
(c)
ct
1000
ct
500
B
x
0
0
500
1000 1500 x
A
(d)
s x ct
2 2 2
(Equation 1-33)
3 2
8
1.5 10 3 10 m / s2 10
6 s
2.2510 3.6 10 1.89 10
m
s
1370m
L s 1370m
6 5 6 2
2
2
1-44. (a) 2
1/ 1 1/ 1 0.92 2.55
(b)
8 8 8
2.610 s t lab 2.55 2.610 s 6.63
10 s
t
/
2
2
(c)
(d) 47
N t N e (Equation 1-29) L 1 L 1 0.92 50m 19.6m
0 0
Where L is the distance in the pion system. At 0.92c, the time to cover 19.6m is:
t m c s
8
19.6 / 0.92 7.0 10 . So, for N 0 = 50,000 pions initially, at the end of 50m
in the lab, N
4 7.0/ 2.6
5.0 10 e 3,390
19
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
2
1
v
L Lp L Lp Lp 1/ Lp 11/ Lp
(See Problem 1-20)
2
2
c
1-45.
For 11 and 3 10 / 11 0.5 10 5.5 10
4 8 8
Lp
m v m s L m
8
5.510
m
"Shrinkage" 550 atomic diameter
10
10 m / atomic diameter
1-46. (a)
ct
1500
ct
B
1000
500
A
0
0
500
1000 1500 2000
x
(b) Slope of
8
ct axis 2.08 1/ , so 0.48 and v 1.44 10 m/
s
(c)
2 2
ct ct and 1/ 1 so ct 1 ct
(d) t t 1.14t t
5 s /1.14 4.39s
For ct 1000 m and 0.48 ct 877m t1.5 877 / c 4.39s
L L / L 1 u / c 100m 1 0.85 52.7m
2 2
1-47. (a) 2
p
p
(b)
u u 0.85c 0.85c 1.70c
u 0.987c
1 uu / c
2 1
0.85 1.72
2
2 2
(c)
2
L L / L 1 u / c 100m 1 1.70/1.72 16.1m
p
p
(d) As viewed from Earth, the ships pass in the time required for one ship to move its
L 52.7m
7
own contracted length. t
2.110
s
8
u 0.853.00 10 m / s
20
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
(Problem 1-47 continued)
(e)
0.987c
100 m
16 m
1-48. In Doppler radar, the frequency received at the (approaching) aircraft is shifted by
approximately f / f0
v / c.
Another frequency shift in the same direction occurs at the
receiver, so the total shift 7
0
f / f 2 v / c. v c / 2 810 120 m/
s .
1-49.
#1
#2
L
c +
cm
Earth
c −
For star #1:
4
v 32 km / s 3.210 m / s
period 115d
c
c 3.210
4
4
c
c 3.210
Simultaneous images of star#1 in opposition
will appear at Earth when L is at least as large
as:
21
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
(Problem 1-49 continued)
L
L
57.4d
c 3.210 c 3.210
4 4
c 3.210 L L c 3.210
75.5d 24 h / d 3600 s / h
c 3.210 c 3.210 c 3.210 c 3.210
c
4 4
4 4 4 4
4 4
c 3.210 L c 3.210
L
57.5d
24 3600
c
3.210 3.210
2 4
2
2 4
2
4 4 2 4
c 3.210 c 3.210 L c
3.210
2
57.5243600
L
c
2
3.2 10
57.5 24 3600
4
6.410
2 4
18
L 6.9910 m 739c y
v
2 1 2 1
(Equation 1-20)
2 b a
c
t
t 0 t t v / c 2 x x 0.5 1.0 y v / c 2 2.0 1.0 c y
1-50. t
t t t x x
(a)
2 1 2 1
0.5 v / c v 0.5 c in the x direction.
Thus,
2
(b) t
t vx / c
b
Using the first event to calculate t (because t is the same for both events),
2 2
t 1/ 1 0.5
1y 0.5c 1 c y / c
1.1551.5
1.7 y
2 2 2 2 2 2
(c)
a
s x ct 1c y 0.5c y 0.75 c y s 0.866c y
(d) The interval is spacelike.
(e) L s 0.866c y
22
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-51. (a)
ct (c∙y)
1.7y
1
2
1.0
x
x (c∙y)
-2.0
-1.0
1.0
2.0
Because events are simultaneous in S , line between 1 and 2 is parallel to x axis.
Its slope is 0.5 . v 0.5 c.
(b) From diagram t 1.7 y.
b r
b r b r
2
t b
t r
tb tr vxb xr
/ c
(2)
1-52. x x x x vt t
(1)
Where xb xr 2400m tb tr 5s x b
x r
2400m t b
t
r
5s
Dividing (1) by (2) and inserting the values,
6
400 2400 v
510
2 6 2 6
2400 v
6 6 2
2400 / 510 c 2400 510
v
510 510 v 2400 / c
2
2400
v v m s x
6 2
510
c
6 8
5 10 4800 2.69 10 / in direction.
1-53. u 0.85c cos50 u 0.85c
sin50
x
2
0.72 1/ 1 1.441 v 0.72
y
c
23
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
(Problem 1-53 continued)
ux
v
u
ux
u
1 vu / c 1 vu / c
x
y
2 y
2
x
0.85c cos50 0.72c 0.1736c
ux
0.286c
1
0.72 0.85 cos50 / 1
0.3934
2
c c c
0.85c
sin50
uy
1.441
1
0.72 0.85 cos50 /
2
c c c
0.745c
u u u
0.798c
2 2
x y
tan u / u 0.745/ 0.286 111 with respect to the x
axis.
y
x
1-54. This is easier to do in the xy and xy planes. Let the center of the meterstick, which is
parallel to the x-axis and moves upward with speed v y in S, at
x y x y 0 at t t
0. The right hand end of the stick, e.g., will not be at
t 0 in S because the clocks in S are not synchronized with those in S. In S the
components of the sticks velocity are:
u v
u because u v and u 0
y
y
y 2
y y x
1 vux
/ c
ux
v
ux
v because u 0
2
x
1 vu / c
x
When the center of the stick is located as noted above, the right end in S will be at:
x x vt 0.5 because t 0. The S clock there will read: t
t vx / c 0.5 v / c
Because t = 0. Therefore, when t 0 at the center, the right end is at xy given by:
x 0.5
vy
0.5
v
y
uy
t
2
c
and tan
y v 0.5
v
tan / 0.5 tan
x
c
v v / c 1
1 1 y
1 2 2
2
y
For 0.65
0.494 v / c
y
24
2 2
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-55.
0
2 2 2
x y z ct
2
/ 2 2 /
2
2 2 2
x vt y z c t vx / c
x c v c y z t v c xt
v vc c
2 2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2 2
x y z ct
2
2
1-56. The solution to this problem is essentially the same as Problem 1-53, with the manhole
taking the place of the meterstick and with the addition of the meterstick moving to the
right along the x-axis. Following from Problem 1-53, the manhole is titled up on the right
and so the meterstick passes through it; there is no collision.
y
manhole
x
meterstick
1-57. (a)
2 2
/ and /
t
t vx c t t vx c
2 2 2 1 1 1
2 2
2
1
2
1
2
1
/ /
t t t t v x x c T vD c
(b) For simultaneity in
S t t
T vD c v c cT D
2
,
2
1, or / / / .
Because v / c 1, cT / D is also <1 or D cT.
(c) If D < cT, then T vD c 2 T vcT c 2
T v c
2
positive because v/c < 1. Thus, t
2
t
1
T vD / c
(d) Assume T D/ cwith c c.
Then
/ / 1 / . For T > 0 this is always
c v
c
c
2 2
T vD / c D / c vD / c D / c
is always positive.
This changes sign at v / c c / c which is still smaller than 1. For any larger v
t t T vD / c 0 or t t
2
still smaller than c)
2 1 1 2
25
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-58.
1
v 0.6c 1.25
1
0.6
2
(a) The clock in S reads 60min 75min
when the S clock reads 60 min and the first
signal from S is sent. At that time, the S observer is at
v75min 0.6c 75min 45c
min. The signal travels for 45 min to reach the S
observer and arrives at 75 min + 45 min = 120 min on the S clock.
(b) The observer in S sends his first signal at 60 min and its subsequent wavefront is
found at x ct
60min . The S observer is at x vt 0.6ct
and receives the
wavefront when these x positions coincide, i.e., when
c t 60min 0.6ct
0.4ct
60c
min
t 60c min / 0.4c
150min
x 0.6c 0min 90c
min
The confirmation signal sent by the S observer is sent at that time and place, taking
90 min to reach the observer in S. It arrives at 150 min + 90 min = 240 min.
(c) Observer in S:
Sends first signal
Receives first signal
Receives confirmation
60 min
120 min
240 min
The S observer makes identical observations.
1-59. Clock at r moves with speed u
r , so time dilation at that clock’s location is:
t t t t 1 u / c t 1 r / c
2 2 2 2 2
0 r 0 0
1 2 2 2
Or, for r
c, tr
t0
1 r / c
2
1
t 1 r / c t
And,
2 2 2
0 0 2 2
tr
t
0 2
r
2
t0 t0
2C
26
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-60.
v B
Space station
V A
u
x
ux
v
u
u
1 u v / c
1 /
x
y
2 y
u 2
xv c
vAx
v
(a) For v : v v , v 0, v v . So, v
v
2
1 v v / c
BA B Ax Ay A Ax B
Ax
v v
vAy
where
Ay
A
2 B
2 2
B 1 vAxv / c
B
1 vB
/ c
v v
v
v v
/ 2
2 2 2
BA Ax Ay B A B
vAy vA /
B
vA
tan
BA
v
v v
Ax B B B
vBx
v
(b) For v : v v , v v , v 0. So, v
v
2
1 v v / c
AB A By B Bx Bx A
Bx
v v
v By
where
By
B
2 A
2 2
A 1 vBxv / c
A
1 vA
/ c
/
v v v
2 2
AB A B A
vB
vB
tan
AB
v
v
A A A A
(c) The situations are not symmetric. B viewed from A moves in the +y direction, and A
viewed from B moves in the –y direction, so tan
tan
45 only if v v
and 1, which requires v v 0.
A B A B
1
1
A B A B
27
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-61.
1-62. (a) Apparent time A B T / 2 t t and apparent time B A T / 2t t where
A B A B
t A = light travel time from point A to Earth and t B = light travel time from point B to
Earth.
T L L T 2vL
A B
2 c v c v 2 c v
2 2
T L L T 2vL
B A
2 c v c v 2 c v
2 2
(b) Star will appear at A and B simultaneously when t T /2 t or when the period is:
L L 4vL
T 2 t t
2
c v c v
c v
B A 2 2
B
A
1-63. The angle of u with the x axis is:
u
1 /
y
u vu
y
x
c
tan
u
vu
x
x ux
v
1
2
c
uy
u sin
sin
tan
u v u cos v cos v / u
x
2
28
Chapter 1 – Relativity I
1-64.
#1
d
θ
#2
d vt
cos
x
Earth
vt
sin
x Earth
L
to Earth
L
(a) From position #2 light reaches Earth at time t 2
L / c.
From position #1 light reaches
L d
Earth at time t 1
t.
c
c
L L d
tEarth
t2 t1
t
c
c c
v tcos
tEarth
t
c
t
t
1
cos
Earth
(b)
B
app
vapp
xEarth
vtsin sin
c ct ct
1 cos 1
cos
Earth
(c) For 0.75 and v c 1, the result in part (b) becomes
app
app
0.75sin
1 sin
cos
1/ 0.75
1
0.75cos
Using the trigonometric identity
2 2
psin qcos r sin A where r p q sin A p / r cos A q / r
sin cos 2 sin 45 1/ 0.75
sin 45 1/ 0.75 2
45 70.6
25.6
29
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
2-1. 1 /
u u v c u v
2 2 2 2 2 2
yB o xB
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
uxB uB c v c uo
c v c
2 2 2 2
1 v / c 1 uo
/ c
2 2
1/ 2
2 2
1/ 2
1 v / c 1 uo
/ c
1 / 1 / / 1 /
p
yB
2 2
muyB
muo
1 v / c
1 u u / c 1 v / c 1 u / c
2 2 2
xB yB
mu / 1 u / c p
2 2
o o yA
2 2 2 2
o
2-2.
d mu m ud du
m u
2 c c c
2
3/ 2
2
1/ 2
1 2u u u
1 1
2 2 2
u u u u
m 1 1 1
2
2
2
2
c c c c
u
m1
c
2 2
3/ 2
2 2
3/ 2
2
2
3/ 2
du
du
du
2-3. (a)
1 1 1
1.25
1 u 2 / c 2 1
0.6 c 2 / c
2 0.8
2
(b)
p mu mc u / c / c 1.25 0.511 MeV 0.6 / c 0.383 MeV / c
2
(c)
E mc 1.25 0.511 MeV 0.639 MeV
2
(d)
E 1 mc 0.25 0.511 MeV 0.128 MeV
k
31
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
Ek
1 mc 1 u / c 1mc
2-4. The quantity required is the kinetic energy. 1/ 2
1/ 2
Ek
1 0.5 1
mc 0.155mc
(a)
1/ 2
(b)
2 2 2
Ek
1 0.9 1
mc 1.29mc
1/ 2
(c)
2 2 2
Ek
1 0.99 1
mc 6.09mc
2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2-5.
2 2 10J
16
E mc m E / c 1.110
kg
8
2
3.0810 m/
s
Because work is done on the system, the mass increases by this amount.
2-6.
m u m u c
2 2
( ) / 1 / (Equation 2-5)
(a)
2 2
m( u) m m / 1 u / c m
m
0.10 0.10
m
u / c 11/ 1.10 0.1736 u / c 0.416
2 2
Thus, 2
(b) m( u) 5m
m
1 1
2 2
1 0.10 1.10 1 u / c 1/ 1.10
2 2 2 2
1 u / c 1 u / c
2 2
5m 1 u / c 1/ 25
2 2
u c
1 /
2
Thus,
2 2
u c u c
/ 11/ 25 0.960 / 0.980
(c) m( u) 20m
m
2 2
20m 1 u / c 1/ 400
2 2
1 u / c
Thus,
2 2
u c u c
/ 11/ 400 0.9975 / 0.99870
32
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
v Earth moon distance / time 3.810 m/1.5s 0.84c
2-7. (a)
8
(b)
(c)
E mc mc mc
2 2 2
k
2
m 938.3 MeV / c
m( u) 1.73010 MeV / c 1.730 GeV / c
2 2 2
1 u
/ c 1
0.84
1 (Equation 2-9)
2
mc (proton) 938.3MeV
1/ 1 0.84 1.84
E 938.3MeV 1.87 1 813MeV
k
2
3 2 2
1 1
Classically, Ek
mv 938.3 MeV / c 0.84c 331MeV
2 2
813Mev
331MeV
% error 100 59%
813MeV
2 2
(d) 2
2
2-8. Ek
mc
1 (Equation 2-9)
k k
2
Or, W mc
u
u
E u E u W mc u 1 mc u 1
2 2
2 1 21 2 1
21 2 1
(a)
2
2
1/ 2 1/ 2
W21 938.3MeV 1 0.16 1 0.15 1.51MeV
(b)
2
2
1/ 2 1/ 2
W21 938.3MeV 1 0.86 1 0.85 57.6MeV
(c)
2
1/ 2
2
1/ 2
3
W21 938.3MeV 1 0.96 1 0.95 3.3510 MeV 3.35GeV
2-9.
E mc
2
(Equation 2-10)
2
(a)
200GeV 0.938 GeV where mc proton 0.938GeV
1 200GeV
213
2 2
1 v / c 0.938GeV
v 1
1 (Equation 2-40)
2
c 2
v
1 1 0.00001102 Thus, v 0.99998898c
c 2 213
1
2
33
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
(Problem 2-9 continued)
(b)
E pc E mc E GeV GeV
2 4
for where 200 197 3.94 10 (Equation 2-36)
4
p E / c 3.94
10 GeV / c
(c) Assuming one Au nucleus (system S ) to be moving in the +x direction of the lab
(system S), then u for the second Au nucleus is in the −x direction. The second Au’s
energy measured in the S system is:
x
4 4
x 2133.94 10 3.94 10 /
E E vp GeV v GeV c
4
2133.94 10 GeV 1 v / c
4
2133.94 10 GeV 2
7
1.6810
GeV
2 4 4 2
x
/ 213 3.94 10 3.94 10 /
p p vE c GeV v GeV c
4
2133.94 10 GeV 2
7
1.6810 GeV /
2-10. (a)
2 3 2 13
E mc 10 kg c 9.0
10 J
1 1 10 / 3600 / 3.6 10
3 6
kWh J h s s h J
(b)
c
13 6 7
So, 9.010 J /3.610 J / kWh 2.5
10 kWh
6
@$0.10/ kWh would sell for $2.5
10 or $2.5 million.
(c) 100W 100 J / s, so 1 g of dirt will light the bulb for:
9.010 J
9.010
s
100 J / s
3.1610 s / y
13 11
11 4
9.010 s 2.8210
7
y
2-11.
E mc
2
(Equation 2-10)
2 2
where u c 2
1/ 1 / 1/ 1 0.2 1.0206
E 1.0206 0.511MeV 0.5215 MeV
2 2 2
E mc mc mc 1 (Equation 2-9)
k
= 0.511MeV 1.0206 1 0.01054MeV
34
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
(Problem 2-11 continued)
2
2
(Equation 2-32)
1 1
E 2 mc
2
MeV MeV
E pc mc
2 2
2 2 2
2 2 2
p 0.5215 0.511
c
c
2 2
0.01087 MeV / c p 0.104 MeV / c
2-12.
E mc
2
(Equation 2-10)
E mc MeV MeV
2
/ 1400 / 938 1.4925
(a)
(b)
2 2 2 2
1/ 1 u / c 1.4925 1 u / c 1/ 1.4925
2 2
2
u / c 11/ 1.4925 0.551 u 0.74c
2
E pc mc
2 2
2
(Equation 2-32)
1 2
2 2 1 2 2
1400 938 1040 /
p E mc MeV MeV MeV c
c
c
2
2-13. (a)
(b)
p
m v p m v
R S N S
1/ 1 v / c 1/ 1 2.510 / 3.010
1.00000035
R
2 2 5 8
mS
3
mS
2.510
3 3
2.5 10 2.5 10 7
pR
p m
N S
1 3.510
3.510
p
1.00000035
E m c m c 1
m c
E
E
2 2 2
R S S S
N
R
1
mSv
2
E
E
R
N
2
1 c 0.5v
2 2
1
c
3.510 c 0.5v
7 2
3.510
c
2
7 2 2
5
0.5 2.510
1
0.0079
7 2
3.510
c
2
2
7
35
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
2-14.
6 2 2
u 2.210 m/ s and 1/ 1 u / c
(a)
E 0.511MeV 1 0.511MeV 1/ 1 u / c 1 0.5110 2.68910
k
1.374110
2 2 5
5
MeV
1 1
Ek
(classical) mu mc
2 2
u / c 0.5110 MeV / 2 2.210 / c
5
1.37410
MeV
2 2 2 2 6 2
9
110
% difference = 100 0.0073%
5
1.374110
2
(b)
1 1
p E mc mc mc
c
c
2 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 mc
6 8
2
mc 1 1/ 1 2.210 / 3.010 1
c
3 3
0.5110 MeV / c 7.33 10 3.74745 10 /
2
mc u
p(classical) mu 0.5110 MeV / c 2.2 10 / 3.0 10
2
c c
3.7473310
3
MeV c
1/ 2
6 8
MeV / c
7
1.210
% difference = 100 0.0030%
3
2.7474510
2-15. (a)
7 9
60W 60 J / s 3.1610 s / y 1.89610
J
2 9 8
2
8 5
m E / c 1.89610 J / 3.010 m / s 2.110 kg 2.110 g 21
g
(b) It would make no difference if the inner surface were a perfect reflector. The light
energy would remain in the enclosure, but light has no rest mass, so the balance
reading would still go down by 21 μg.
2-16.
4 3
He H p e
p e
3 4 2
Q m H m m m He
c
2809.450 MeV 938.280 MeV 0.511MeV 3728.424 MeV 19.827MeV
36
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
2-17.
3 2
H H n
Energy to remove the n = 22.014102 u 2 H 1.008665 un 3.016049 u 3 H
0.006718 u 931.5 MeV / u 6.26MeV
2-18. (a)
(b)
E Eu 4.2eV
c uc 931.510
eV
9
m u 4.5 10 u
2 2 6
m
4.510
u
m Na m Cl 23u 35.5u
9
11 9
error = 7.710 7.710 %
2-19. (a)
2
4 2 2 2
m He c m H c
4 2
m m He 2m H
u
2
uc
3727.409MeV 21875.628 MeV u / 931.5MeV
0.0256u
2 2 2
(b)
E m c 0.0256uc 931.5 MeV / uc 23.8MeV
(c)
dN P 1W 1eV
19
dt E 23.847MeV 1.602 10
J
11
2.62 10 /
s
2-20.
hf
M
1.01M
v
(a) before photon absorbed:
E hf Mc
2
after photon absorbed:
E E 1.01Mc
f
kinetic
2
Conservation of energy requires:
hf Mc E 1.01Mc
2 2
kinetic
Rearranging, the photon energy is:
2 2
hf 1.01Mc Mc Ekinetic
hf 0.01Mc E 0.01Mc
2 2
kinetic
2
(b) The photon’s energy is hf 0.01Mc
because the particle recoils from the absorption
of the photon due to conservation of momentum. The recoil kinetic energy (which is
greater than 0) must be supplied by the photon.
37
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
2-21. Conservation of energy requires that
Thus, m 2
c 2 m
/ 2m
p
E
E
2 2
i f
2 2 2 2
pic mpc p
f
c mpc m
c
p
i
p
f
2 2
2
, or
2 2 and conservation of momentum requires that
, so
2 2 2 2 2
mpc mpc mpc mc mc
2 2 2
2
0 2mpc 2mc mc
2 2 2
4 4 2 2
2
2 m c
2 m
0 mc
2 m c 2
2
2mpc
2m
p
is the minimum or threshold energy E i that a beam proton
must have to produce a π 0 .
2
2 mc 135
E m
c 2 135MeV 2 280MeV
2
2mc
p
2938
2-22.
6
2 2 20010
eV
25
E mc m E / c 3.5710
g
32
5.6110 eV / g
2-23. (a)
(b)
3
E kT per atom
2
3
E 1.38 10 J / K 1.50 10 K
2
16
E 3.10510 J / atom
23 7
H atoms/kg 1 /1.6710 / 6.010
27 26
kg kg atom atoms
16 26 11
Thermal energy/kg 3.110 J / atom 6.010 atoms 1.8610
J
E mc m E / c
2 2
11 2 6
m 1.8610 J / c 2.0710
kg
38
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
2-24.
1.0W 1.0 J / s p E / c 1.0 J / s / c
p 1.0 J / s / c and,
(a) On being absorbed by your hand the momentum change is
from the impulse-momentum theorem,
Ft p where t 1s F 1.0 J / s / ct 1.0/ c N 3.3
10 N
9
This magnitude force would be exerted by gravity on mass m given by:
/ 3.3 10 9 / 9.8 / 2
m F g N m s 3.410 10 kg 0.34
g
(b) On being reflected from your hand the momentum change is twice the amount in part
9
(a) by conservation of momentum. Therefore, F 6.610 and m 0.68 g.
2
2 2
2-25. Positronium at rest: mc E p c
2
i i
2
Because p
i
0, E 2mc 2 0.511MeV 1.022MeV
i
2 2
2 2
After photon creation; 2mc E f
p
fc
2 2
Because p mc E MeV
f
2
2 2
0 and energy is conserved, 2 1.022 or
2
2mc
1.022 MeV for the photons.
f
2 2
2 2 2
2-26. E pc mc
(Equation 2-31)
E pc mc mc
2
2
1/ 2
2 2 2
pc
1
2
mc
1/ 2
2
2 2 2 2 2 1
2 2
p
mc 1 p / m c
mc
1 p / mc
mc 1
2 2
2
2mc
2 2
mc p /2m
1/ 2
2 2
2 2 2
2-27. E pc mc
(Equation 2-31)
2
(a)
2 2 2 2 2
2
pc E mc 5MeV 0.511MeV 24.74 MeV
or, p 24.74 MeV / c 4.97 MeV / c
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(b) 2
E mc E / mc 1/ 1 u / c 1 u / c mc / E
2
2
1/ 2
2
1/ 2
u / c 1 mc / E 1 0.511/ 5.0 0.995
39
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
2-28.
4
3
2
E/mc 2 1
0
0 1 2 3 4
p/mc
2 2
2 2 2
2-29. E pc mc
(Equation 2-31)
1746MeV 2 500MeV 2 mc
2
2
2 2
1/ 2
2 2
mc 1746MeV 500MeV 1673MeV m 1673 MeV / c
E mc 1/ 1 u / c E / mc
2 2 2 2
2
2
1/ 2
2
1/ 2
u / c 1 mc / E 1 1673 MeV /1746MeV 0.286 u 0.286c
2-30. (a) BqR m
u p (Equation 2-37)
mu
B E mc
qR
2
and which we have written as (see Problem 2-29)
2
2
1/ 2
2
1/ 2
u / c 1 mc / E 1 0.511 MeV / 4.0MeV
0.992
1/ 1 u
/ c 1/ 1 0.992 7.83
2 2
And 2
Then,
B
31
9.1110 kg 7.830.992c
19 2
1.60 10 C4.210
m
0.316T
(b) m exceeds m by a factor of γ = 7.83.
40
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
8
3.010 m/
s
p qBR e 0.5T 2.0 300 MeV / c
c
2-31. (a)
(b)
2
1/ 2
2 2 2
Ek
E mc pc mc mc
2
2 2
300MeV 938.28MeV 938.28MeV
46.8MeV
1/ 2
2-32. The axis of the spinning disk, system S , is the z-axis in cylindrical coordinates.
r r, z z, t dr dr, dz dz,
d
d dt
2 2 2 2
Therefore, d d
dt and d d
2 ddt dt . Substituting for
2
d in Equation 2-43 yields
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ds c dt
dr r ( d
2 ddt
dt ) dz
Simplifying, we obtain
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ds ( c r ) dt ( dr r d
2 r ddt dz ) which is Equation 2-44.
2-33.
2
4 GM / c R (Equation 2-44)
Earth radius
6 24
R 6.37 10 m and mass M 5.98
10 kg
11 2 2 24
N m kg kg
2
3.0010 8 m / s 6.3710
6 m
4 6.67 10 / 5.98 10
4
2.87 10 arc seconds
9
2.78 10 radians
2-34. Because the clock furthest from Earth (where Earth’s gravity is less) runs the faster,
answer (c) is correct.
41
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
2-35.
6
GM
11 2 2 30
6
6.67 10 N m / kg 1.99 10
kg
2
2 2
c 1
R
8 2 11
3.0010 m / s 1 0.048 7.8010
m
8 3
3.64 10 radians/century 7.55 10 arc seconds/century
(Equation 2-51)
2-36. From Equation 2-45,
2
r d
dt dt
2 2 2
c r
and dt
2 2
2r ddt r d
dt
2 2 2 2 2 2 .
c r c r
2 2
2
Substituting dt and
2
dt into Equation 2-44 yields
2 2
2
2 2 2 2 2 2r ddt r d
ds ( c r ) dt
2 2 2 2 2 2
c r c r
2
2 2 2 2 r d
2
dr r d 2r ddt
dz
2 2 2
c r
2
r d
2 2 2
c r
c r
2 2 2 2 2 2
ds ( c r ) dt 2r d
dt
Cancelling the
2 2
rd
we have that
2
2
2 r d
2 2 2 2
2
dr r d 2r ddt
dz
2 2 2
2
2
2r d dt
r 2 d c 2 r 2 d
2
2 2 2 2 2 2
c r c r
terms, one of the
2
2
2
2 r d
2 2 2
c r
terms, and noting that
2 2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2 c r d
2
ds ( c r ) dt
( dr dz )
2 2 2
c r
which is Equation 2-46.
2-37. The transmission is redshifted on leaving Earth to frequency f , where
Synchronous satellite orbits are at 6.623R E where
f f f gh c
2
0
0
/ .
2
GM
E
9.9 m/
s
g 0.223 m / s
6.623R
6.623
E
2 2
2
42
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
(Problem 2-37 continued)
6 7
h 6.623R E
6.623 6.37 10 m 4.22
10 m
9 2 7 8
2
f0 f 9.37510 Hz 0.223 m/ s 4.2210 / 3.0010 0.980Hz
9
f f Hz Hz
0
0.980 9.374999999 10
2-38.
Earth white dwarf distant star
57 c∙y 35 c∙y
On passing “below” the white dwarf, light from the distant start is deflected through an
angle:
11 2 2 30
N m kg kg
2
3.0010 8 m / s 10
7 m
4 6.67 10 / 3 1.99 10
2
4 GM / c R
(Equation 2-44)
3
1.77 10 radians 0.051 or the angle between the arcs is 2
0.102
2-39. The speed v of the satellite is:
6 3
v 2 R / T 2
6.37 10 m / 90min 60 s / min 7.42 10 m/
s
Special relativistic effect:
After one year the clock in orbit has recorded time t
t/
, and the clocks differ by:
2 2
t t
t t / t 11/ t v / 2 c , because v c. Thus,
7 3
2
8
2
t t
3.1610 s 7.412 10 / 2 3.0010 m 0.00965s 9.65ms
Due to special relativity time dilation the orbiting clock is behind the Earth clock by
9.65ms.
43
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
(Problem 2-39 continued)
General relativistic effect:
2 5
9.8 m / s 3.010
m
8
2
3.010 /
f
gh
2
f0
c m s
11
3.27 10 /
s s
11 7
In one year the orbiting clock gains
3.27 10 s / s 3.1610 s / y 1.03ms
.
The net difference due to both effects is a slowing of the orbiting clock by 9.65−1.03 =
8.62 ms.
2-40. The rest energy of the mass m is invariant, so observers in S will also measure m =
4.6kg, as in Example 2-9. The total energy E is then given by:
2
mc E pc
2 2 2
2 8
2
14
Because, p 0, E mc 4.6kg 3.010 m / s 4.1410
J
2-41. (a)
E m c E / m c 5010 MeV / 0.511MeV
9.7810
2
L L0
/ 10
m
0
2 2 4
e
e
L m m
4 2
9.78 10 10 978 (length of one bundle)
The width of one bundle is the same as in the lab.
(b) An observer on the bundle “sees” the accelerator shortened to 978m from its proper
length
L L m (Note that this is about
4 7
0, so
0
978 978 10 978 9.57 10 .
2.5 times Earth’s 40,000km circumference at the equator.)
(c) The e + bundle is 10 −2 m long in the lab frame, so in the e − frame its length would be
measured to be:
2 2 4 7
L 10 m / 10 m/9.78 10 1.02 10
m
.
44
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
E mc mc mc 1 If E mc 938 MeV , then 2.
2-42.
k
(a)
2 2 2 2
k
2 2
mc 2 E 2 pc (Equation 2-32) Where E mc 2 2938MeV
2
pc E mc
6
1/ 2
3
p 2.6410 / c 1.6210 MeV / c
2 2 2 2 2
6
2938 938 2.4610
3 2
(b)
p mu u p / m 1.6210 MeV / c / 2 938 MeV / c 0.866c
2-43. (a) The momentum of the ejected fuel is:
2
2 2 3 11
p mu mu / 1 u / c 10 kg c / 2 / 1 0.5 1.7310 kg m/
s
Conservation of momentum requires that this also be the momentum p s of the
spaceship:
p m u u c kg m s
2 2 11
s
s s
/ 1
s
/ 1.7310 /
2 2 11
2
Or, msus / 1 us
/ c 1.7310 kg m / s
2
1 / 1.7310 / 1.7310 / 3.3310
6
2
2 5 2 2 11
2
10 kg us
3.3310 kg us
1.7310 kg m / s
11 6 5 4
Or, us
1.7310 kg m / s
/10 kg 1.7310 m / s 5.77 10
c
m c u c kg m s kg m s kg u
2 2 2 2 11 11 2 5 2 2
s s s s
3
(b) In classical mechanics, the momentum of the ejected fuel is: mu mc / 2 10 c / 2,
which must equal the magnitude of the spaceship’s momentum m s u s , so
3 8
10 kg 3.010 m / s
3
4 5
us
10 c / 2 / ms
5.010 c 1.5
10 m / s
6
2 10 kg
(c) The initial energy E i before the fuel was ejected is
system. Following fuel ejection, the final energy E f is:
E
2
i
msc
in the ship’s rest
Where 0.5 and , so 1.155 1.155 1
E energy of fuel + energy of ship mc / 1 u / c m m c / 1 u / c
2 2 2 2 2 2
f s s
u c u c E mc m m c mc m c
The change in energy ΔE is:
2 2 2 2
s f s s
0.15510 10 10
3 2 6 2 6 2
E E
f
Ei
kg c kg c
kg c
E kg c kg E
c
2 2
155 or 155 / of mass has been converted to energy.
45
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
2-44. The observer at the pole clock sees the light emission of the equatorial clock as transverse
Doppler effect, measuring frequency f, where
f 0
/ f 1 cos (Equation 1-35a)
2
2 2 1 v
/ 2 for the equatorial clock, so f / f0 1 v / c 1
2
2
c
12
f / f 11.193
10 (red shift)
0
The observer at the equatorial clock sees a gravitational blue shift for the pole clock and
observes
f f gh c
f
2
/
0
1 / (Equation 2-45)
12
/ f0
1
2.897 10 (blue shift)
2-45. (a)
(b)
BR q e
p 300 / (Equation 2-38)
6 9
p 300 1.5T 6.37 10 1 2.87 10
MeV
For E mc , E E and E pc (Equation 2-32) E pc 2.87 10
MeV
For E pc, u c
and
2 9
k
k
6
T 2 R / c 2
6.3710 m / c 0.133s
2-46.
f
f
0
2
1 GM / c R (Equation 2-47)
The fractional shift is:
The dwarf’s radius is:
f0
f f
1 GM / c R 7
10
f f
0 0
2 4
11 2 2 30
2
3.00 10 8
m/ s 7 10
4
6.67 10 N m / kg 2 10 kg
2 4 6
R GM / c 7 10 2.12 10
m
Assuming the dwarf to be spherical, the density is:
30
M 210
kg
5.010 kg / m
V
6
3
4
2.1210 m / 3
10 3
46
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
2-47. The minimum energy photon needed to create an e − − e + pair is E p = 1.022 MeV (see
Example 2-13). At minimum energy, the pair is created at rest, i.e., with no momentum.
However, the photon’s momentum must be p E / c 1.022 MeV / c at minimum. Thus,
momentum conservation is violated unless there is an additional mass “nearby” to absorb
recoil momentum.
2-48.
2
1 vux
/ c u
y
py
muy
m
2 2
2
1 u / c 1 vux
/ c
Canceling γ and 1 vux
/ c
2
, gives:
In an exactly equivalent way, pz pz.
p
y
mu
y
1 u / c
2 2
p
y
2-49. (a) u
u v/ 1 uv / c 2 where v u, so u
2 u / 1 u 2 / c
2
.
the speed of the particle that is moving in S is: u 2 u / 1 u 2 / c
2
Thus,
see that:
2 2
u
4u
1 1 /
2 1 u / c
c c
2 2
2 2 4 4 2 2 2 2
1 2 u / c u / c 4 u / c / 1 u / c
2 2
2
2 2
2
1 u / c / 1 u / c
2
1/ 2
2 2
u
1 u / c
And thus, 1
c
1 u / c
2
2 2
from which we
(b) The initial momentum
pi
in S is due to the moving particle,
(c) After the collision, conservation of momentum requires that:
2 2 2 2 2 2
i
1/ 2 1/ 2
p Mu / 1 u / c p 2 mu / 1 u / c or M 2 m/ 1 u / c
f
2 2
2u 1 u / c
2 2 2 2
1 u / c 1 u
/ c
2 2
p mu / 1 u/ c where u and 1 u/ c were given in (a).
i
p m 2 mu / 1 u / c
i
2 2
47
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
(Problem 2-49 continued)
(d) In S:
E 2 mc / 1 u / c and E Mc (M is at rest.) Because we saw in (c) that
i
2 2 2 2
f
2 2
1/ 2
M 2 m/ 1 u / c , then E E in S.
2 2
In
2
i
f
S : E mc mc / 1 u / c and substituting for the square root from (a),
i
i
E mc u c E Mc u c
2 2 / 1 2 / 2 and 2 / 1 2 / 2
f
. Again substituting for
M from (c), we have: E E .
i
f
2
2-50. (a) Each proton has E m c
1
u = 0.866c. (See Problem 2-40.)
k
, and because we want
p
E
k
2
m c , then γ = 2 and
p
ux
v
(b) In the lab frame S:
ux
where u = v and u
2
x =−u yields:
1 u v / c
2u
2 0.866c
ux
0.990c
2 2
1 u / c 1
0.866c
x
(c) For 2
u 0.990 c, 1/ 1 0.99 7.0 and the necessary kinetic energy in the
lab frame S is:
E m c 1 m c 7 1 6m c
2 2 2
k p p p
2-51. (a) p 0 E / c Mv or v E / Mc
i
(b) The box moves a distance x vt, where t L/ c,
2
so x E / Mc L / c EL / Mc
(c) Let the center of the box be at x = 0. Radiation of mass m is emitted from the left
end of the box (e.g.) and the center of mass is at:
x
CM
0 / 2
M m L mL
M m 2 M m
When the radiation is absorbed at the other end the center of mass is at:
x
CM
2 2
/ / 2 /
M EL Mc m L EL Mc
M m
48
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
(Problem 2-51 continued)
Equating the two values of x
CM
2 2
/ / 1 /
m E c E Mc
Because
(if CM is not to move) yields:
2 2
E Mc , then m E / c and the radiation has this mass.
2-52. (a) If v mass is 0:
v v
2
2 2
2
2
E p c m c and E p c 0
E E 139.56755MeV 105.65839MeV
k
v
2
mc 1 Ev
33.90916MeV
v
v
Squaring, we have
1/ 2
2 2
2
2
33.90916
1
E p c E m c m c
2
2
2 2
2
mc 1 33.90916 233.90916mc 1 mc
1
2 2 2
Collecting terms, then solving for 1 ,
2
mc
2
33.90916
2
1 Substituting mc
105.65839
2 2
2 2 33.90916 mc
1 0.0390 1.0390 so,
1
2 2
1/ 2
Ek
4.12 MeV and pu
109.78 105.66
29.8 MeV / c
c
E 29.8 MeV and p 29.8 MeV / c
v
v
MeV
(b)
2
v v
2 2
2
If v
mass = 190 keV , then Ev
p c + m c and
E E 139.56755MeV 105.65839MeV 0.190MeV 33.71916MeV
k
kv
Solving as in (a) yields
E 109.78 MeV , p 29.8 MeV / c, E 29.8 MeV , and p 29.8 MeV / c
v
v
2-53.
f
f
0
2
1 Gm / c R (Equation 2-47)
Since c f and c f ,
c
0 0
0 0
2
1 GM / c R 1
1
0.000212 0.999788
11 2 2 30
2
3.0010 8 / 6.9610
6
6.67 10 N m / kg 1.99 10 kg
c
m s m
49
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
(Problem 2-53 continued)
/ 0.999788 720.00 nm / 0.999788 720.15nm
0
0.15nm
0
2-54.
2
/ 1 /
u u vu c
y y x
1
du u vdx
duy
ay
dt dt vdx c
1
a
y
ay
y
2
1 y
2
2
1 vux
/ c 2 1 vux
/ c
c
2
/
2
2 2
duy / dt1 vux / c uyv / c dux / dt1 vux
/ c
1 vdx / dt
/ c
2 2
a
a u v / c
2
y x y
2 2
2
2 2
3
1 vux
/ c 1 vux
/ c
1 2
2-55. (a)
(b)
dp
d mv
x
Fx Fx max because ux
0
dt dt
1/2
Fx
m dv / dt mv d 1 v / c /
dt
F
F
F
x
x
x
Because u
2 2
2 2
ma mv / c a
x
x
2 2
1/2
2 2
3/2
v c v c
2 2 2 2
x1 / / x
2 2
3/2
1 v / c
1 / 1 /
ma v c m v c a
3
ma
x
x
3
0, note from Equation 2-1 (inverse form) that a a / .
Therefore, F ma / ma F
3 3
x x x x
dp d mv
y
y
Fy Fy may because uy ux
0
dt dt
F ma because S
moves in + x direction and the instantaneous transverse
y
y
impluse (small) changes only the direction of v. From the result of Problem 2-52
2
(inverse form) with u u 0, a a /
y x y y
2
Therefore, Fy ma
y
ma
y
/ ma
y
/ Fy
/
x
x
50
Chapter 2 – Relativity II
2-56. (a) Energy and momentum are conserved.
Initial system:
E Mc 2 , p 0
2 2
2 2 2 2
Invariant mass: Mc E pc Mc
Final system:
2 2
mc Mc
2 2
2 0
For 1 particle (from symmetry)
0
2 2 2 2 2
mc Mc / 2 p c Mc / 2
muc
2 2 2 2
Rearranging, 1 u/
c
2
2
2
2
2 2 Mc 1
2 2 2 2
Mc
2mc 2mc 1 u / c
Solving for u,
2
2
2mc
u 1
2
Mc
1/ 2
c
(b) Energy and momentum are conserverd.
Initial system: E 4mc
2
2 2 2
2 2
Invariant mass: Mc 4mc pc
Final system:
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
2 2
Invariant mass: 2mc 4 mc pc where pc 4mc Mc
2 2
4mc
Mc
u pc
c E 4mc
2 2
2 2
4mc
Mc
2
4mc
2
1/ 2
2 2
2 2
2
u
Mc
1
2 2
c
4mc
2
2
Mc
u 1
2
4mc
1/ 2
c
51
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
3-1. The radius of curvature is given by Equation 3-2.
6
mu 2.510 m / s
25
R m
m 3.9110 m / s C T
Substituting particle masses from Appendices A and D:
27 25 2
R(protron) 1.67 10 kg 3.9110 m/ sC T 6.5
10 m
31 25 5
R(electron) 9.1110 kg 3.9110 m/ sC T 3.6
10 m
27 25
R(deuteron) 3.3410 kg 3.9110 m/ sC T 0.13m
2
19
1.60 10 0.40
qB
C T
27 25
R( H ) 3.3510 kg 3.9110 m/ sC T 0.13m
27 25
R(helium) 6.6410 kg 3.9110 m/ sC T 0.26m
3-2.
u
s
r
u
s
For small values of , s ; therefore, = r r
2
Recalling that euB mu r mu
eB
r eB mu / eB mu
53
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
3-3.
E u pc
B , , and pc E mc
u c E
2 2
2 2
pc 0.561MeV 0.511MeV 0.2315MeV
u 0.2315MeV
0.41
c 0.561MeV
5
2.010 V / m
3
B 1.63 10 T 16.3G
0.41c
2
3-4. F quB and F G
m p
g
19 6 5
1.610 C3.010 m / s 3.510
T
27 2
1.67 10 9.80 /
FB
quB
1.0310
F m g kg m s
G
p
9
3-5. (a)
2 Ek
/ ee / m
/
mu
R
qB e m B
1/ 2
24.510 4 eV / e
1/ 2
1 2 Ek
/ e 1
11
B e / m 0.325T 1.7610
kg
3
2.2 10 m 2.2
mm
(b)
2 E / ee / m
u
k
frequency f
2R
2R
period 1/ 1.1 10
4 11
24.510 eV / e1.7610 C / kg
3
2
2.210
m
9
9.110
Hz
10
T f s
1/ 2
2
3-6. (a) 1/ 2 mu E , so u 2 E / ee/
m
k
k
1/ 2
11 7
u 2 2000 eV / e 1.76 10 C / kg 2.65 10 m/
s
(b)
x 0.05m
u 2.6510 m / s
1
9
t1 1.89 10 s 1.89ns
7
54
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
(Problem 3-6 continued)
(c) mu
y
Ft1 eE
t1
E
1
11 3 9 6
uy
e/ m t 1.76 10 C / kg 3.33 10 V / m 1.89 10 s 1.11 10 m/
s
3-7. NEk W CVT
3
510 cal / C 2C 4.186 J / cal
C T
N 1.3110
V
19
Ek
2000eV 1.6010 J / eV
14
3-8. 25.41 20.64 10 19
4.47 10
19
Q Q C C n n e
1 2 1 2
20.64 17.47 10 19
3.17 10
19
Q Q C C n n e
2 3 2 3
19.06 17.47 10 19
1.59 10
19
Q Q C C n n e
4 3 4 3
19.06 12.70 10 19
6.36 10
19
Q Q C C n n e
4 5 4 5
14.29 12.70 10 19
1.59 10
19
Q Q C C n n e
6 5 6 5
where the n i are integers. Assuming the smallest Δn = 1, then Δn 12 = 3.0, Δn 23 = 2.0,
Δn 43 = 1.0, Δn 45 = 4.0, and Δn 65 = 1.0. The assumption is valid and the fundamental
19
charge implied is 1.59
10 C.
3-9. For the rise time to equal the field-free fall time, the net upward force must equal the
weight. qE mg mg E 2 mg / q.
3-10. (See Millikan’s Oil Drop Experiment on the home page at
www.whfreeman.com/tiplermodernphysics6e.) The net force in the y-direction is
mg bv ma . The net force in the x-direction is qE bv ma
. At terminal speed
y
a a 0 and v / v
sin .
x y x t
y
v qE
/ b
x
qE
sin
v v bv
t t t
x
x
55
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
3-11. (See Millikan’s Oil Drop Experiment on the home page at
www.whfreeman.com/tiplermodernphysics6e.)
(a) At terminal speed
mg bv m a b a Substituting gives
3
t
where 4/3 oil
and 6 .
a
2
6 3
3
5 2 3
181.8010 N s / m 5.010 m / 20s
3 2
18 v
t
a
4 oil
g 4 0.75 1000 kg / m 9.8 m / s
1.6610 m 1.6610
mm
6 3 14
m 4
1.6610 m 750 kg / m / 3 1.4410
kg
1/ 2
(b)
19 5
21.60 10 C2.510 V / m
14 2
1.44 10 9.8 /
FE
F qE
and FG
mg 0.57
F kg m s
G
3-12.
T
3
m
2.898 10
m K
(a)
3
2.89810
mK
m
3K
4
9.66 10 m 0.966
mm
3
2.89810
mK
6
(b) m
9.6610 m
9.66m
300K
(c)
3
2.89810
mK
m
3000K
7
9.66 10 m 966
nm
3-13. Equation 3-4:
R
1
R cU.
4
U 8
5 k 4 T 4 / 15h 3 c
2
4
T
. Equation 3-6:
From Example 3-4:
R 1/ 4 cU 1
c k T h c T
4 4
T T 4
5 4 4 3 2 4
8 / 15
5 23
4
2
1.3810 J / K
34 8
J s m s
5.6710 W / m K
3 2
15 6.63 10 3.00 10 /
8 2 4
56
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
3-14. Equation 3-18: u
5
8hc
hc / kT
e
1
d
d
u f df u d u f u f Because c f , c / f
df
df
u f
5
2
hc f c c f hf
8 / 8
hf / kT 2
3 hf / kT
e 1 f c e 1
2
3-15.
3
3 2.89810
mK
3
(a) mT 2.89810 m K m
1.0710 m 1.07mm
2.7K
(b)
8
c 3.0010 m / s
11
c f f 2.8010
Hz
3
m
1.07 10
m
(c) Equation 3-6:
1 c
R cU 8 k T /15h c
4 4
5 4 4 3 3
8 5 23
3.0010 m / s8
1.3810 J / K 2.7
34 3
8
3
4156.6310 J s 3.0010
m / s
2 6
Area of Earth: 2
A 4r 4
6.38
10 m
E
Total power = 2
4 4
3.0110 W / m
6 2
6 2 6 9
RA 3.0110 W / m 4
6.3810 m 1.54
10 W
3-16.
T
3
m
2.898 10
m K
(a)
T
3
2.89810
mK
9
70010
m
4140K
(b)
(c)
T
T
3
2.89810
mK
9.6610
2
310
m
3
2.89810
mK
9.66
10
3m
2
4
K
K
57
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
3-17. Equation 3-4: 4
R T R T 2T 16
T 16R
4 4 4
1 1 2 2 1 1 1
3-18. (a) Equation 3-17:
hc / hc / 10 hc / kT 0.1kT
E 0.951kT
hc / kT hc / kT / 10 hc / kT 0.1
e 1 e 1
e 1
(b)
hc / hc / 0.1 hc / kT 10kT
E 4.5910
hc / kT hc / kT / 0.1 hc / kT 10
e 1 e
1
e 1
4
kT
Equipartition theorem predicts E kT . The long wavelength value is very close to
kT, but the short wavelength value is much smaller than the classical prediction.
3-19. (a)
3
3
2.89810
mK
mT 2.89810 m K T1 107K
6
27.010
m
R T and R T 2R 2
T
4 4 4
1 1 2 2 1 1
4 4 1/ 4 1/ 4
2 1 2 1
T 2 T or T 2 T 2 107K 128K
(b)
3
2.89810
mK
m
23
10
128K
6
m
3-20. (a)
m T
3
2.898 10 m K (Equation 3-5)
3
2.89810
mK
m
4
210
K
7
1.45 10 m 145
nm
(b)
m
is in the ultraviolet region of the electromagnetic spectrum.
58
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
3-21. Equation 3-4:
R
T
3 2 2 2
4
P 1.36
10 W / m R m where R = radius of Earth
abs E E
2 2 3 2 2 2
/ 4
1.36 10 /
P RW m R W m R m
emit E E
R 1.3610
W
R 1.36 10 W / m T
2 3
3 2 E
4
2
2
4
RE
4 m
1.3610 W / m
3 2
4
T T 278.3K 5.3C
8 2 4
4 5.6710 W / m
K
3
3 2.89810
mK
7
3-22. (a) mT 2.89810 m K m
8.7810 m 878nm
3300K
8
3.0010 m/
s
14
fm
c / m
3.4210
Hz
7
8.7810
m
(b) Each photon has average energy E hf and NE 40 J / s.
40 J / s
40 J / s
N
hf J s Hz
m
34 14
6.6310 3.4210
20
1.77 10 /
photons s
(c) At 5m from the lamp N photons are distributed uniformly over an area
A r m
N / A / s m .
2 2
2
4
100
. The density of photons on that sphere is
3
The area of the pupil of the eye is 2
entering the eye per second is:
2.5
10 m
, so the number of photons
3
/
2.5 10
n N A m
2
20 3
1.77 10 / s
2.510
m
100
m
20 3
2
13
1.7710 / s 2.510 m 1.1010
photons / s
2
2
59
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
5 5
8 hc A
hc / kT B/
e 1 e 1
3-23. Equation 3-18: u Letting A hc, B hc / kT,and
U
5 5 / 2
1 6
du d A
5
A
B/
B/
d
d
e 1 e 1
B
e
B
B /
2
e
1
6 6 B /
A
B B / B / A
e B
B
/
e 5
2 e 1
5
2 1 e 0
B/
B/
e 1
e 1
The maximum corresponds to the vanishing of the quantity in brackets. Thus,
5
1
B/
e
B. This equation is most efficiently solved by iteration; i.e., guess at a
B/
value for B/λ in the expression 5
1
e
, solve for a better value of B/λ; substitute the
new value to get an even better value, and so on. Repeat the process until the calculated
value no longer changes. One succession of values is: 5, 4.966310, 4.965156, 4.965116,
4.965114, 4.965114. Further iterations repeat the same value (to seven digits), so we
have:
3
2.898 10 m K (Equation 3-5)
34 8
6.6310 J s3.0010 m / s
23
B hc hc
4.965114 mT
kT 4.965114 k 4.965114 1.38 10 J / K
m
T
m
m
3-24. Photon energy E hf hc /
E 1240 eV nm / 380nm 3.26eV
(a) For λ = 380nm:
E 1240 eV nm / 750nm 1.65eV
For λ = 750nm:
(b)
15 6 1 7
E hf 4.1410 eV s 10010 s 4.14
10
eV
3-25. (a) hf hc / 0.47 eV.
max
4.1410 15 eV s3.0010 8 m / s
hc
4.87eV
4.87eV
7
2.55 10 m 255
nm
60
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
(Problem 3-25 continued)
(b) It is the fraction of the total solar power with wavelengths less than 255nm, i.e., the
area under the Planck curve (Figure 3-6) up to 255nm divided by the total area. The
latter is: 4
R T W m K K W m
4 8 2 4 7 2
5.67 10 / 5800 6.42 10 / .
Approximating the former with u with 127 nm and
255 nm :
9
5
m
9
8
hc 127 10
u127nm 255nm
25510 m 1.2310 J / m
hc/ kT 127 10
e 1
c
R nm J m
4 3
0 255 1.2310 /
4
8 4 3
3.00 10 m / s1.2310 J / m
7 2
46.42 10
W / m
R 0 255nm
R
9 4 3
fraction = 1.4 10
4
3-26. (a)
hc 1240eV nm 1.9eV
t
653 , 4.5910
1.9ev h 4.13610
eV s
4
nm ft
Hz
15
1 hc 1 1240eV nm
(b) V0
1.9eV 2.23V
e e 300nm
1 hc 1 1240eV nm
(c) V0
1.9eV 1.20V
e e 400nm
dn dE
3-27. (a) Choose λ =550nm for visible light. nhf E hf P
dt dt
9
dn P P
0.05100W 550 10
m
19
1.3810 / s
34 8
dt hf hc 6.6310 J s 3.00 10 m / s
(b)
19
number radiated / unit time 1.3810 / s
17 2
flux 2.7510 / m s
2
area of the sphere
4
2m
61
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
3-28. (a)
h
4.22eV
4.1410
eV s
15
hf ft
1.0210
Hz
15
(b)
8
3.0010 m/
s
14
f c / 5.3610
Hz
9
56010
m
No.
15 14
Available energy/photon
This is less than .
hf 4.1410 eV s 5.3610 Hz 2.22 eV.
3-29. (a) E hf hc /
hc / E
For E 4.26 eV : 1240 eV nm / 4.26eV 291nm
and since f c / , f 3.0010 m/ s / 291nm 1.03
10 s
8 15 1
(b) This photon is in the ultraviolet region of the electromagnetic spectrum.
3-30. (a) First, add a row
f
14
10 Hz
to the table in the problem, then plot a graph
E versus
k,max
f . The slope of the graph is h/e; the intercept on the E k ,max
axis is
work function. The graph below is a least squares fit to the data.
λ nm 544 594 604 612 633
E
k,max
eV 0.360 0.199 0.156 0.117 0.062
14
f 10 Hz 5.51 5.05 4.97 4.90 4.74
62
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
(Problem 3-30 continued)
15
Slope h/ e 3.90 10 eV s
(b)
15 15
(3.9010 4.1410 )eV s
15
4.1410 eV s
5.6 percent
(c) The work function is the magnitude of the intercept on the
(d) cesium
Ek
,max
axis, 1.78 eV.
3-31.
hc
606.6310 34 J s3.0010 8 m / s
17
E n 2.1710
J
9
55010
m
hc 1240eV nm
3-32. (a) 1.90eV
653nm
(b)
hc 1240eV nm
Ek
1.90eV 2.23eV
300nm
63
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
h
2 1
1 cos
mc
3-33. Equation 3-25:
34
6.6310 Js1 cos135
4.1410 m 4.1410
1
31 8
9.1110 kg 3.0010 m / s
3
4.1410
nm
100 100 5.8%
0.0711nm
12 3
nm
3 3
1.2410 1.24 10
3-34. Equation 3-24:
nm
0.016
m 3
V 8010
V
nm
3-35.
h hc
p
c
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
34
1240eV nm
6.6310
J s
27
p 3.10 eV / c 1.6610 kg m / s
9
c 400nm 40010
m
34
1240eV nm
4 6.6310
J s
24
p 1.2410 eV / c 6.6310 kg m / s
9
c 0.1nm 0.110
m
34
1240eV nm
5 6.6310
J s
32
p 4.1410 eV / c 2.2110 kg m / s
7
2
c 310
nm
310
m
34
1240eV nm
6.6310
J s
25
p 620 eV / c 3.32 10 kg m / s
9
c 2nm 2 10
m
3-36.
34
6.6310 Js1 cos110
h
1 cos 3.2610
mc kg m s
9.1110 3.0010 /
2 1 31 8
34 8
6.6310 J s310 m / s
0.51110 1.60 10 /
hc
2.4310
E eV J eV
1 6 19
1
12
m
12
m
12 12
12
2
1 3.2610 m 2.43 3.26 10 m 5.69
10 m
64
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
(Problem 3-36 continued)
hc
1240eV nm
5
E2 2.1810 eV 0.218MeV
3
2
5.6910
nm
Electron recoil energy Ee
E1 E2
(Conservation of energy)
E 0.511MeV 0.218MeV 0.293MeV
. The recoil electron momentum makes an
e
angle θ with the direction of the initial photon.
P E
h/λ 1
θ
110°
h/λ 2
20°
h
2 2
cos 20 p sin 1/ 2
e
c E mc sin
(Conservation of momentum)
2
sin
8 34
3.0010 m / s6.6310 J scos 20
2 2
1/ 2
12 13
5.6910 m 0.804MeV 0.511MeV 1.6010 J / MeV
0.330 or 19.3
3-37. (a) First, add a row (1 cos ) to the table in the problem, then plot a graph of
versus
(1
cos ). The slope of the graph is the Compton wavelength of the electron.
pm 0.647 1.67 2.45 3.98 4.80
degrees 45 75 90 135 170
1 cos 0.293 0.741 1.000 1.707 1.985
65
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
h (4.5 1.0)nm
slope 2.43nm
mc (1.88 0.44)
(b) The graph above is a least squares fit to the data. The percent difference is
(2.43 2.426)nm 0.004nm
100 100 0.15percent
2.426nm 2.426nm
h
2 1 1 cos 0.01 1
Equation 3-25
mc
3-38.
1 100 h 1 cos 1000.00243 nm1 cos90
0.243nm
mc
3-39. (a)
hc 1240eV nm
4
E 1
1.747 10 eV
0.0711nm
1
h
2
1 1 cos 0.0711nm 0.00243nm 1 cos180 0.0760nm
mc
(b)
(c)
E
2
hc 1240eV nm
4
1.634 10 eV
0.0760nm
2
(d)
3
Ee
E1 E2 1.128
10 eV
66
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
3-40. (a)
h / mc1 cos
From protons:
34
6.63 10 J s/ 1.67 10 27 kg 3.00 10 8 m/ s1 cos120
1.99 10 m 1.99
10
15 6
nm
31
(b) Similarly, for electrons ( m 9.11 10 kg )
2.4310 m 2.43
10
12 3
nm
26
(c) Similarly, for N 2 molecules ( m 4.68 10 kg )
4.72 10 m 4.72 10
17 8
nm
h
2 1
1 cos 0.0711 0.00243 1 cos
mc
3-41. nm
λ 2
0.0750
0.0730
0.0710
θ 1 cos
2
(nm)
0° 0 0.0711
45° 0.293 0.0718
90° 1 0.0735
135° 1.707 0.0752
0 1
1
cos
2
0.0745 0.0720 nm
Slope = 2.38110
1.50 0.45
h
mc
3
3 31 8 34
h 2.381 10 nm 9.11 10 kg 3.00 10 m / s 6.51 10 J s
67
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
3-42. (a) Compton wavelength =
h
mc
h 6.6310
J s
mc kg m s
34
12
electron: 2.4310 m 0.00243
31 8
9.1110 3.0010 /
nm
(b)
h 6.6310
J s
mc kg m s
34
15
proton: 1.3210 m 1.32
hc
E
(i)
(ii)
27 8
1.67 10 3.0010 /
1240eV nm
E eV MeV
0.00243nm
5
electron: 5.1010 0.510
1240eV nm
E eV MeV
1.3210
nm
8
proton: 9.3910 939
6
fm
3-43. Photon energy E hf hc / allows us to rewrite Equation 3-25 as
Rearranging the above,
hc hc h
(1 cos )
E E mc
2 1
hc h (1 cos )
hc
E mc E
2 1
Dividing both sides of the equation by hc yields
Or
2
( E1
/ mc )(1 cos ) 1
(1 cos )
2
2 1 1
1 1 1
E mc E E
E
E1
( E / mc )(1 cos ) 1
2 2
1
3-44. (a) eV0 hf hc /
e 0.52 V hc / 450 nm
(i)
e 1.90 V hc / 300 nm
(ii)
68
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
(Problem 3-44 continued)
Multiplying (i) by 450 nm / e and (ii) by 300 nm / e , then subtracting (ii) from (i) and
rearranging gives:
300nm1.90V 450nm0.52V
2.24eV
e
150nm
(b)
hc
9
30010 4.14
e m V
1.90 2.24 h 6.6310
8
e 300nm 3.0010 m/
s
34
J s
3-45. Including Earth’s magnetic field in computing y 2 , first show that y 2 is given by
y
2
e B x x
m E
1 B x
2 E
2 2
1 2 E 2
where the second term in the brackets comes from
1 2
Fy euBE may and y ayt
.
2
Thus, 1
e B x x 1 B x
m Ey2 2 Ey2
2 2
1 2 E 2
The first term inside the brackets is the reciprocal of
11
0. 7 10 C,
Thomson’s value for e/m. Using Thomson’s data (B =
4
5. 5 10 T ,
E ) and the modern value for e/m =
4
1. 5 10 V / m, x1 5cm, y2 / x2
8/
110
11
1. 76 10 C / kg and solving for B E .
1 BE
Bx
2 Ey
2
2
2
8 20 10
12
. .
The minus sign means that B and B E are in opposite directions,
which is why Thomson’s value underestimated the actual value.
12 4
8. 20 10 21. 5 10 V / m8/
110
4 2
5.
510 T810
m
5
BE
3.
110 T 31T
2
69
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
3-46. (a)
2
mu
Q Ne and cM T N where N = number of electrons, c = specific heat of
2
the cup, M = mass of the cup, and u = electron’s speed.
Q 2cM T e Qu
2
N e mu 2
m 2 T
eB eB
(b) u
mu m
Substituting u into the results of (a),
e
m
/ m
2
Q eB
2cM T
Solving for e/m,
2
e 2cM T
m
QB
2 2
3-47. Calculate 1/λ to be used in the graph.
1/λ (10 6 /m) 5.0 3.3 2.5 2.0 1.7
V 0 (V) 4.20 2.06 1.05 0.41 0.03
5
4
V 0 (V)
3
2
1
0
-1
-2
1
2 3 4 5
1/λ (10 6 /m)
(a) The intercept on the vertical axis is the work function .
2.08eV .
70
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
(Problem 3-47 continued)
(b) The intercept on the horizontal axis corresponds to the threshold frequency.
1
t
6
1.65 10 /
c
m
8 6 14
ft
3.0010 m / s 1.6510 / m 4.95
10 Hz
t
(c) The slope of the graph is h/e. Using the vertical intercept and the largest experimental
point.
h 1 V
4. 20V
2.
08V
e c 1/ 3. 0010 m / s 5. 010 / m 0
0
15
4. 1910
/
8 6
eV Hz
3-48. In the center of momentum reference frame, the photon and the electron have equal and
opposite momenta. p
E
/ c pe
.
1/ 2 1/
2
2 2 2 4 2 2 4
The total energy is: E Ee
E pec m c E E
m c
By conservation of momentum, the final state is an electron at rest, p
e
0 . Conservation
of energy requires that the final state energy E is
2 2
Squaring yields,
2 2 2 2 2 2
mc mc E E E mc mc E
2 0. This can be true
only if E
vanishes identically, i.e., if there is no photon at all.
2
1/
2
2 2 2 2
E E E mc E p c mc
e
1/ 2 1/
2
2 2
2 2 2 2 2 2
mc E p c mc E mc
3-49. Bragg condition:
10
m 2d 2 0 28nm 20 1 9210 m 0 192nm
sin . ( )( . )(sin ) . . .
This is the minimum wavelength
m
that must be produced by the X ray tube.
3 3
1. 2410 1.
2410
3
m nm or V 6. 47 10 V 6.
47kV
V
0.
192
71
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
3-50. (a) /
E 100W 10 4 s 100J s 10 4 s 10
6 J
(b)
6
E 10 J
3
The momentum p absorbed is p 3. 3310
J s / m
8
c 3. 0010
m/
s
f i f
3
p m v v 2 10 kg v 0 3. 3 10
3 J s / m
3
3. 3310
J s / m
v
1. 67m / s
3
210
kg
(c)
210 3 kg 1. 67m / s 2
1 2 3
E mv
f
2.
78
10 J
2 2
The difference in energy has been (i) used to increase the object’s temperature and (ii)
radiated into space by the blackbody.
3-51. Conservation of energy:
E mc E E mc E E E hf hf
2 2
1 2 k
k 1 2 1 2
h
2
1
1 cos ,
mc
From Compton’s equation, we have:
1 1 h
f f mc
Thus, 1 cos
2 1
2
2
1 1 h
f mc
1
cos
f
f f mc mc hf 1cos
1
2 2 2
2 1
1
Substituting this expression for f2
into the expression for
on
1
E
k
(and dropping the subscript
E
k
k
f ): 2
hfmc
hf
cos
2
1
cos
cos
2 2
hfmc hf hfmc
2 2
mc hf 1 mc hf 1
1 hf
hf
2
mc
1 cos
E has its maximum value when the photon energy change is maximum, i.e., when
hf
so cos 1.
Then Ek
2
mc
1
2 hf
72
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
3
3 2.
89810
mK
4
3-52. (a) mT 2. 89810 m K T 3.
5010
K
9
82.
810
m
(b) Equation 3-18:
5 hc / 70nm kT
u 70nm
70nm
/ e 1
u nm
nm e
5 hc / 82.
8nm kT
82. 8 82. 8 / 1
34 8
hc 6. 6310 J s3. 0010
m / s
where
9 23 4
70nm kT 7010 m1. 3810 J / K 3.
510
K
5.
88
and
5 5.
88
70nm / e
1
5 4.
97
hc
u 70nm
4. 97 0.
929
82. 8nm
kT u 82. 8nm 82. 8nm / e 1
Similarly,
5 4.
12
100nm / e
1
5 4.
97
u 100nm
u 82. 8nm 82. 8nm / e 1
0.
924
3-53. Fraction of radiated solar energy in the visible region of the spectrum is the area under
the Planck curve (Figure 3-6) between 350nm and 700nm divided by the total area. The
latter is
7 2
W m (see solution to Problem 3-25). Evaluating u
6. 42 10 /
525nm (midpoint of visible) and
700nm 350nm 350 nm.
u
34 8
5
. J s . m / s nm nm
34 8
6. 6310 J s3. 00 10
m / s
23
1. 3810 J / k 5800K 525nm
with
8
6 63 10 3 00 10 525 350
0. 389J / m
exp
1
c
R 350 700 u 3. 0010 m / s0. 389J / m / 4 2. 92
10 W / m
4
8 3 7 2
7 2 7 2
Fraction in visible = R R W m W m
350 700 / 2. 9210 / / 6. 4210 / 0.
455
3
3-54. (a) Make a table of f c / vs. V0.
f
14
10 Hz 11.83 9.6 8.22 7.41 6.91
V 0 (V) 2.57 1.67 1.09 0.73 0.55
73
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
(Problem 3-54 continued)
3
Li
2
1
0
−1
−2
−3
−4
2
4 6 8 10 12
Pb
The work function for Li (intercept on the vertical axis) is 2. 40eV.
(b) The slope of the graph is h/e. Using the largest V 0 and the intercept on the vertical
axis,
h
e
2. 57V
2.
40V
14
11.
5310 Hz 0
or,
19
4. 97V1.
6010
C
h 6.
8910
14
11.
5310
Hz
(c) The slope is the same for all metals. Draw a line parallel to the Li graph with the
work function (vertical intercept) of Pb, 4. 14eV.
Reading from the graph, the
threshold frequency for Pb is
than / 8 14
t
. / .
34
J s
14
9. 8 10 Hz;
therefore, no photon wavelengths larger
c f 3 0010 m s 9 810 Hz 306nm
will cause emission of
photoelectrons from Pb.
3-55. (a) Equation 3-18:
gives
5
8hc
u Letting C 8 hc and a hc / kT
hc / kT
e 1
5
C
u
a /
e 1
(b)
5 5 2
1 6
du d C
5
C
a/
a/
d
d
e 1 e 1
a /
e
a
2
a /
e
1
6 6
a /
C
a a / a / C
e a
a /
e 5
2 e 1
5
2 1 e 0
a/
a/
e 1
e 1
74
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
(Problem 3-55 continued)
The maximum corresponds to the vanishing of the quantity in brackets.
a /
5
1e
a
Thus,
(c) This equation is most efficiently solved by trial and error; i.e., guess at a value for
a /
a / in the expression 5
1e
a, solve for a better value of a / ; substitute
the new value to get an even better value, and so on. Repeat the process until the
calculated value no longer changes. One succession of values is 5, 4.966310,
4.965156, 4.965116, 4.965114, 4.965114. Further iterations repeat the same value (to
a
hc
seven digits), so we have 4.
965114
kT
(d) T
m
m
34 8
6. 6310 J s3. 00 10
m / s
23
J K
hc
4. 965114 k 4. 965114 1. 38 10 /
m
Therefore,
m T
3
2.
898 10 m K Equation 3-5
3-56. (a)
I
P 1W
1
17 2
4. 97 10 eV / m s
2 2
19
4
R
4
1m
1. 602 10
J / eV
(b) Let the atom occupy an area of 01nm
2
. .
dW IA
17 2 9 3
4. 97 10 eV / m s 0. 1 nm 10 m / nm
4. 97 10 eV / s
dt
2
2
2eV
(c) t 403s
6.
71 min
3
dW / dt 4. 97 10
eV / s
3-57. (a) The nonrelativistic expression for the kinetic energy pf the recoiling nucleus is
E
k
MeV / c 2
2
p 15 1u
4
1.
10 10 eV
2m 2 12u
931 5MeV c
2
. /
Internal energy U 15MeV 0. 0101MeV 14.
9899MeV
75
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
(Problem 3-57 continued)
(b) The nucleus must recoil with momentum equal to that of the emitted photon, about
14.98 MeV/c.
E
k
. MeV / c 2
2
p 14 98 1u
1.
00 10
2m 2 12u
931 5MeV c
2
. /
2
eV
E U E k
14. 9899MeV
0. 0100MeV 14.
9799MeV
3-58. Derived in Problem 3-47, the electron’s kinetic energy at the Compton edge is
E
k
hf
2
1 mc / 2
hf
hf
2hf
2
E 520keV 520keV
1 511keV / 2hf 2hf 511keV
2
Thus, hf
hf
520 520 511 / 2 0
Solving with the quadratic formula: hf
2
2
520
520 2 520 511
708keV
2
(only the + sign is physically meaningful). Energy of the incident gamma ray
hf 708 keV.
34 8
6. 6310 J s3. 00 10
m / s
16
708keV 1. 60 10
J / keV
hc
12
708keV 1. 76 10 m 1.
76 pm
3-59. (a) Ek
50 keV and 2 1
0.
095nm
hc hc 4
4 1 1 5.
010
eV
5.
010
eV
0.
095
1 2 1 1
1
2
1
0.
095
1
hc
4
2
0. 095 5.
010
eV
hc
2
2hc
0.
095nm hc
1 0.
095nm
4 1
0
4
5 10 eV
510
eV
0. 04541
2.
3610 0
2 3
1 1
76
Chapter 3 – Quantization of Charge, Light, and Energy
(Problem 3-59 continued)
Applying the quadratic formula,
1 /
2 3
2
0. 04541 0. 04541 4 2.
36 10
1
2
0. 03092 nm and 0.
1259nm
1 2
hc 1240eV nm
(b) E1
40. 1keV Eelectron
9.
90keV
0.
03092nm
1
hf
3-60. Let x in Equation 3-15:
kT kT
2 3
nx 0 x x x
2 3
fn
A e A
e e e e A y y y
n0 n0
Where y e x . This sum is the series expansion of
1 1
1 1 2 3
1 y
, i.e., 1 y
1 y y y . Then 1
n
Writing Equation 3-16 in terms of x and y.
E n / kT nhf / kT nx
n
n0 n0 n0
E E Ae A nhfe Ahf ne
nx nx nx
Note that ne d / dxe . e y 1
f A 1 y 1 gives A 1 y.
But 1 , so we have
d d dy
dx dx
dx
Since
1 1 1
nx
nx
1 2 2
ne e y y y y
x
dy d e
x
e
y.
dx dx
Multiplying this sum by hf and by A 1
y
n0
, the average energy is
1 1
2
nx
hfy hfe
E hfA
ne hf y y y
1
y 1e
Multiplying the numerator and the denominator by
E e
hf
, which is Equation 3-17.
1
hf / kT
x
x
x
e and substituting for x, we obtain
77
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
4-1.
1 1 1
R R m
2 2
m n
mn
7 1
where 1.
097 10 (Equation 4-2)
The Lyman series ends on m =1, the Balmer series on m =2, and the Paschen series on
1
m =3. The series limits all have n ,
so 0
n
1 1
7 1
R 1.
097 10 m
2
L
1
L
limit 1. 097 10 m
91. 1610 m 91.
16nm
7 1 9
1 1
7 1
R 1. 097 10 m / 4
2
B
2
B
limit 4/ 1. 097 10 m
3. 646 10 m 364.
6nm
7 1 7
1 1
R
2
3
P
7 1
1. 097 10 m / 9
7 1 7
P
limit 9/ 1. 097 10 m 8. 204 10 m 820.
4nm
4-2. 1 1 1
R where m 2 for Balmer series (Equation 4-2)
2 2
m n
mn
7 1
1 1.
097 10 m 1 1
9 2 2
379. 1nm 10 nm / m
2 n
9
1 1 10 nm / m
0.
2405
2 7 1
4 n 379. 1nm 1.
097 10
m
1
2
n
2 1
0. 2500 0. 2405 0.
0095
1 / 2
n n 1/ 0. 0095 10.
3 n 10
0.
0095
n10 n
2
79
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
4-3. 1 1 1
R where m 1 for Lyman series (Equation 4-2)
2 2
m n
mn
7 1
1 1.
097 10 m 1
1
9 2
164. 1nm 10 nm / m
n
9
1 10 nm / m
1 1 0. 5555 0.
4445
2 7 1
n 164. 1nm 1.
097 10
m
1 / 2
n 1/ 0. 4445 1.
5
No, this is not a hydrogen Lyman series transition because n is not an integer.
1 1 1
4-4. R
m
2 n
2
mn
(Equation 4-2)
For the Brackett series m = 4 and the first four (i.e., longest wavelength lines have n = 5,
6, 7, and 8.
1 1 1
1. 097 10 m
2.
468 10 m
4 5
45
7 1 5 1
2 2
1
45
5 1
2.
6810
m
1
46
5 1
3.
809 10
m
6
4.
052 10 m 4052 nm. Similarly,
6
2.
625 10 m 2625
1
47
5 1
4.
617 10
m
6
2.
166 10 m 2166
1
48
5 1
5.
142 10
m
These lines are all in the infrared.
6
1.
945 10 m 1945
nm
nm
nm
4-5. None of these lines are in the Paschen series, whose limit is 820.4 nm (see Problem 4-1)
1 1 1
and whose first line is given byL R
2 2 34
1875nm.
3 4
34
Also, none are in
the Brackett series, whose longest wavelength line is 4052 nm (see Problem 4-4). The
Pfund series has m = 5. Its first three (i.e., longest wavelength) lines have n = 6, 7, and 8.
80
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-5 continued)
1 1 1
1. 097 10 m
1.
341 10 m
5 5
56
7 1 5 1
2 2
1
56
5 1
1.
34110
m
1
57
5 1
2.
15510
m
6
7.
458 10 m 7458 nm. Similarly,
6
4.
653 10 m 4653
1
58
5 1
2.
674 10
m
6
3.
740 10 m 3740
nm
nm
Thus, the line at 4103 nm is not a hydrogen spectral line.
4-6. (a)
f
2
b nt
(Equation 4-5)
28 3
For Au, n 5. 9010 atoms / m (see Example 4-2) and for this
foil t 2 0 m 2 010
m
6
. . .
2
279 ke 90 2791.
44eV nm
kq Q
b cot cot
2
mv 2 2K
2
6
2 7.
010
eV
1. 6310 nm 1.
63
10
5 14
2
m
f 1. 6310 m 5. 9010 / m 2. 010 m 9.
8
10
14 28 3 6 5
(b)
b cot / / cot /
b90tan 90 / 2 / tan 45
/ 2
For 45 , b 45 90 45 2 90
2
and f 45 5.
7 10
3. 92 10 nm 3.
9210
4
5 14
m
b tan / / tan /
For 75 , b 75 90 90 2 75
2
and f 75 1.
66 10
2. 12 10 nm 2.
1210
4
5 14
m
f
45 75 5. 710 1. 6610 4.
05
10
4 4 4
Therefore,
81
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-6 continued)
(c) Assuming the Au atom to be a sphere of radius r,
4 3 M
197g / mole
r
3 N 6 02 10 atoms mole 19 3g cm
A
23 3
. / . /
3 197g / mole
r
23 3
4
6. 02 10 atoms / mole19. 3g / cm
3 10
r 1. 62 10
cm 1. 6210 m 16.
2nm
1/
3
4-7.
1 A
N (From Equation 4-6), where A is the product of the two
2
2
sin 4 / sin 4 /
quantities in parentheses in Equation 4-6.
(a)
(b)
4 4
N
10 A/ sin 10 / 2 sin 0.
5
4 4
N
1 A/ sin 1 / 2 sin 5
1.
0110
4
N
30 sin 0.
5
1.
2910
4
N
1 sin 15
6
4
kq
Q
4-8. b cot (Equation 4-3)
2
mv 2
2
k 2e Ze 1.
44MeV fm Z
= cot
cot
m v 2 E
2
k
1.
44MeV fm79 2
13
cot 8.
5
10
7.
7MeV
2
m
4-9.
r
d
2
kq
Q ke 2 79
12 / m v E
2
k
(Equation 4-11)
1.
44MeV fm279
For E k
5. 0MeV : r d
45.
5 fm
50 . MeV
For E k
7. 7MeV : r
d
29.
5 fm
For E k
12MeV : r
d
19.
0 fm
82
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
4-10.
r
d
2
kq
Q ke 2 79
12 / m v E
2
k
1.
44MeV fm213
(Equation 4-11)
E k 94 . MeV
4 fm
4-11. 2 6
x N 10 N 0. 01 N 10 / 0.
01 10 collisions
rms
6
t 10 m
n
10
t
10 m
4
10 layers
10 4 atomic layers is not enough to produce a deflection of 10 , assuming 1
collision/layer.
4-12. (a)
f
2
b nt
(Equation 4-5)
For 25 (refer to Problem 4-6).
2
279 ke 2791.
44eV nm
25 25
b cot cot
6
2K
2 2 7.
0 10 eV 2
7. 3310 nm 7.
33
10
5 14
2
m
f 7. 3310 m 5. 9010 / m 2. 010 m 1.
992 10
Because
For 45
,
14 28 3 6 3
N f N 1000 N 1000 / 1. 992 10 5.
02
10
. eV nm
2 79 1 44 45
b cot 3.
9210
2 7.
0 10
2
6
eV
2
3 5
f 3. 9210 m 5. 9010 / m 2. 010 m 5.
70
10
14
14 28 3 6 4
Because N
f N . 4 .
5
(b) N
45 5 7010 5 0210 286
25 45 1000 286 714
(c) For 75
b b 25 tan 25 / 2 / tan 75 / 2 2.
12
10 m
14
,
2 2
3 14 14
f 1. 992 10 2. 12 10 m / 7.
3310
m
2
1. 992 10 2. 12 / 7. 33 1.
67 10
3 4
m
83
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-12 continued)
For 90 ,
b b 25 tan 25 / 2 / tan 90 / 2 1.
63
10 m
14
2 2
3 14 14
f 1. 992 10 1. 6310 m / 7.
3310
m
2
1. 992 10 1. 63/ 7. 33 9.
85
10
3 5
N f N
5 5
9. 85 10 5.
02 10 49
N
75 90 84 49 35
4-13. (a)
r
n
2
na
0
(Equation 4-18)
Z
2
6 0.
053nm
r6
1.
91nm
1
(b)
6
2
6 0.
053nm
r He 0.
95nm
2
4-14.
a
2
mke
0 2
(Equation 4-19)
c c 1 1 h 1 c
2 2 2 2
mcke mc ke / c 2
mc ke / c 2
2 4
mk e
E1 (from Equation 4-20)
2
2
2
2 2 2
2 2
mc ke mc ke
1 2 2
mc
2
2 c 2 c 2
5
c 0. 00243nm 1 2 2 5.
1110
eV
a0 0. 053 nm E1 mc 13.
6eV
2
2
2
1 137 2 2 137
/
4-15.
1
2 1 1
ZR
n
2 2
f n
i
(Equation 4-22)
84
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-15 continued)
2
1 1 1 ni
1
R =R
2 2 2
ni 1
ni ni
ni
2 2 2
n
n
i
n
i
i
= 91.
17nm 2
R n ni
1
2 7 2
i
1 1.
0968 10 mni
1
4 9
2 91. 17nm 121. 57 nm 3
91. 17nm
102.
57nm
3 8
16 4
91 . 17 nm
97 . 25 nm 91 . 17
nm
15
None of these are in the visible; all are in the ultraviolet.
∞
4 3 2
80 90 100 110 120 130
λ, nm
4-16. L mvr n (Equation 4-17)
m 5. 9810 kg v 2r / 1y 2r / 3.
16 10 s
E
24 7
E
7 2 7
2
/ 3. 16 10 / 2
/ 3.
16 10
2
24 11
. kg . m
74
2.
54 10
7 34
3. 1610 s1.
05510
J s
n m r s r mr s
2
5 98 10 1 50 10
2 2
mv n / r E mv / 2m n / r / 2 m (from Equation 4-17)
2
1. 055 10 34 Js 2.
54 10 74
1
2
. 11 .
24
2
1 2 0 210 10
40
E n n . J
r
2m 1 50 10 m 5 98 10
kg
This would not be detectable.
2 2 2
n 2r
1. 055 10 34 J s 2.
54 10
74
r
3
2
2m
r
11 24
1. 50 10 m 5.
98 10
kg
33
E
5.
34 10
or 0 210 10 5 34 10 3 9310
40 33 75
r . J / . J / m . m
11
The orbit radius r would still be 1. 50
10 m.
r
85
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
4-17.
f
rev
2 2 4
mk Z e
(Equation 4-29)
3 3
2
n
2
2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
mc Z ke cZ ke cZ
3 2 3
3
2 n h / mc n c cn
c
2
8 2
3. 0010 m/
s 1 1
8.
22 10
3
137
rev
9
0.
0024310 m 2
N f t Hz s
14
Hz
8. 22 10 14 10 8 8.
22 10 6 revolutions
4-18. The number of revolutions N in 10 -8 s is:
N s s
10 8
/ time/revolution 10 8 / circumference of orbit/speed
N 10 8 s / C / v 10 8 s / 2 r / v
The radius of the orbit is given by:
2 2
4 0 0529
0
na
r
Z
. nm
3
so the circumference of the orbit C 2
r is
2
C 2
4 0. 0529nm / 3 1. 77nm 1.
77 10
9 m
The electron’s speed in the orbit is given by
2 2
v kZe / mr
5
v 6. 54
10 m/
s
Therefore, N s C v
9 2 2 19
8. 9910 N m / C 31.
6010
C
31 9
9. 1110 kg 1.
77 10
m
10 8 / / 3.
70 10 6 revolutions
In the planetary analogy of Earth moving around the sun, this corresponds to 3.7 million
“years”.
2
9.
1110
2 2 31
4
au
a
2 2 0
0. 0529nm 2.
5610
nm
28
ke eke
1.
6910
kg
e
e
4-19. (a)
E
E 13 6eV 2520eV
2 2 9 11 10
e
(b) .
kg
2 4 2 4
ke ke 1.
6910
28 kg
2 2 0
31
e
e
. kg
86
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-19 continued)
(c) The shortest wavelength in the Lyman series is the series limit ( n ,
n 1). The
photon energy is equal in magnitude to the ground state energy
hc 1240eV nm
0.
492nm
E 2520eV
(The reduced masses have been used in this solution.)
i
E
.
f
4-20.
4-21.
1 / 2 2
1 /
. eV
2
2
2 2
nE
2 5 39
E Z
E0
/ n Z =
1.
26
E 13.
6eV
Energy (eV)
0
-2
-4
(b)
0
(c)
(d)
n=∞
n=4
n=3
n=2
-6
-8
-10
-12
-14
(a)
n=1
(a) Lyman limit, (b) H
line, (c) H
line, (d) longest wavelength line of Paschen series
1 1 1
4-22. (a) R n
2 2
f n
i
For Lyman α:
1 1 1
1 2
7 1
1. 097373 10 m
121.
5023
2 2
L
hc 1240eV nm
EL
E L
10. 2056 eV and pL
10. 2056eV / c
121.
5023nm
c
L
nm
87
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-22 continued)
Conservation of momentum requires that the recoil momentum of the H atom
p
H
p and the recoil energy EH
is:
L
2 2 10. 2056eV / c
2
EH pH / 2mH pHc
/ 2mHc
2 1 007825 931 50 10
5 55
10
8
. eV
2 6 2
. uc . eV / uc
2
E 5.
510
eV
510
E E 10.
21eV
8
H
(b)
L
H
9
4-23. (a) For C 5+ (Z = 6)
E
n
2
Z 489.
6
13.
6
2 2
n n
E n (eV)
0
-100
-200
n=5 n=∞
n=4
n=3
n=2
E ∞ = 0 eV
E 5 = -19.6 eV
E 4 = -30.6 eV
E 3 = -54.4 eV
E 2 = -122.4 eV
E 1 = -489.6 eV
-300
-400
-500
n=1
hc hc 1240eV nm
(b) 18.
2nm
E E3 E2
54. 4 122.
4eV
(c) 18.2nm lies in the UV (ultraviolet) part of the EM spectrum.
88
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
4-24. (a) The reduced mass correction to the Rydberg constant is important in this case.
1 1
R R R
m
1
m/
M
2
E
2
n
hcR / n (from Equations 4-23 and 4-24)
6 1
5.
4869 10 (from Equation 4-26)
6
1 9
2
E1 1240eV nm 5. 4869 10 m 10 m/ nm / 1 6.
804eV
Similarly, E2 1. 701 eV and E3
0.
756eV
(b) Lyman α is the n 2 n 1 transition.
hc 1240
E E hc eV nm 243nm
2 1
E2 E 1
1. 701eV 6.
804eV
Lyman β is the n 3 n 1 transition.
hc 1240eV nm
205nm
E E 0. 756eV 6.
804eV
3 1
4-25. (a) The radii of the Bohr orbits are given by (see Equation 4-18)
2
r n a0/ Z a0
. nm Z
where 0 0529 and 1 for hydrogen.
2 4
n 600 , r 600 0. 0529nm 1. 9010 nm 19.
0m
For
This is about the size of a tiny grain of sand.
(b) The electron‟s speed in a Bohr orbit is given by
2 2
v ke / mr Z
with 1
Substituting r for the n = 600 orbit from (a), then taking the square root,
2
8. 99 10 1. 609 10 / 9. 11 10 19.
0 10
2 9 2 19 31 6
v N m C kg m
2 7 2 2 3
v 1. 3310 m / s v 3. 65
10 m/
s
For comparison, in the n = 1 orbit, v is about
6
2
10 /
m s
89
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
1 1 1
R Z 1
n1 n2
4-26. (a) 2 2 2
1
7 1 2 1 1
11
3 2 2
1. 097 10 m 42 1 6. 1010 m 0.
0610nm
1 3
1
7 1 2 1 1
11
4 2 2
1. 097 10 m 42 1 5. 7810 m 0.
0578nm
1 4
(b)
1
7 1 2 1
11
2
lim it
1. 097 10 m 42 1 0 5. 4210 m 0.
0542nm
1
1 R Z 2 1 1 2 1 1
1 R Z
1 for
2 2
2 2
n1 n2
1 2
K
1/
2
1
1
Z 1
2
1
R 1
0. 0794nm1. 097 10 / nm3/
4
4
Z 1 39.
1 40 Zirconium
4-27.
1/
2
4-28. (a)
1 2 8 1 2 18
Z 43 ; f / 2110 Hz / f 4.
4
10 Hz
1 2 8 1 2 18
Z 61 ; f / 3010 Hz / f 9.
0
10 Hz
1 2 8 1 2 19
Z 75 ; f / 37 10 Hz / f 1.
4
10 Hz
Note:
1/
f 2 for Z 61 and 75 are off the graph 4-19; however, the graph is linear and
extrapolation is easy.
(b) For Z = 43
R
where
1
1
n
Z
1 2 1
2
R
m n
7 1
1.
097 10 and 2
7 1
. m
(Equation 4-37)
1
11
6. 89 10 m 0.
0689
2 1
1 097 10 43 1 1
4
nm
90
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-28 continued)
Similarly,
For Z = 61, λ = 0.0327nm
For Z = 75, λ = 0.0216nm
4-29.
2
na
0
rn
(Equation 4-18)
Z
The n =1 electrons “see” a nuclear charge of approximately Z 1, or 78 for Au.
r nm nm m nm fm m fm , or about 100 times
4 9 15
1
0. 0529 / 78 6. 8 10 10 / 10 / 680
the radius of the Au nucleus.
4-30.
E
n
2
Z
13.
6 eV (Equation 4-20)
2
n
For Fe (Z = 26)
26 2
E1 13. 6 9.
194keV
2
1
The fact that E 1 computed this way (i.e., by Bohr theory) is approximate, is not a serious
problem, since the K α x-ray energy computed from Figure 4-19 provides the correct
spacing between the levels.
The energy of the Fe K α x-ray is:
1 2 8 1 2
where / 12.
2 10
/
E Fe K hf f Hz
/
2
34 8 1 2 16
E Fe K
6. 626 10 J s 12. 210 Hz 9. 862 10 J 6.
156keV
E2 E1 E K
9. 194 6. 156 3.
038keV
Therefore,
The Auger electron energy 2
6. 156 3. 038 3.
118
E K
E keV
4-31.
2
E mec 772.
6keV
2
8 8
511keV
1 2. 2510 / 3. 0010
m/
s
After emitting a 32.5 keV photon, the total energy is:
91
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-31 continued)
511keV
E keV v c
1
2
2 2 2
740. 1 / 1 511/
740
2
12 /
2 8
v 1 511 / 740 c 2. 17 10
m / s
4-32. (a)
E E Z n
2 2
1 0
/ (Equation 4-20)
2 2 4
13. 6eV 74 1 / 1 7. 2510 eV 72.
5keV
2 2 2
2 3
(b) E E Z / n . eV . eV /
1 0
69 5 10 13 6 74 1
2 3
74 69. 5 10 eV / 13.
6eV
1 /
3
eV eV
2
74 69. 510 / 13. 6 2.
5
4-33.
Element Al Ar Sc Fe Ge Kr Zr Ba
Z 13 18 21 26 32 36 40 56
E (keV) 1.56 3.19 4.46 7.06 10.98 14.10 17.66 36.35
1 / 2 10
8 1 /
f Hz 2
6.14 8.77 10.37 13.05 16.28 18.45 20.64 29.62
60
Z
40
20
0
0
5
10
15
20
25 30
f 10 Hz
1 / 2 8 1 / 2
92
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-33 continued)
58 10
slope = 1.
9010
8
30 4.
8 10
Hz
8 1/
2
30 13
slope (Figure 4-19) = 2. 1310
Hz
8
5 7 10
The two values are in good agreement.
8 1/
2
4-34. (a) The available energy is not sufficient to raise ground state electrons to the n =5 level
which requires 13.6 − 0.54 = 13.1eV. The shortest wavelength (i.e., highest energy)
spectral line that will be emitted is the 3 rd line of the Lyman series, the
n = 4 → n = 1 transition. (See Figure 4-16.)
(b) The emitted lines will be for those transitions that begin on the n = 4, n = 3, or n = 2
levels. These are the first three lines of the Lyman series, the first two lines of the
Balmer series, and the first line of the Paschen series.
4-35. 60
60
50
15.7eV
E
(eV)
40
30
44.3
29.6
14.7eV
Average transition energy = 15.7 eV
20
16.6eV
10
13.0
93
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
4-36.
hc 1240eV nm
E 1. 610eV
.
790nm
The first decrease in current will occur when the
voltage reaches 1.61V.
4-37. Using the results from Problem 4-24, the energy of the positronium Lyman α line is
E E2 E1 1. 701eV 6. 804eV 5. 10eV
. The first Franck-Hertz current
decrease would occur at 5.10V, the second at 10.2V.
4-38. In an elastic collision, both momentum and kinetic energy are conserved. Introductory
physics texts derive the following expression when the second object (the Hg atom here)
m1
m
2
is initially at rest: v v
m1
m2
.
1f 1i the incident electron in a head-on collision is:
m
m
v
KE KE v v m m
f
2 1 2 2
2 2 1i
1i
ei
ef 1i
1f
1
2
2 2
KEei v1 i
v1
i
The fraction of the initial kinetic energy lost by
2
2 2 2
m1 m 0. 511MeV 200uc 931. 5MeV / uc
2
= 1 1
2 2
m1 m2
0. 511MeV 200uc 931. 5MeV / uc
= 1.
1010
5
2
v
If the collision is not head-on, the fractional loss will be less.
4-39. (a) Equation 4-24:
E E n n
n
2 2
0
/ 13.6 / eV
E
1 1 1 1
( n1) n
46 45
4
n1 En
13.6 eV 13.6 eV=2.89 10 eV
2 2 2 2
2 2 3
(b) Ionization energy E 13.6 / n 13.6 / 45 6.72
10 eV
n
4 19 34
(c) E hf hc / f E / h (2.89 10 eV)(1.60 10 J/eV)/6.63 10 J
s
10
f 6.97 10 Hz
c
8 10 3
/ f (3.00 10 m/s)/(6.96 10 Hz) 4.30 10 m=4.30mm
94
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-39 continued)
(d) Equation 4-18:
For hydrogen:
2
r /
n
n a0 Z
r
45 a /1107nm 1.07 10 mm , or 2025× the radius of the
2 4
45 0
hydrogen atom ground state.
4-40. (a) Equation 4-26:
1
R R
1 m/
M where 7 1
R 1.0973732
10 m
R
R
d
d
t
1
R 31 27
1 9.109410 kg / 3.343610 kg
1.097074310 m
7 1
1
Rt
R 31 27
1 9.109410 kg / 5.007410 kg
R 1.0971736 10 m
7 1
1 1 1
(b) Equation 4-22: R n
2 2
f n
i
with Z 1.
1 1 1 1 5
The Balmer α transition is n 3n 2.
2 2 2 2
nf
n
i 2 3 36
36 1 1
d
t
5 Rd
Rt
11 2
5.3978 10 m 5.3978 10 nm
(c) Computed as in (b) above with
R H
7 1
1.096762 10 m ,
H
36 1 1
t
5 RH
Rt
10 1
2.4627 10 m 2.4627 10 nm
95
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
kq Q
N I 2 b db where b cot (Equation 4-3)
2
4-41.
0 2
mv
kq
Q
and db csc d
2
2mv
2
2
kq Q 1
2
N I02 cot csc d
2
mv
2 2
2
Using the trigonometric identities:
csc
2
1
sin sin sin
and cot
2 2 2 2
sin / 2 2 1 cos 1 cos / 2 sin / 2 2sin / 2
2
kq Q
1 sin
1
N I02 2 d
2 2
mv
2 2sin
/ 2 sin
/ 2
and inserting 2 e q and Ze Q,
N
2
kZe
I 2
0 2 4
mv
2
sind
sin / 2
4-42. Those scattered at 180 obeyed the Rutherford formula. This is a head-on collision
where the α comes instantaneously to rest before reversing direction. At that point its
kinetic energy has been converted entirely to electrostatic potential energy, so
1
k 2e 79e
2
m v 77
. MeV where r = upper limit of the nuclear radius.
2
r
2
279 2791.
440
k e MeV fm
r 29.
5 fm
7. 7MeV
7.
7MeV
4-43. (a)
Z mk e
i qfrev
e
3 3
2
n
2 2 4
1
2 3
c h / mc
(from Equation 4-28)
2
2 2 2 2
2 2
mc ke ec ke ec
= e
2
1
c c
. C . nm / s
19 17 2
1 602 10 3 0010 1
= 1.
054 10
0.
00243nm
137
3
A
96
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-43 continued)
(b)
2 4 2
2
emk e
0 3 2
e
iA i a
=
2
mke 2m
or
19 34
1. 60210 C1.
05510
J s
31
29.
1110
kg
= 9.
2810
Am
24 2
2
3 10 24 2
= 1.054 10 A 0. 529 10 m 9.
27 10
A m
4-44. Using the Rydberg-Ritz equation (Equation 4-2), set-up the columns of the spreadsheet to
carry out the computation of λ as in this example (not all lines are included here).
m n C=m 2 D=n 2 1/C−1/D 1/λ λ (nm)
1 5 1 25 0.96 10534572 94.92
1 4 1 16 0.9375 10287844 97.20
1 3 1 9 0.888889 9754400 102.52
1 2 1 4 0.75 8230275 121.50
2 6 4 36 0.222222 2438600 410.07
2 5 4 25 0.21 2304477 433.94
2 4 4 16 0.1875 2057569 486.01
2 3 4 9 0.138889 1524125 656.11
3 7 9 49 0.090703 995346.9 1004.67
3 6 9 36 0.083333 914475 1093.52
3 5 9 25 0.071111 780352 1281.47
3 4 9 16 0.048611 533443.8 1874.61
1 1
1 1
d
1 1 dR
2 2
2 2
n
f
n
i
d
n
f
n
i d
2
4-45. R
R
1 1
Because R , dR / d R / .
R R / /
nf
n
i
1
2
2 2
97
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-45 continued)
mm
mm
H
m m m m
e p e d
D
e
p e
d
/ /
D
H memd m m m m
D
e
md md me m
d
1 1 1
m m / m m m / m m
m m m
e d p
H H e p e p p e p
p e d
me
If we approximate md 2 mp and me md
, then and
2m
0.
511MeV
/ 656. 3nm
0.
179nm
2 938.
28MeV
p
4-46. For maximum recoil energy for the Hg atoms, the collision is „head-on‟.
(a)
kinetic energy
Before collision
E
k
1
mv
2
momentum pei mvei
2
ei
After collision
1
E k
mv
2
E
Hg
p
p
ef
Hg
1
2
Mv
mv
2
ef
ef
M v
2
Hg
Hg
Conservation of momentum requires:
mv mv Mv v m v v
M
ei ef Hg Hg ei ef
Therefore, the maximum Hg recoil kinetic energy is given by:
2 2
2 m
m 2 2
Hg
ei
ef
ei
ei ef
ef
1 1
Mv M
2 2
v v v v v v
M
2M
2
m
2M
4m1 2 4m
mvei
E
M
2
M
2
2
2
4 vei since m M,
vei vef
k
98
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-46 continued)
(b) Since the collision is elastic, kinetic energy is conserved, so the maximum kinetic
energy gained by the Hg atom equals the maximum kinetic energy lost by the
electron. If E k = 2.5eV, then the maximum lost is equal to:
31
m
9. 1110 kg 2.
5eV
4 2. 5eV
4 2.
7 10
M u kg u
27
201 1. 6610
/
5
eV
4-47. (a)
E E Z n
n
2 2
0
/ (Equation 4-20)
E 13. 6eV 9 / n 122. 4/
n eV
For Li ++ , Z = 3 and
2 2
n
The first three Li ++ levels that have the same (nearly) energy as H are:
n 3 , E 13. 6 eV n 6 , E 3. 4 eV n 9 , E 1.
51eV
3 6 9
Lyman α corresponds to the n = 6 → n = 3 Li ++ transitions. Lyman β corresponds
To the n = 9 → n = 3 Li ++ transition.
1/ 1 0. 511 / 938. 8
7
1.
096776 10
1
1/ 1 0. 511 / 6535
7
1.
097287 10
1
(b)
R H R MeV MeV m
R Li R MeV MeV m
For Lyman α:
1 1
7 1 9
RH 1 1. 096776 10 m
2
10 m / nm3/ 4
121.
568nm
2
For Li ++ equivalent:
1 1 1 1 1
R Li Z m m nm
2 2
3 6
9 36
2 7 1 9
1. 097287 10 10 / 3 2
121. 512 nm
0.
056nm
4-48.
2
2
I0ASCnt
kZe
1
2
r
2EK
4
N
(Equation 4-6)
sin
2
3 6
where A 0.
50 cm r 10 cm t 10
m
SC
99
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-48 continued)
n Ag
10 . 5 g / cm
3 6 . 02 10 23 atoms / mol
107. 5g / mol
5. 8810 atoms / cm 5. 88
10 atoms / m
22 3 28 3
9 1
9
EK
6. 0 MeV I0 1. 0nA 10 C / s
3. 1810
alphas / s
19
21.
6010
C
(a) At θ = 60°
9 2 28 3 6
3. 1310 / s0. 50cm 5. 8810 / m 10
N
2 2
10
cm
2
9 2 2 19
910 N m / C 1.
6010 C 47
1
=
468
/ s
13
26. 0MeV
1. 60 10 J / MeV
4 60
sin
2
60 120
N N 60 sin / sin 52
/ s
2
2
(b) At θ = 120°:
4 4
4-49.
E E Z n
n
2 2
0
/ (Equation 4-20)
2 2
E1 13. 6eV 20 / 1 5.
440keV
For Ca, Z = 20 and
The fact that E 1 computed this way is only approximate is not a serious problem because
the measured x-ray energies provide us the correct spacings between the levels.
E2 E1 3. 69keV 5. 440 3. 69 1.
750keV
E3 E2 0. 341keV 1. 750 0. 341 1.
409keV
E4 E3 0. 024keV 1. 409 0. 024 1.
385keV
These are the ionization energies for the levels. Auger electron energies
E
E
n
where E
3. 69keV
.
Auger L electron: 3. 69keV 1. 750keV 1.
94keV
Auger M electron: 3. 69keV 1. 409keV 2.
28keV
Auger N electron: 3. 69keV 1. 385keV 2.
31keV
100
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
4-50. (a) E hc / 1240eV nm / 0. 071nm 17.
465keV
E hc / 1240eV nm / 0. 063nm 19.
683keV
(b) Select Nb (Z = 41)
The Kβ Mo x-rays have enough energy to eject photoelectrons, producing 0.693 keV
electrons. The Kα Mo x-rays could not produce photoelectrons in Nb.
180
4-51. (a) b Rsin Rsin
Rcos
2
2
(b) Scattering through an angle larger than θ corresponds to an impact parameter smaller
than b. Thus, the shot must hit within a circle of radius b and area πb 2 . The rate at
2 2 2
which this occurs is I0b I0R
cos
2
(c)
2
2 2
0
cos
b R R
2
(d) An α particle with an arbitrarily large impact parameter still feels a force and is
scattered.
4-52. For He:
(a)
Energy (eV)
E eV Z n eV n
n
0
-10
-20
-30
2 2 2
13. 6 / 54. 4 / (Equation 4-20)
5
3
2
∞
4
E 1 = -54.4 eV
E 2 = -13.6 eV
E 3 = -6.04 eV
E 4 = -3.04 eV
E 5 = -2.18 eV
E ∞ = 0 eV
-40
-50
1
101
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-52 continued)
(b) Ionization energy is 54.5eV.
(c) H Lyman α:
H Lyman β:
He + Balmer α:
He + Balmer β:
(d)
hc / E 1240eV nm / 13. 6eV 3. 4eV 121.
6nm
hc / E 1240eV nm / 13. 6eV 1. 41eV 102.
6nm
hc / E 1240eV nm / 13. 6eV 6. 04eV 164.
0nm
hc / E 1240eV nm / 13. 6eV 3. 40eV 121.
6nm
42. 4 nm
19.
0nm
(The reduced mass correction factor does not change the energies calculated above
to three significant figures.)
E eV Z n
2 2
n
13. 6 / because for He + , Z = 2, then Z 2 = 2 2 . Every time n is an even
number a 2 2 can be factored out of n 2 and cancelled with the Z 2 = 2 2 in the
numerator; e.g., for He + ,
E eV eV
2 2
2
13. 6 2 / 2 13.
6 (H ground state)
2 2 2 st
E4 13. 6eV 2 / 4 13. 6eV
/ 2 (H 1 excited state)
2 2 2 nd
E6 13. 6eV 2 / 6 13. 6eV
/ 3 (H 2 excited state)
etc.
Thus, all of the H energy level values are to be found within the He + energy levels, so
He + will have within its spectrum lines that match (nearly) a line in the H spectrum.
4-53.
Element P Ca Co Kr Mo I
Z 15 20 27 36 42 53
Lα λ(nm) 10.41 4.05 1.79 0.73 0.51 0.33
1/
2 8
f 10 Hz 1.70 2.72 4.09 6.41 7.67 9.53
1/
2 8 9
where 3 0010 10
f . m / s nm / m /
50 15
Slope = 4.
6210
8
9. 15 1.
58 10
Hz
74 46
14 8 10
Hz
1/
2
8 1
8 1
Slope (Figure 4-19) =
8
4. 67 10
Hz
Hz
102
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-53 continued)
The agreement is very good.
50
Z
40
30
20
10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
f
10 Hz
1/ 2 8 1/
2
The
1/
2
f 0 intercept on the Z axis is the minimum Z for which an Lα X-ray could
be emitted. It is about Z = 8.
4-54. (a)
E
n
ke ke ke
E
2 2 2
2
n1 2
2rn 2n ro 2 n1
ro
ke
hf En
E
2 2
n1 2
2
2nro
2 n1
ro
ke
2 2 2 2
n n n
ke 1 1 ke 2 1
f
2 2 2 2
2hro
n 1
n 2hr
o n n
1
2 2
ke 2n 1
ke
r hn
2hr
2
o n n1
2 3
o
for n 1
(b)
f
rev
2 2 2 2
v 2 v 1 mv 1 ke ke
frev
2 r 4 r 4 mr r 4 mr r 4
mr n
2 2 2 2 2 2 3 6
o
103
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-54 continued)
(c) The correspondence principle implies that the frequencies of radiation and revolution
are equal.
2 2
2 2 2 3 2 2
2
ke ke 2
ke hn h
3
2 3 6 rev o
2 6 2
2 2 2
rohn 4 mron 4 mn ke 4
mke mke
f f r
which is the same as a o in Equation 4-19.
4-55.
mv 2
2 2 2
kZe mv kZe
(from Equation 4-12)
2
r r r mr
kZe
v
mr
2
1/
2
v
2
1
2 2 2 2 2
c kZe
2 2
kZe
kZe
Therefore, c
2
1 mr mr
mr
1 kZe
2
2 1 2 1 2 6 1 2
0. 0075Z / v 0. 0075cZ / 2. 25 10 m / s Z
/
2
c mao
kZe 1 kZe
E KE kZe / r mc
1
mc 1
r
2
1
r
2 2
2 2 2
And substituting 0 0075 and r a
.
o
3 1
E 51110 eV
1
28.
8Z eV
2
1
0.
0075
14. 4eV 28. 8Z eV 14.
4Z eV
104
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
4-56. (The solution to this problem depends on the kind of calculator or computer you use and
the program you write.)
4-57.
Energy (eV)
23
22
Levels constructed from Figure 4-26.
21
20
0
4-58. Centripetal acceleration would be provided by the gravitational force:
2
Mm mv GM
FG
G M proton mass and m electron mass, so v
2
r r
r
L mvr n r n / mv
or
n
n r
n
r r r a
m GM / r
m GM GMm GMm
2 2 2 2 2
2
n
n
and,
1/
2 n
2 n
2 o
2
The total energy is:
E
n
n
1 GMm 1 GM GMm
2
r
2
r
2r
2
E mv m
GMmGMm
2 2 2 3
GMm
G M m
2 2 2 2
2r 2n 2n
n
The gravitational Hα line is:
E
2 2 3
G M m 1 1
E E2 E3
2 2 2
2
2 3
2 2 3
11 2 2
27
6. 67 10 N m / kg 1. 67 10 kg 9. 1110 31 kg 0.
1389
2
34
21.
05510
12 /
105
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-58 continued)
5. 8510 J 3.
66
10
98 79
eV
98
E
5.
8510
J
f 8.
2810
34
h 6.
6310
J s
For the Balmer limit in each case,
65
Hz
E 3. 66 10 79
eV 0. 250 / 0. 1389 6.
58 10
79 eV
79 64
f 6. 58 10
eV / h 1.
59
10 Hz
These values are immeasurably small. They do not compare with the actual H values.
4-59. Refer to Figure 4-16. All possible transitions starting at n = 5 occur.
n = 5 to n = 4, 3, 2, 1
n = 4 to n = 3, 2, 1
n = 3 to n = 2, 1
n = 2 to n = 1
Thus, there are 10 different photon energies emitted.
n i n f fraction no. of photons
5 4 1/4 125
5 3 1/4 125
5 2 1/4 125
5 1 1/4 125
4 3 1/ 4 1/
3
42
4 2 1/ 4 1/
3
42
4 1 1/ 4 1/
3
42
3 2 1/ 21/ 4 1/ 41/
3
3 1 1/ 21/ 4 1/ 41/
3
2 1
83
83
1/ 2 1/ 4 1/ 4 1/ 3 1/ 4 1/ 3 1/
4
250
Total = 1,042
Note that the number of electrons arriving at the n = 1 level (125+42+83+250) is 500, as it
should be.
106
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
4-60.
m k e
2
2 4
Z
n
o
where
2 o
2
E E E
n
2
m 1. 8810 kg E 4. 5010 J 2.
81
10 eV
28 16 3
o
Z
E eV n
3
Thus, for muonic hydrogen-like atom:
n
2.
81
10
(a) muonic hydrogen
2
2
0
n=5 n=∞
n=4
n=3
-500
E n (eV)
-1000
-1500
n=2
E ∞ = 0 eV
E 5 = -112 eV
E 4 = -176 eV
E 3 = -312 eV
E 2 = -703 eV
3
E 1 = - 2. 81 10 eV
-2000
-2500
n=1
-3000
(b)
r
n
2 2 2 2 2
n n 4
n
2.
56
10 nm (Equation 4-18)
2 2
mkZe mke Z Z
For H, Z = 1: r 2.
56
10
1
4
nm
For He , Z = 2: r 1.
28
10
1+ 4
1
For Al , Z = 13: r 1.
97 10
nm
12+ 5
1
For Au , Z = 79: r 3.
2
10
78+ 6
1
nm
nm
107
Chapter 4 – The Nuclear Atom
(Problem 4-60 continued)
5
(c) Nuclear radii are between about 1 and 8 10
6
m , or 18
10 nm . (See Chapter
11.) The muon n = 1 orbits in H, He 1+ , and Al 12+ are about roughly 10nm outside the
nucleus. That for Au 78+ is very near the nucleus’ surface.
(d) hf hc / E E hc / E E
Z
E eV n
3
2
1
2
1
where
n
2.
81
10
hc
10
For H: 5. 8910 m 0.
589nm
2 3
1 2. 8110 11/
4
Similarly,
For He 1+ : 0. 147nm
For Al 12+ : 0. 00349nm
For Au 78+ 5
: 9. 44
10 nm
2
2
108
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
5-1. (a)
(b)
34 7
6. 6310 J s3. 1610
s / y
h h
2.
1
10
p mv kg m y
h 6.
6310
J s
m
kg m
3 2
10 10
3
10 1
/
34
29 21
v 6. 610 m / s 2. 1
10 m / y
23
m
5-2.
h h hc 1240MeV fm
12.
4 fm
p E / c E 100MeV
5-3.
2 2
hc 1 1240eV nm
2 2
5
. .
2
p
Ek eVo Vo
940V
2
2m 2mc e 2 5 11 10 eV 0 04nm
5-4.
h h hc
p
2
2mEk
2mc Ek
(a) For an electron:
(from Equation 5-2)
1240eV nm
20. 51110 6 eV 4.
510
3 eV
1 2
0 0183nm
/
.
(b) For a proton:
1240eV nm
4.
27 10
1/ 2
6 3
2983. 310 eV 4.
510
eV
4
nm
(c) For an alpha particle:
1240eV nm
2.
1410
1/ 2
9 3
23. 72810 eV 4.
510
eV
4
nm
5-5. 1 /
2
2
h / p h / 2mEk
hc /
2mc 1.
5 kT
(from Equation 5-2)
Mass of N 2 molecule =
214. 0031u 931. 5MeV / uc 2. 609 10 MeV / c 2. 609 10 eV / c
2 4 2 10 2
109
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
(Problem 5-5 continued)
1240eV nm
10
2 2. 609 10 eV 1. 58. 617 10 5 eV / K 300K
1 2
0 0276nm
/
.
5-6.
h h hc 1240eV nm
0.
202nm
2
2 2
6
2939 57 10 0 02 1 /
p mE . .
2
k mc Ek
eV eV
5-7. (a) If there is a node at each wall, then
(b)
2
n / 2 L where n 1, 2, 3,... or 2L / n .
p h / hn / 2 L E p / 2m hn / 2L / 2m h n / 8mL
2 2 2 2
E
n
2 2
hc n
2 2
8mc L
For n = 1:
2 2
1240eV nm 1
6
eV . nm
E
8 938 10 0 01
1 2
2.
05eV
For n = 2: 2
E2 2. 05eV 2 8.
20eV
5-8. (a)
2
/ c
10 is a nonrelativistic situation, so
2 2 2 2
2 1 /
hc mc E hc mc mc E
2
/
c
k k
E
k
2 6
mc 0.
51110
eV
25.
6eV
2 2
2 2 10
2
c
(b) / 02 . is a relativistic for an electron, so h mu u h m
.
c
u c
u c 2
1 /
h c
mc
2 2
uc
c
c
/
uc
u/ c
/
2 1/
2
2
1 1
c
110
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
(Problem 5-8 continued)
1 0.
2
. 2
uc 0. 981 5.
10
1 1 0 2
2
Ek
mc 1 0. 511MeV 1 2.
10MeV
(c)
c
10
3
3
1 10
uc 0.
9999 1000
1/ 2
2
3
1
1 10
.
2
Ek
mc 1 0 511MeV 999 510MeV
2
5-9.
1
E mc p mu
k
(a)
2
Ek
2 GeV mc 0.
938GeV
2
1 Ek
mc 2GeV 0. 938GeV
2. 132 Thus, 3.
132
Because, 2
1 1 u / c where u / c 0.
948
h h hc
p mc u c mc u c
2
/ /
1240eV nm
6
3. 132938 10 eV 0.
948
(b) E 200GeV
k
7
4. 45 10 nm 0.
445
2
1 Ek
mc 200GeV 0. 938GeV 213 Thus, 214 and u / c 0.
9999
1240eV nm
6.
18
10
214938MeV
0.
9999
3
fm
fm
5-10. n
Dsin
(Equation 5-5)
n
n hc
sin
(see Problem 5-6)
D D
2
2mc E
k
111
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
(Problem 5-10 continued)
1 1240eV nm
0 215
25 11 10
1 /
5.
705eV
2
1/
2
. nm
5
. eV E E
k
k
(a)
(b)
1/
2
5.
705eV
sin
. sin . .
75eV
1
0 659 0 659 41 2
1/
2
5.
705eV
sin
. sin . .
100eV
1
0 570 0 570 34 8
5-11. h h
0.
25nm
p
2mE
Squaring and rearranging,
E
k
p
k
1240eV nm
.
2 2
2
h hc
0.
013eV
2
m mc eV nm
2 2 2
2
6
p
2
p
2 938 10 0 25
1 0 25 0 304
n Dsin sin n
/ D . nm / . nm
sin 0.
822 55
5-12. (a)
(b)
n
n
Dsin
D
nhc
sin
2
sin
2mc Ek
11240
eV nm
sin 55. 6 25.
1110 5 eV 50eV
1 2
11240
eV nm
0 210 25 11 10 5
100
1 /
. .
2
n
sin 0.
584
D nm
eV eV
sin 1 0 . 584 35 . 7
0 210nm
/
.
112
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
5-13.
t
42°
d
d tcos42
1 cos 42 0. 30 1 cos 42
n t d t nm
For the first maximum n = 1, so 0. 523nm
hc 2
2
h h h
Ek
2 2 2
p 2mE
2m
2mc
k
E
k
2
1240eV nm
6
eV . nm
3.
010
2 939 10 0 523
3
eV
Dsin
5-14. (Equation 5-6)
n
For 54eV electrons λ =0.165nm and
sin 0. 165nm n / 0. 215nm 0.
767n
For n = 2 and larger sin 1, so no values of n larger than one are possible.
5-15. sin n/
D (Equation 5-6)
2
1240eV nm
h / p h / 2mEk
hc / 2mc Ek
0.
0656nm
1/
2
6
20.
51110 eV 350eV
sin n 0. 0656nm / 0. 315nm 0.
208n
For n = 1, = 12°. For n = 2, = 24.6°. For n = 3, = 38.6°. For n = 4, = 56.4°.
This is the largest possible . All larger n values have sin 1.
5-16. (a)
(b)
t 1 1
5
10 10
1
f 100,
000s
s s
1 1 1
4
f t f 1.
5910
Hz
5
2 2t
2
10
s
113
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
5-17. (a) y y1
y2
0. 002m cos 8. 0x / m 400t / s 0. 002m cos 7. 6x / m 380t / s
2 0 002 1 8 0 7 6 1
400 380
2 2
1 1
cos 8. 0x / m 7. 6x / m 400t / s 380t / s
2 2
0. 004m cos 0. 2x / m 10t / s cos 7. 8x / m 390t / s
. mcos . x / m . x / m t / s t / s
(b)
390 / s
v 50m / s
k 78 . / m
(c)
v
s
20 / s
50m / s
k
04 . / m
(d) Successive zeros of the envelope requires that 0. 2 x/
m,
thus
1
2
x 5 m with k k1 k2
0. 4 m and x 5m.
02 .
k
2
2
5-18. (a) Thus,
dv df , multiplying by ,
dv df
v f f f v
d
d d d d 2 d
2
d
dv
v k dk d
2 d d
2
Because 2 / , 2 / and
d
dv
vs
v
dk
d
(b) v decreases as λ decreases, dv/dλ is positive.
5-19. (a)
2 8 11
c f / T T / c 210 m/ 310 m/ s 6. 7
10 s / wave
The number of waves = s s wave
0. 25 / 6. 710 / 3.
73
10
11 3
2 3
Length of the packet = m
(b)
# of waves 210 3. 7310 74.
6m
8
f c / 310 m/ s / 210 2 m 1.
50
10
10 Hz
(c)
6 6
t 1 1/ t 1/ 0. 25 10 s 4. 0 10 rad / s 637kHz
114
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
5-20. t 1
1/ t 1/ 0. 25s 4. 0 rad / s or f 0.
6Hz
t 1 2f t 1 Thus, t 1/ 2
5000Hz 3.
2 10
s
5
5-21.
5-22. (a)
(b)
h h hc 1240eV nm
0.
549nm
2
2 2
6
20 511 10 5
1 /
p mE .
2
k mc Ek
eV eV
d sin /
2 For first minimum (see Figure 5-17).
0.
549nm
d 3.
15 nm slit separation
2sin
2sin5
05 . cm
sin 5 0. 5 cm / L where L = distance to detector plane L 5.
74cm
2sin5
5-23. (a) The particle is found with equal probability in any interval in a force-free region.
Therefore, the probability of finding the particle in any interval ∆x is proportional to
∆x. Thus, the probability of finding the sphere exactly in the middle, i.e., with
∆x = 0 is zero.
(b) The probability of finding the sphere somewhere within 24.9cm to 25.1cm is
proportional to ∆x =0.2cm. Because there is a force free length L = 48cm available
to the sphere and the probability of finding it somewhere in L is unity, then the
probability that it will be found in ∆x = 0.2cm between 24.9cm and 25.1cm (or any
interval of equal size) is:
P x 1/ 48 0. 2cm 0. 00417cm.
2 2
5-24. Because the particle must be in the box * sin
/
L
dx 1 A x L dx 1
0 0
Let / ; 0 0 ; and /
u x L x u x L u dx L du , so we have
A 2 L / sin 2 udu A 2 L / sin
2 udu
0 0
1
u sin2u
/ sin / / / 2 / 2 1
2 4
2 2 2
2 2
L A udu L A L A
LA
0
1 / 2
2
A 2/ L A 2/
L
0
L
115
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
5-25. (a) At 0 : 0,
0
2
2
0 2
x Pdx dx Ae dx A dx
(b) At
(c) At
2 2 2 2
/ 4
1/
4 2
x : Pdx Ae dx Ae dx 0.
61A dx
2 2 2 2
4 / 4
1 2
x 2
: Pdx Ae dx Ae dx 0.
14A dx
(d) The electron will most likely be found at x = 0, where Pdx is largest.
5-26. (a) One does not know at which oscillation of small amplitude to start or stop counting.
N N
1
f f
t t t
2 2 2 2
(b)
x and k
N , so k
n
N x x x
5-27.
1.
05510
Js
10 s 1. 609 10
J / eV
34
E t E / t
9
6.
6 10 eV
7 19
5-28.
xp p mv
2 2 x
34
1.
05510
Js
27
v
5. 310
m / s
3 2 3
2mx 210 kg 10 10
m
5-29.
6.
5810
eV s
3. 823d
8. 6410
s / d
16
21
E t E / t 1.
99 10 eV
4
The energy uncertainty of the excited state is ∆E, so the α energy can be no sharper than
∆E.
5-30. xp p h p h / . Because h/ p, p h/ ; thus, p p.
p mv 30kg 40m / s 1200 kg m/ s.
Because p p
5-31. For the cheetah
(see Problem 5-30),
2
x / p 50J s / 1200kg m/ s 4. 2 10 m 4.
2cm
116
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
5-32. Because c f for photon, c / f hc / hf hc / E,
so
hc 1240eV nm
5
E 2.
4810
eV
3
5.
010
nm
5
E 2.
4810
eV
7
and p 8. 310
eV s / m
8
c 310
m / s
For electron:
15
h 4.
1410
eV s
p
8 310
12
x
5.
010
m
4
. /
eV s m
Notice that ∆p for the electron is 1000 times larger than p for the photon.
5-33. (a) For 48 Ti:
34
1.
05510
Js
E
upper state
4.
7110
14 13
t 1. 410 s 1. 6010
J / MeV
34
1.
05510
Js
E
lower state
2.
2010
12 13
t 3. 010 s 1. 6010
J / MeV
10
total 6.
91 10
E E E MeV
U
L
10
10
MeV
MeV
E
E
T
(b) For Hα:
10
6.
9110
MeV
5.
3
10
1.
312MeV
10
34
1.
05510
Js
EU
6.
5910
8 19
10 s 1. 6010
J / eV
8
eV
and
E
L
8
6.
59 10 eV also.
7
ET
1.
32 10 eV is the uncertainty in the Hα transition energy of 1.9eV.
5-34. t 1 2f t
1
f
7. 5 4. 0 10 3.
5
10
For the visible spectrum the range of frequencies is
14 14
The time duration of a pulse with a frequency uncertainty of
1 1
2f
2
3.
510
Hz
t 16
4. 5 10 s 0.
45 fs
14
f
is then:
Hz
117
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
5-35. The size of the object needs to be of the order of the wavelength of the 10MeV neutron.
h/ p h/ mu.
and u are found from:
2
Ek
mnc 1 or 1 10MeV / 939MeV
1 /
2 2
2
110 / 939 1. 0106 1/ 1 u / c or u 0.
14c
h hc 1240eV nm
Then, 9.
33 fm
mu
mc 2 u / c 1. 0106939 10 6 eV 0.
14
Nuclei are of this order of size and could be used to show the wave character of 10MeV
neutrons.
5-36. (a) E
135 MeV , the rest energy of the pion.
(b)
Et
2
16
6.
5810
eV s
t
2.
4410
6
2E
213510
eV
24
s
5-37.
p s
φ
r
s
s
L rps
r
s
L
rp
r
L
rp s / r p s
s
s
In the Bohr model, L n and may be known to within L
01 . .
Then
unknown.
/ 0. 1 10rad.
This exceeds one revolution, so that is completely
5-38. E hf E hf
E
Et h f t 1 where t 0.
85ns
118
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
(Problem 5-38 continued)
9
f 1/ 0. 85ns 1.
18 10 Hz
8 9
3. 0010 m / s 10
nm / m
19
For 0. 01nm f c / 3.
00
10 Hz
0.
01nm
9
f
1.
1810
Hz
11
3.
910
19
f 3.
0010
Hz
5-39.
Et
t
2 2 E
16
6.
5810
eV s
t
1.
3210
6
2250 10
eV
24
s
5-40. In order for diffraction to be observed, the aperture diameter must be of the same order of
magnitude as the wavelength of the particle. In this case the latter is
34
h 6.6310 J s
3
p (410 kg)(100m/s)
33
1.66 10 m
The diameter of the aperture would need to be of the order of
33
10 m. This is many,
many orders of magnitude smaller than even the diameter of a proton or neutron. No
such apertures are available.
5-41. The kinetic energy of the electron needed must be no larger than 0.1 nm. The minimum
kinetic energy of the electrons needed is then given by:
2
h h h
E
2
p 2mE
2m
e
34 2
(6.63 J s)
E
31 9 2
2(9.1110 kg)(0.110
nm)
e
17
2.41 10 J 151eV
119
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
5-42. (a) For a proton or neutron:
xp and p m v assuming the particle speed to be non-relativistic.
2
(b)
1.
05510
Js
2mx 2 1 67 10 kg 10 m
34
7
v 3. 16 10 m / s 0.
1c
27 15
.
1. 67 10 27 kg 3. 1610
7 m / s 2
1
2 2
(non-relativistic)
2 13
Ek
mv 8. 3410 J 5.
21MeV
(c) Given the proton or neutron velocity in (a), we expect the electron to be relativistic,
2
in which case, E mc
k
1 and
p mv v
2x
2mx
For the relativistic electron we assume v
c
34
1.
05510
Js
193
2mcx 2 9 1110 kg 3 0010 m s 10 m
31 8 15
. . /
2
2 31 8 11
Ek
mc 1 9. 1110 kg 3. 0010 m/ s 192 1.
5810 J 98MeV
5-43. (a)
E p c m c E hf p h / / k k c m c
2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 2 4
k c m c
k k k
2 2 2 2 4
2 2 2 2
v c 1 m c / k c
(b)
v
s
2 2 2 4 2
d
d k c m c c k
dk dk k k c m c
2 2 2 4
2
2 2 2
c k c k c p
u
E
(by Equation 2-41)
5-44.
2 2
y 1 y
(Equation 5-11) y C y C y
2 2 2
x v t
3 1 1 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
y3 y1 y
2
1 y
1
1 y
2
C
2 1
C
2 2
C
2 1 C
2 2
2 2 2
x x x v t v t
120
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
(Problem 5-44 continued)
2
2
1
1 y3
2 2
C1 y1 C2 y2
2 2
v t v t
5-45. The classical uncertainty relations are
(a)
t 2f t
1 (Equation 5-18)
and
2
x
2
(Equation 5-20)
1 1
f 0.
0541Hz
2t
2
3.
0s
(b) Length of the wave traing L
/ .
L 330m s 3 0s 990m
v t , where v = speed of sound in air = 330m/s.
(c)
(d)
2
where x
= length of the wave train 990 m from (b)
2x
and 0. 13 m from (d) .
2
0.
13m
2
990m
v 330m/
s
v f 0.
13m 13cm
f 2500Hz
6
2. 72 10 2.
72
m
5-46. (a)
n / 2 L 2 L / n. Because h / p h / 2 mE , then
2 2 2 2
h h h n
E E h mL
2 2
2
2m
2m L / n 8mL
2 2
If
1
/ 8 , then
2 2
2
h hc 1240eV nm
(b) For L 01 . nm,
E
2 2 2
8mL 8mc L
6
8 0. 51110 eV 0.
1nm
2
E1 37. 6 eV and En
37.
6n eV
1 2
E
n
2 2
hn
2
8mL
2
n E1
121
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
(Problem 5-46 continued)
E
(eV)
1000
800
n
5
600
4
400
3
200
2
0
0
1
L
x
(c) f E / h c / E / h
hc
E
1240eV nm
For n 2 n 1 transition, E 112. 8 eV and 11.
0nm
112.
8eV
(d)
1240eV nm
For n 3 n 2 transition, E 188 eV and 6.
6nm
188eV
(e)
1240eV nm
For n 5 n 1 transition, E 903 eV and 1.
4nm
903eV
5-47. (a) For proton:
E
hc 2
1 2 2
8m p
c L
from Problem 5-46.
2
1240MeV fm
MeV fm
2
E1 205 MeV and E 205
2
n
n MeV
8 938 1
E 820 MeV and E 1840MeV
2 3
(b)
(c)
(d)
hc 1240MeV fm
For n 2 n 1 transition, = 2.
02 fm
E
615MeV
hc 1240MeV fm
For n 3 n 2 transition, = 1.
22 fm
E
1020MeV
hc 1240MeV fm
For n 3 n 1 transition, = 0.
76 fm
E
1635MeV
122
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
5-48. (a)
E / 2 mL (Equation 5-28) and E / 2mA
2 2 2 2
(b) For electron with
(c)
A
10
10 m:
c 197.
3eV nm
2 2
E 3.
81eV
2 2
2
2mc A 2 0 511 10 eV 10 nm
For electron with
6 1
.
A cm A m
2
1 or 10 :
2 2
1 7 16
2
34
1.
05510
Js
3 3 2
/
E 3. 81eV 10 / 10 nm 3.
81
10 eV
2
61 43
E 1. 3910 J 8.
7 10
eV
2
2
2 mL 2 100 10 g 10 kg g 2 10
p mv m 0. 0001 500m / s 0.
05m
5-49.
For proton:
xp
6 58 10 16 6
0 05 938 10
x / p . eV s / . m/
s eV
1. 4010 m 1.
40
10
23 8
For bullet:
fm
x 1. 055 10 34 J s / 0. 05m / s 10 10 3 kg 2.
1 10
31
m
2 2
y 1 y
(Equation 5-11) where y f and x vt.
2 2
x v t
5-50.
2 2 2
y f y f f
and
2 2 2
x x x x x
x
2 2 2
y f y f f
and
2 2 2
t t t t t
t
Noting that
2 2
0 1 0 and
2 2
x x t t
, , , v,
we then have:
2 2
f f 1 f f
0 1 1 0
2 2
2
v
f
f
2 2
2 2
v v
123
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
5-51. (a) h/
p The electrons are not moving at relativistic speeds, so
34 31 6 19
h / mv 6. 63 10 J s / 9. 11 10 kg 3 10 m/ s 2. 43 10 m 0.
243nm
(b) The energy, momentum, and wavelength of the two photons are equal.
1 1 1
E mv mc mc v c mc mc
2 2 v c
2
/ /
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1
2
2
6 6 8
0. 511 10 eV 3 10 / 3 10 1 0.
511
(c) p E / c 0. 511MeV / c
MeV
1
(d)
6 3
hc / E 1240eV nm / 0. 511 10 eV 2.
43 10 nm
5-52. (a)
Q m c m c m c
2 2 2
p n
(b)
2 2
1. 007825 uc 1. 008665 uc 139.
6MeV
938. 8MeV 939. 6MeV 139. 6MeV 140.
4MeV
E
140.
4MeV
16 6 24
E t t / E 6. 58 10
eV s / 140. 4 10 eV 4.
7 10 s
(c)
8 24 15
d ct 310 m/ s 4. 710 s 1. 410 m 1.
4 fm
5-53.
hf
hf
mc
2
mc
2 2
1
1
v
c
2
12 /
2 2
2 2
2
1 v
mc
v
mc
2 1
c
hf c
hf
2
Expanding the right side, assuming mc hf ,
2 4
2 2
v 1 mc 1 mc
1
c 2 hf 8 hf
2
and neglecting all but the first two terms,
2
v 1 mc
1 Solving this for m and inserting deBroglie’s assumptions that
c 2 hf
v
0. 99 and 30 m,
m is then:
c
1/
2
34
1 0. 992
6.
6310
Js
m
1.
0410
8
3. 0010
m / s30m
44
kg
124
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
5-54. (a)
y 0
m
xp mxv v / m
x
x
x
1/ 2 1/
2
1 2 2y0 1
2y0
y0
gt t X vx
t vx
2 g 2
g
0
1/
2
2
g
y0
x
X
2v
g
2
2y
mx
1/
2
∆x
1
y
y
and where vy
g t or
2
2
1 /
t v / / so, 2
2
y
g mgy X y0
/ g / mgy
mx
(b) If also y p v / my X xt t
5-55.
1 2 3
mv kT
2 2
v
rms
23
. J / K K
1/
2
3kT
3 1 381 10 300
366m / s
27
m
56u 1. 6610
kg / u
o
1 / 1
/
f f v c hf hf v c
o
1eV
366m / s 6
E hf hfo
hfov / c 1.
210
eV
8
3. 010
m/
s
This is about 12 times the natural line width.
10 6 eV 366m / s
E hfov / c 12 . eV
8
3. 010
m/
s
This is over 10 7 times the natural line width.
125
Chapter 5 – The Wavelike Properties of Particles
5-56.
recoil
2 2
E
recoil
E
/ c Erecoil
2m
2mc
2
2
1eV
uc
12
(a) Erecoil
9.
610
eV
2
6
256uc
931.
510
eV
This is about 10 -4 times the natural line width estimated at 10 -7 eV.
2
2
1MeV
uc
(b) Erecoil
96
. eV
2
6
2 56uc
931.
510
eV
This is about 10 8 times the natural line width.
2
126
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
6-1.
d
dx
d
dx
2
kxt
2
kAe k and k
2
d Also, . The Schrödinger equation is then, with these substitutions,
dt
2 2
k / 2m V i . Because the left side is real and the right side is a pure
Imaginary number, the proposed does not satisfy Schrödinger’s equation.
6-2. For the Schrödinger equation:
2
2
and
Also,
2
Substituting these into the Schrödinger equation yields:
k / 2m V , which is true, provided
2 2
For the classical wave equation: (from Equation 6-1)
From above:
ik k . i
.
x
x
t
2 2
2 , i.e., if
k
k / m V E E V.
2 2
2 2
k
and also
. Substituting into Equation 6-1
2 2
x
t
k 2 1/ v 2
2 , which is true for
(with replacing E and v replacing c)
v
/ k.
2 2
d
d x x 1 x 1
and
2 2 2 2 4 2
dx
dx L L L L L
2
6-3. (a) x/
L
Substituting into the time-independent Schrödinger equation,
2 2 2 2
x
4 2 V x
E
2
2mL 2mL
2mL
Solving for V(x), V x
2 2 2 2 2 2
x x 1
2 kx
4 2
4
2mL 2mL 2mL 2mL
2
2
127
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-3 continued)
where
k
2 4
/ mL . This is the equation of a parabola centered at x = 0.
V(x)
0
x
(b) The classical system with this dependence is the harmonic oscillator.
6-4. (a) E 2 / 2 2 2 2 / 2 4 2 / 2 2 1
2 /
2
k
x E V x mL x mL mL x L
(b) The classical turning points are the points where E V x E x
or 0.
That occurs
k
when
2 2
x L 1, or when x L
/ .
V x m
x
(c) For a harmonic oscillator
2 2
x
2mL
/ 2, so
2 2
2 2 2 2 2 4 2
x / 2 / m L / mL
4
Thus,
2
1
E
2 2
2mL
mL 2 2
6-5. (a) x, t Asinkx t
Acoskx t
t
i i Acoskx t
t
2
2
k A kx t
sin
2
x
2 2 2
k A
sin
2
kx t
i
2m x 2m t
128
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-5 continued)
(b) x, t Acoskx t iAsinkx t
i i Asin
kx t i A kx t
t
2
cos
sin
Acos
kx t i A kx t
2 2 2 2 2 2
k A
ik A
cos
2
2m x 2m 2m
kx t sinkx t
2 2
k
Acoskx t iAsinkx t
2m
i
t
if
k
2m
2 2
it does. (Equation 6-5 with V = 0)
d
2m dx
d
dx
2 2 2
10
6-6. (a) For a free electron V(x) = 0, so E
2 2 2.
5
10
2
Substituting into the Schrödinger equation gives: 2 5 10 10 2 2
and, since
2
E Ek
p / 2m
2
. / m E
2
for a free particle, p 2 2m2. 5 10 10 2 / 2m
p 2 510 2 64
10
10 24
. . /
kg m s
2
(b)
and
2 24 31 18
E p / 2m 2. 6410 kg m/ s / 2 9. 1110 kg 3.
82
10
J
18 19
3. 8210 J 1/ 1. 6010 J / eV 23.
9eV
(c)
34 24 10
h/ p 6. 63 10 J s 2. 64 10 kg m/ s 2. 51 10 m 0.
251nm
6-7.
2 2
x
/ L
x Ce and E 0
2 2
d
(a) V 2
x
0
2m dx
2 2
d
2x d 4x
2
2
x
and
2
4 2
dx L dx L L
2 2 2 2
4x
2 2x
And 4 2
V x
0 so V x
1
2
2
2m L L mL L
129
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-7 continued)
(b)
V(x)
x
6-8.
a
a
a
2 ikxt ikxt
dx A e e dx
1
a
A
a
2 2 a
2
a
a
A dx A x A 2a
1
1
1 /
2a
2
Normalization between −∞ and +∞ is not possible because the value of the integral is
infinite.
6-9. (a) The ground state of an infinite well is 2
E1 h / 8mL hc / 8mc L
2 2 2 2
1240MeV fm
For m mp, L 0. 1nm : E1 0.
021eV
6
2
8938. 310 eV 0.
1nm
2
1240MeV fm
(b) For m mp, L 1fm : E1 205MeV
6
2
8 938.
310 eV 1fm
2
6-10. The ground state wave function is (n = 1) x L x L
The probability of finding the particle in ∆x is approximately:
2 2 x 2x 2 x
Pxx sin x sin
L
L
L
L
1
2/ sin / (Equation 6-32)
130
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-10 continued)
L
20.
002L 2L
2
(a) For x and x 0. 002L, Pxx
sin 0. 004sin 0.
004
2 L
2L
2
2L
20.
002L 22L
2 2
(b) For x and Pxx
sin 0. 004sin 0.
0030
3 L
3L
3
x L and P x x 0. 004 sin 0
(c) For
2
6-11. The second excited state wave function is (n = 3) x / L sin x / L
3
2 3
(Equation 6-32). The probability of finding the particle in ∆x is approximately:
2 2 3
x
Pxx sin x
L
L
(a) For
L
20.
002L 23L
2 3
x and x 0. 002L, Pxx
sin 0. 004sin 0.
004
2 L
2L
2
2L
26
L
2
(b) For x and Pxx
0. 004sin 0. 004sin
2
0
3
3L
23
L
2
(c) For x L and Pxx
0. 004sin 0. 004sin
3
0
L
6-12.
2 2 2 2
1 n 2
2 1 2 2
(Equation 6-24)
mL
E mv n mv
mvL
2 2 2
2 2mL
2
9 3 2
10 kg 10 m / s10
m
34
1.
05510
Js
mvL
n 310
19
2
6-13. (a) . .
(b)
2 6
x 0 0001L 0 0001 10 m 10 m
9 3 16
p 0. 0001p 0. 0001 10 kg 10 m/ s 10
kg m/
s
6
10 m10
16 kg m / s
x p 9 10
34
1.
05510
Js
11
131
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
6-14 (a) This is an infinite square well with width L. V(x) = 0, and
uncertainty principle:
Ek min
pmin p / x / L and
E min
p / min
2m / 2mL h / 8 mL
2 2 2 2 2 2
(b) The solution to the Schrödinger equation for the ground state is:
1/
2
x / L sin x / L
1
2
2 1 2 2
2
d 2 /
sin /
2
1
dx
L
L
L
1
and
x L
2 2
2
2
E Ek
p 2m
/ . From
h
So,
1
E
1
or E1 2
2m
L
8mL
The result in (a) is about 1/10 of the computed value, but has the correct
dependencies on h, m, and L.
6-15. (a) For the ground state, L/ 2 , so 2L.
(b) Recall that state n has n half-wavelengths between x = 0 and x = L, so for n = 3,
L3/ 2 , or 2L/ 3.
(c) p h/ h/
2 L in the ground state.
(d)
p 2 / 2m h 2 / 4L 2 / 2m h 2 / 8mL
2 , which is the ground state energy.
h n
h
8mL
8mL
2 2 2
2
6-16. En and E 2 n
En
1
En
2 n 2n
1
2
h
n
2 1 8
2
mL
or, E n
hc
so,
12
1 2 1 2
h hc
3694 3nm1240eV nm
/
/ /
.
2 6
mc mc . eV
3 3
L 0 795
8
. nm
8
80 511 10
6-17. The uncertainty principle requires that E 2
2mL
for any particle in any one-dimensional
box of width L (Equation 5-28). For a particle in an infinite one-dimensional square well:
2 2
nh
En
2
8mL
2
132
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-17 continued)
For n = 0, then E 0 must be 0 since
exclusion principle.
2
h
8mL . This violates Equation 5-28 and, hence, the
2
0
6-18. (a) Using Equation 6-24 with L = 0.05 nm and n = 92, the energy of the 92 nd electron in
the model atom is E
92
given by:
(6.6310 J s)
En
n E
2mL
8(9.1110 kg)(0.0510 m)
E
2 2 34 2
2 2
2 92
(92)
31 9 2
1eV
2.0410 J 1.2810 eV 1.28MeV
1.6010 J
13 6
92 19
(b) The rest energy of the electron is 0.511 MeV. E92 2.5 the electron’s rest energy.
6-19. This is an infinite square well with L = 10cm.
E
n
2 2
2
n
mv
2
2
3
2. 010 kg 20nm / y
hn 1
8mL
2 7
2 3. 16 10
s/
y
3 9
. kg m . m
2 2
7 34
23. 1610 s 6.
6310
J s
2 2 2
8 2 0 10 20 10 0 1
3 9
. kg m . m
7 34
3. 1610 s6.
6310
J s
2 2 0 10 20 10 0 1
n 3.
810
2
2
14
12 /
6-20. (a) / sin /
5
x 2 L 5 x L dx
04 . L
02 . L
2
2/ sin 5
/
P L x L dx
Letting 5 x / L u, then 5 dx / L du and x 0.
2 L u
and x 0. 4L u 2 ,
so
133
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-20 continued)
x
2
sin2x
2 L 2 2 L
2
1
P sin udu
L
5
L
5
4 5
(b)
L
/
5 2
2
P 2/ L sin 0. 01L 0. 02 where 0.
01L x
L
2
6-21. (a) For an electron:
(b) For a proton:
(c) E21 E1
2
1240MeV fm
. MeV fm
3
E1 3.
76
10 MeV
2
8 0 511 10
2
1240MeV fm
. Mev fm
E1 2.
05MeV
2
8 938 3 10
3 (See Problem 6-16)
For the electron:
4
E21 3E1
1.
13 10 MeV
For the proton: E21 3E1
6.
15MeV
6-22. F dE / dL comes from the impulse-momentum theorem Ft 2 mv where t L/ v.
So,
F mv 2 / L E / L . Because
sign means “on the wall”. So
E1 h 8mL dE dL h 4mL
The weight of an electron is
minuscule by comparison.
2 2 2 3
/ , / / where the minus
2
34
6.
6310
Js
31 10
. kg m
2 3 7
F h / 4mL 1.
2110
N
3
4 9 11 10 10
31 2
mg 9. 11 10 kg 9. 8m / s 8.
9 10
30 N
which is
6-23. x
n
To show that
2 n
x sin
L L
L
0
nx
mx
sin sin dx 0
L
L
Using the identity A B A B A B
1
2
2sin sin cos cos , the integrand becomes
cos n m x / L cos n m x
/ L
134
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-23 continued)
The integral part of the first term is
L sin n m x / L
and similarly for the second
n
m
Term with (n + m) replacing (n – m). Since n and m are integers and n ≠ m, the sines both
vanish at the limits x = 0 and x = L.
L
nx mx
sin sin dx 0 for n m .
L
L
0
6-24. (a)
4
L
x
(b)
P
L
x
6-25. Refer to MORE section “Graphical Solution of the Finite Square Well”. If there are only
two allowed energies within the well, the highest energy E2 V0, the depth of the well.
From Figure 6-14, ka / 2 , i.e.,
2mE
2
ka a
a 1/ 2 1. 0 fm 0. 5 fm and m 939. 6MeV / c for the neutron.
where
2
Substituting above, squaring, and re-arranging, we have:
E
2 2
V
2
2 939 6 0 5
2
. MeV / c . fm
2 0 2
V
c
2
197.
3eV nm
2 2 2 2
8 939. 6MeV 0. 5 fm10 nm / fm 8 939. 610 eV 0.
510
nm
0 2 2
6 6 6
V eV MeV
8
0
2.
0410 204
135
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
6-26. Because E1 05 . eV and for a finite well also
near the top of the well. Referring to Figure 6-14, ka 2 .
2mE
L
ka m L
2
9 1
7.
24 10 2
9 10
L 2 / 7. 24 10 8. 7 10 m 0.
87nm
En
2
n E
1, then n = 4 is at about 8eV, i.e.,
6-27. For V2 E V1 : x1 is where V 0 V1 and x2 and x2 is where V1 V
2
From to 0 and x
2
to : is exponential
0 to x 1 : is oscillatory; E k is large so p is large and λ is small; amplitude is small because
E k is large, hence v is large.
x 1 to x 2 : is oscillatory; E k is small so p is small and λ is large; amplitude is large
because E k is small, hence v is small.
6-28. (a)
6
5
4
3
2
1
-10 +10
0
x
136
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-28 continued)
*
6-29. px
3
x
3
s dx (Equation 6-48)
i x
L
0
2 3 x 2 3 x
sin
sin dx
L L i x L L
L
2 3 x 3 x 3
sin cos
L i L L L
0
dx
Let 3 x
Then 0 0, 3 , and
3
L
y x y x L y dx dy dx dy
L
L
3
Substituting above gives:
3
2 L
3
px
sin ycos
ydy
L i 3
L
0
2
Li
3
0
sin ycos
ydy
3
2
2 sin y 2
L i 2
0
L i
0 0 0
Reconiliation: p x is a vector pointing half the time in the +x direction, half in the –x
direction. E k is a scalar proportional to v 2 , hence always positive.
6-30. For n = 3,
1/
2
3
2/ L sin 3 x / L
(a)
L
2
x x 2/ L sin 3 x / L dx
0
137
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-30 continued)
Substituting u 3 x / L, then x Lu / 3 and dx L / 3 du . The limits become:
x 0 u 0 and x L u 3
3
2
x 2/ L L / 3 1/ 3 u sin udu
0
2/ L L / 3
2
2
u u sin2u cos 2u
4 4 8
3
0
2 2
2/ L 1/ 3 3 / 4 L / 2
(b)
L
2 2 2
x x 2/ L sin 3 x / L dx
0
Changing the variable exactly as in (a) and noting that:
3 3 2
2 2
u u 1 u cos2u
u sin udu sin2u
6 4 8 4
0 0
3
We obtain
1 1
x L 0.
328L
3 18
2 2 2
2
6-31. (a) Classically, the particle is equally likely to be found anywhere in the box, so
P(x) = constant. In addition,
L
0
P x dx 1 so P x 1/ L .
(b)
L
0 0
L
2 2 2
2 and 3
x x / L dx L / x x / L dx L /
6-32.
2 2
d
V x x E x (Equation 6-18)
2
2m dx
1 d d
x E V x x
2m i dx i dx
1
pop
pop
E V x
2m
Multiplying by and integrating over the range of x,
138
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-32 continued)
2
p op
2m
dx E V x dx
2
p
2m
2
E V x or p 2m E V x
For the infinite square well V(x) = 0 wherever
x does not vanish and vice versa.
Thus,
n
V x p mE m n
2mL
L
2 2 2 2 2
2
0 and 2 2 for 1
2 2
6-33.
2 2
2
x L L (See Problem 6-30.) And x
L
2
3 2 2
x
p
2
x
1/ 2
2 2 2
1/
2
2 2 L L L 1 1
x x L 0.
181L
2 2
2 2
3 2 4 12 2
and p 0 (See Problem 6-32)
2
L
1/
2
2 2
2 2
P x p
p p 0 . And 0. 181L / L 0.
568
2
L
L
6-34.
2
m x / 2
1/
4
0
x A0e where A0
m /
2
2 m x /
2 2
1/
2
x A0 xe dx Letting u m x / and x / m u
2udu m / 2 xdx . And thus, m / udu xdx ; limits are unchanged.
1
2
2
u
0
/
0
x A m ue du (Note that the symmetry of V(x) would also tell us that
x
0.)
2 2 2
0
2
m x /
x A x e dx
3 2 2 3 2
2
2 2 2 2
0
/ / u 2
/
u
0
/
A m u e du A m u e du
2
0
3/ 2 1/ 2 3/
2
2A / m / 4 m / / m / 2 / 2m
139
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
6-35.
2
p 1
2m
2
2 2
m x n
12 / .
For the ground state (n = 0),
2
2 2
2 2
p
x / 2 p / 2 m and x / 2m
2 2 2
m m m
(See Problem 6-34)
2 2
p
p 1 2 1
1 or 1
p m
m m 2m m 2 2
6-36. (a)
0
1/ 4 2
m x / 2 i t / 2
x, t m / e e
(b)
2
2
px op
p
0
x, t
0
x,
t dx
i x i x
2
x
x
0
0
2
0
1/ 4 2
m x / 2 i t / 2
A m x / e e
0
2
m x / 2 i t / 2
A m x / m x / m / e e
2 2 2 2
0
/ / 1
2
m x /
p A m m x e dx
2 2
2 2 2 m x / m x / 2
0
/ /
A m m x e dx e dx
Letting
1/
2
u m x / x, then
2 2 2 1/
2 2
0
/
2 2
u
u
p A m m u e du e du
1 2
2 2
2 2 / 2 u
u
0
/ 2
0 0
A m u e du e du
2
1/ 2 1/
2
m / m /
2
4 2
2
m / 1/ 2 m / 2
140
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
6-37.
2
m x / 2
0
x C0 e (Equation 6-58)
(a)
2 2
0 0
2
m x /
x dx 1 C e dx
2 2 1
C0 2I0 C0
2 with m
2 x
/
C
0
C 0
m
2
m
1/
4
(b)
m
2
m x /
x x dx x e dx
2 2 2
2
0
m
m 1
2I2 2 with m
3
4
/
(c)
3
1 m 1
=
3 3
2 m 2 m
1 1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2 m 4
2 2 2 2
V x m x m x m
6-38.
2
m x / 2
1
x C1 xe (Equation 6-58)
(a)
2 2 2
2 m x /
2
1
x dx 1 C1 x e dx C1 2I
2
2 1
C1 2 with m
3
4
/
C
2
1
2
3
1 3 3
m
C
4m
3 3
1 3
1/
4
(b)
3 3
2 3
1 3
1/
2
4m
2
m x /
x x dx x e dx
0
141
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-38 continued)
(c)
1/
2
3 3
2
2
2 2 2 4m
m x / 2
1 3
x x dx x e x dx
1/ 2 1/
2
3 3 3 3
4m
4m
3
2I 3 4
2 where m
3 5
8
/
3 3 5
3 m
3
3 5 5
2 m 2
m
(d)
1 2 2 1 2 2 1 2 3 3
V x m x m x m
2 2 2 2 m 4
6-39. (a) x p p / x / 2A
(b)
2 2
2 2
E p / 2m h / 2A / 2m / 8mA
k
(1)
2
2 2 2
1 2 2 2 E02mA 4 E0
E m A
2 2
2 2 4 4E
k
Because E0 2 also E0
4E
/
k
(2)
2 2
0
/ x is computed in Problem 6-36(b). Using that quantity,
E
k
2
m
2m
2
/ 4 2E
k
6-40. En
n 1/ 2 En
1
n 3/
2
En 1
En En
n 3/
2 n 1
E E n 1/ 2 1 n 1/
2
n
n
En
1
limn
lim
n
0.
E
n 1/
2
n
In agreement with the correspondence principle.
142
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
6-41. (a) Harmonic oscillator ground state is n = 0.
2
m x / 2
0
x A0 e (Equation 6-58)
Therefore, for x:
2
0
2
m x /
x A xe dx
Let
2 2
m x / y x m y
dx m dy
Substituting above yields:
2
2
y
0
0
x A m ye dy
by inspection of Figure 6-18, integral tables, or integration by parts.
For
2 2 2 2
0
2
m x /
x : x A x e dx
Substituting as above yields:
2 2 3/ 2 2
2
y
0
x A m y e dy
The value of the integral from tables is 2.
Therefore,
x A m
2 2
0
2
3/
2
(b) For the 1 st excited state, n = 1,
2
m x / 2
1
x A1 m / xe (Equation 6-58)
2 3
1
2
m x /
x A x m e dx
Changing the variable as in (a),
2 3 / 2 3
2
y
1/
2
1
x A m m y e m dy
2
2 3 y
1
0
A m y e dy
by inspection of Figure 6-18, integral tables, or integration by parts.
2 2 4
1
2
m x /
x A x m e dx
changing variables as above yields:
143
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-41 continued)
2 2 2 4
2
y
1/
2
1
x A m m y e m dy
2 3/ 2 4
2
y
1
A m y e dy
The value of the integral from tables is 3 4.
Therefore,
2 2
x A m
1
3 4
3/
2
6-42. (a) 2 f 2 / T 2 / 1. 42s 4. 42rad / s
1
34 34
E0
1. 055 10 J s 4. 42rad / s / 2 2.
33 10 J
2
499.9 mm
500.0 mm
(b)
A
2 2
500. 0 499.
9 10mm
E n 1/ 2 1/
2m A
2 2
A
0.1mm
2
2 34
n 1/ 2 1/ 2 0. 010kg 4. 42rad / s 10 m 1.
055 10 J s
2. 1 10 or n 2.
1 10
28 28
(c) f 2 0.
70Hz
6-43.
x A e
0 0
2
x / 2
m
x A xe
1 1
2
m x / 2
From Equation 6-58.
Note that
0
is an even function of x and
1
is an odd function of x .
It follows that
0 1dx
0
144
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
6-44. (a) For x > 0,
k / 2m V E k / 2m 2V
2 2 2 2
2 0 1 0
So,
1/ 2 1/
2
k 2 mV . Because k 4 mV , then k k / 2
2 0 1 0 2 1
(b)
2 2
R k1 k2 k1 k
2
(Equation 6-68)
2 2
1 1/ 2 1 1/ 2 0. 0294, or 2.94% of the incident particles are
reflected.
(c) T 1 R 1 0. 0294 0.
971
(d) 97.1% of the particles, or
direction. Classically, 100% would continue on.
6 5
0. 971 10 9. 71 10 , continue past the step in the +x
6-45 (a) Equation 6-76:
T
E
16 1
V
E
V
0 0
e
2
a
where 2 2 mp( V0
E ) /
and a barrier width .
2 22 15
2 a 2 2(938MeV/c )(50 44)MeV / 6.58 10 MeV s 10 1.075
T
44 MeV 44 MeV
16 1
50 MeV 50 MeV
e
1.075
T
0.577
(b) decay rate N T where
N
13
1/2
v proton 2 44MeV 1.60 10 J/MeV 1
27 15
2R
1.67 10 kg 2 10 m
4.59 10 s
22 1
(c) In the expression for T,
rate then becomes
22 1 22 1
decay rate 0.577 4.59 10 s 2.65 10 s
1.075 2.150
e e , and so T 0.577 T 0.197 . The decay
21 1
9.05 10 s , a factor of 0.34× the original value.
6-46. (a) For x > 0,
k / 2m V E k / 2m 2V
2 2 2 2
2 0 1 0
1/ 2 1/
2
So, k 6 mV . Because k 4 mV , then k 3/
2k
2 0 1 0 2 1
145
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-46 continued)
(b)
2 2
R k k k k
1 2 1 2
2 2
2 2
R k1 k2 k1 k
2
1 3/ 2 1 3/ 2 0.
0102
Or 1.02% are reflected at x = 0.
(c) T 1 R 1 0. 0102 0.
99
(d) 99% of the particles, or
Classically, 100% would continue on.
6 5
0. 99 10 9. 9 10 , continue in the +x direction.
6-47. (a)
E
4eV
9eV =V 0
2m V0
E /
0.6 nm = a
6 2
2 0 511 10 5
. eV / c eV /
6 eV
5. 11 10 eV / c
1
and
a nm nm
1
0. 6 11. 46 6.
87
Since a is not 1, use Equation 6-75:
The transmitted fraction
2260eV
197.
3eV nm
11.
46nm
T
1
2
1
sinh a
81 2
1 1 sinh 6.
87
4 E V 1 E V
80
0 0
x x
Recall that sinh x e e 2 ,
1
2
6. 87 6.
87
81 e e
6
T 1 4.
3 10 is the transmitted fraction.
80 2
(b) Noting that the size of T is controlled by
a through the
2
sinh
implies increasing E. Trying a few values, selecting E = 4.5eV yields T
or approximately twice the value in part (a).
a and increasing T
8.
7 10
6
146
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
6-48.
B
1/
2
E E V0
1/
2
E E V0
1/
2
1/
2
A
For
0 0
1/
2
E V , E V is imaginary and the numerator and
denominator are complex conjugates. Thus,
2 2 2 2
B A and therefore R B A 1,
hence T 1 R 0.
6-49. A B C and k1A k1B k2C
(Equations 6-65a & b)
Substituting for C, k1A k1B k2 A B k2A k2 B and solving for B ,
B
k
k
k
k
1 2
1 2
A,
which is Equation 6-66. Substituting this value of B into Equation 6-65(a),
k1 k2 k1 k2 k1 k2 2k1
A A C A or C ,
k k k k k k
1 2 1 2 1 2
which is Equation 6-67.
6-50. Using Equation 6-76,
E E
T e E . eV, V . eV, a . nm.
2 a
16 1 where 2 0
0
6 5 and 0 5
V0 V0
2. 0 2.
0 2 10. 87 0.
5 5
T 16 1 e 6.
5 10 (Equation 6-75 yields
6. 5 6.
5
5
T 6.
6 10 .)
6-51.
k
k
2
1 2
R T R
2
k
k
1 2
and 1 (Equations 6-68 and 6-70)
(a) For protons:
k mc E c MeV MeV MeV fm
2
1
2 / 2 938 40 / 197. 3 1.
388
k 2mc E V / c 2 938MeV 10MeV / 197. 3MeV fm 0.
694
2
2 0
2 2
1. 388 0. 694 0.
694
R 0. 111 And T 1 R 0.
889
1. 388 0. 694 2.
082
147
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-51 continued)
(b) For electrons:
1/ 2 1/
2
0. 511 0.
511
k1 1. 388 0. 0324 k
2
0. 694 0.
0162
938 938
2
0. 0324 0.
0162
R 0. 111 And T 1 R 0.
889
0. 0324 0.
0162
No, the mass of the particle is not a factor. (We might have noticed that
be canceled from each term.
m could
6-52. (a)
E
n
2 2
nh
2
8mL
The ground state is n = 1, so
E
hc
2 2
1240MeV fm
1 2 2
2
8 mc L 8 938.
3MeV 1fm
204.
8MeV
(b) (c) E21 hc /
21
2000
1500
E n
(MeV)
1000
1844 MeV
819 MeV
n = 3
(d)
32
21
1240MeV fm
819 205 MeV
1240MeV fm
1844 819 MeV
2.
02 fm
1.
21fm
500
205 MeV
(e)
31
1240MeV fm
1844 205 MeV
0.
73 fm
0
148
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
6-53. (a) The probability density for the ground state is
2 2
P x x 2 / L sin x / L .
The probability of finding the particle in the range 0 < x < L/2 is:
L / 2 / 2
2 L 2 2 1
sin 0 where /
P P x dx udu u x L
L
4 2
0 0
(b)
(c)
L / 3 / 3
2 L 2 2 sin 2 / 3 1 3
sin .
P P x dx udu
L
0 0
(Note: 1/3 is the classical result.)
6 4 3 4
0 195
3L
/ 4 3 / 4
2 L
2 2 3 sin 3 / 2 3 1
sin .
P P x dx udu
L
0 0
(Note: 3/4 is the classical result.)
8 4 4 2
0 909
6-54. (a)
E
n
2 2
2 2
nh
n 1 h
and E
2 n 1
2
8mL
8mL
So,
2 2
En
1
En
n 2n 1 n 2n 1 2 1/
n
2 2
En
n n n
For large n, 1/
n
2 and
E
n
1 n
2
E
n
E
n
2
(b) For n = 1000 the fractional energy difference is 0. 002 0. 2%
1000
(c) It means that the energy difference between adjacent levels per unit energy for large
n is getting smaller, as the correspondence principle requires.
2 2 x
6-55. The n = 2 wave function is
2
x sin
L L
E k op
2 2
2m x
2
Therefore,
2 2
Ek
2
x
2 2
x dx
2m x
and the kinetic energy operator
2 2
2 2 x
2 2
sin
sin
2
L L 2m x L L
x dx
149
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-55 continued)
2 L
2
2 2 x 2 2
x
sin
sin dx
L 2m L L L
0
2
2 L
2 2 2 2
x
sin dx
L 2m L L
0
Let 2 x y, then x 0 y 0 and x L y 2 and
2 dx dy dx L dy
L
L
2
Substituting above gives:
E
k
2 2
2
2
2 L
L 2m L 2
0
sin
2
ydy
2
sin
2
ydy
y sin2y
2
2 4 2
0 0
2
0 0 0
Therefore,
E
k
2 2
2 2 2
2 2 L 4 h
L 2m L 2 2mL 2mL
2 2
6-56. (a) The requirement is that
2 2
x x x x . This can only be true if:
x x or x x .
(b) Writing the Schrödinger equation in the form
2
d
dx
2mE
2 2
,
the general solutions
of this 2 nd order differential equation are: x Asinkx and x Acoskx
where k 2 mE . Because the boundaries of the box are at x L / 2,
both
solutions are allowed (unlike the treatment in the text where one boundary was at
x = 0). Still, the solutions are all zero at x L/
2 provided that an integral number
of half wavelengths fit between x L/ 2 and x L / 2.
This will occur for:
1/
2
n
x 2 / L cos n x / L when n 1, 3, 5,
. And for
1/
2
n
x 2 / L sin n x / L when n 2, 4, 6,
.
The solutions are alternately even and odd.
(c) The allowed energies are:
2 2 2 2
2 2 2
E k / 2m n / L / 2m n h / 8mL
.
150
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
6-57.
0
Ae
2 2
x / 2L
(a)
d
dx
d
dx
2 2 2 2
0 2 x / 2L 0
2 x / 2L
x / L Ae and
1
L L x / L Ae x / L
0
d
1
So,
dx
1/ L x / L d / dx
0 0
And
d
dx
2
1
2 2
1/ L d
2 0
/ dx 1/ L d
0
/ dx x / L d
0
/ dx
2 x / L x / L x / L
3 3 3 5
0 0 0
2 2 4
Recalling from Problem 6-3 that V x x / 2mL , the Schrödinger equation
becomes
simplifying:
will make
/ 2m 3m / L x / L x / 2mL E x / L or,
2 3 3 5 2 3 5
0 0 0
2 3
3 x / 2mL E x / L . Thus, choosing E appropriately
1 a solution.
0 0
(b) We see from (a) that
E
2 2
3 / 2mL , or three times the ground state energy.
(c) plotted looks as below. The single node indicates that 1 1
is the first excited state.
(The energy value in [b] would also tell us that.)
6-58.
L
2 2 2 2
n x
x x sin dx Letting u n x / L, du n / L dx
L L
0
2 n
2 2 L L 2 2
x u sin udu
L n n
0
3 3 2
2 L u u 1 u cos2u
sin2u
L n 6 4 8 4
n
0
151
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-58 continued)
3 3
2 2
2 L n n L L
0 0
L n 6 4 3 2n
2 2
6-59.
E E
T e E eV, V eV, nm.
(a)
2 a
16 1 where 10
0
25 and 1
V0 V0
2m V E 2 m c V E c
2
0 0 0
2 0. 511 10 eV 15eV 197. 3eV nm 19.
84nm
6 1
And
a nm nm a
1
19. 84 1 19. 84; 2 29.
68
(b) For
10 10
T 16 1 e 4.
95 10
25 25
29.
68 13
a nm a nm nm
1
0. 1 : 19. 84 0. 1 1.
984
10 10
T e
25 25
2.
968
16 1 0.
197
6-60. (a) For x, t Asin
kx t
d
dx
2
2
and cos
2
k A kx t
t
so the Schrödinger equation becomes:
2 2
k A sin kx t V x A sin kx t i cos kx t
2m
Because the sin and cos are not proportional, this
for x, t Acos
kx t , there are no solutions.
cannot be a solution. Similarly,
(b) For x, t A cos kx t i sin kx t Ae , we have that
d
dx
2
2
k and i .
2
2 2
k
2m
t
2 2
V x for k 2m V
i kx
And the Schrödinger equation becomes:
/ .
t
152
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
6-61.
V
mgz
E k = E - mgz
E
Classically allowed:
0 < z < z 0
0
z 0
z
The wave function will be concaved toward the z axis in the classically allowed region
and away from the z axis elsewhere. Each wave function vanishes at z = 0 and as z → ∞.
The smaller amplitudes are in the regions where the kinetic energy is larger.
6-62. Writing the Schrödinger equation as: Ek
x V x x E x from which we
have:
2 2 2
Ek
x E V x x / 2m d / dx . The expectation value of
153
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-62 continued)
E is E E x x dx.
Substituting E x from above and reordering
k k k k
multiplied quantities gives:
2 2
d
Ek
x x dx .
2
2m dx
6-63. (a) p x m v x
34 31 12
v / m a 1. 055 10 J s 9.
11 10 10 m
8
v 1. 6 10 m/ s 0.
39c
(b) The width of the well L is still an integer number of half wavelengths, L n / 2 ,
and deBroglie’s relation still gives: L nh / 2p . However, p is not given by:
p
2
k
mE , but by the relativistic expression:
1/
2
2
2 2
p E mc c .
Substituting this yields:
nhc
L E mc nhc L
2 E mc
2
2 2
2
/ 2
1/ 2
2
2 2
E
n
nhc
2L
2
mc
2
2
1/
2
(c)
1/
2
1/
2
2
2
hc
2 1240eV nm
2
2 6 5
1
0. 511 10 8.
03 10
2
2
3
E mc eV eV
4L
4 10 nm
(d) Nonrelativistic:
E
2 2
2
h hc
1240eV nm
8mL 8 mc L 8 0.
511 10 eV 10 nm
1 2 2 2 2
6 3
5
3.
76 10 eV
E 1 computed in (c) is 2.14 times the nonrelativistic value.
6-64. (a) Applying the boundary conditions of continuity to and d / dxat x = 0 and x = a,
where the various wave functions are given by Equation 6-74, results in the two pairs
of equation below:
154
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-64 continued)
At x 0 : A B C D and ikA ikB C D
At
x a : Fe Ce De and ikFe Ce De
ika a a ika a a
Eliminating the coefficients C and D from these four equations, a straightforward
but lengthy task, yields:
2 a 2 a ika
4ik A ik e ik e Fe
The transmission coefficient T is then:
T
F
2
4ik
2
ika 2 a 2 a
A e ik e ik e
2
Recalling that
1
sinh e e and noting that ik and
2
ik are
complex conjugates, substituting k 2 mE and 2 m V0
E , T then
1
can be written as
T
1
sinh
2
E
4 1
V
a
E
V
0 0
(b) If a 1, then the first term in the bracket on the right side of the * equation in part
(a) is much smaller than the second and we can write:
ik a
2 2 2 2
F 4ik e F 6 k e
and T
A ik
A k
2 2
2 2
a
Or
T
E
16 1
V
E
V
0 0
e
2
a
6-65.
2 2 2
II
C e
a
(Equation 6-72)
Where
C
2 2
1/
2
1/
2
2 2E
2 2 0.
5V
0
A
1/
2
1/ 2 1/ 2 1/
2
E E V0 0. 5V 0
0.
5V
0
2.
000
2
2
0
2
p
20
m V E m c MeV
155
Chapter 6 – The Schrödinger Equation
(Problem 6-65 continued)
2 938. 3MeV 20MeV 197. 3MeV fm 0.
982 fm
1
x ( fm )
e
2 x
2 2 2 x
II
C e
1 0.1403 0.5612
2 0.0197 0.0788
3 2.76×10 -3 1.10×10 -2
4 3.87×10 -4 1.55×10 -3
5 5.4×10 -5 2.2×10 -4
156
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
2 2
2 2 2
7-1. En n n
n1 n2 n3
1 2 3
(Equation 7-4)
2
2mL
E E E
2mL
2mL
2 2 2 2
2 2 2
311
3 1 1 11
2 0
where
0
2
2 2 2 2 2 2
E E 2 2 2 12 E and E E 3 2 1 14E
222 0 0 321 0 0
The 1 st , 2 nd , 3 rd , and 5 th excited states are degenerate.
E
(×E 0 )
14
12
10
321
222
311
221
8
6
211
4
2
111
0
7-2.
E
n1 n2 n3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2
n1 n2 n
3
2 n2
n
3
=
2 2 2 n
2 1
(Equation 7-5)
2m L1 L2 L3 2mL1
4 9
n1 n2 n3 1 is the lowest energy level.
E E 11/ 4 1/ 9 1.
361 E where E
2 2
111 0 0 0 2
2mL1
The next nine levels are, increasing order,
157
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-2 continued)
n
1
n
2
3
n
E E 0
1 1 2 1.694
1 2 1 2.111
1 1 3 2.250
1 2 2 2.444
1 2 3 3.000
1 1 4 3.028
1 3 1 3.360
1 3 2 3.472
1 2 4 3.778
7-3. (a) x y z
n1 n2 n3
n x n y
n3
z
L L L
1 2
, , Acos sin sin
(b) They are identical. The location of the coordinate origin does not affect the energy
level structure.
7-4. x, y, z
Asin sin sin
x y z
111
x y z
L 2L 3L
1 1 1
x, y, z
Asin sin sin
x y z
121
x y z
L L 3L
1 1 1
x y z
113
x, y, z
Asin sin sin
L 2L L
1 1 1
x y 2
z
112
, , Asin sin sin
L 2L 3L
1 1 1
x y 2
z
122
, , Asin sin sin
L L 3L
1 1 1
7-5.
E
n1 n2 n3
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
2 2
n1 n2 n
3
2 n2
n
3
= n
2 2 2
2 1
(from Equation 7-5)
2m L1 2L1 4L1
2mL1
4 16
n n
En 1 n2 n
n E
3
2 2
2 2
2 2 3
1 where
0 2
4 16 2mL1
158
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-5 continued)
(a)
n
1
n
2
3
n
E E 0
1 1 1 1.313
1 1 2 1.500
1 1 3 1.813
1 2 1 2.063
1 1 4 2.250
1 2 2 2.250
1 2 3 2.563
1 1 5 2.813
1 2 4 3.000
1 3 1 3.313
(b) 1,1,4 and 1,2,2
7-6. x, y, z
Asin sin sin
x y z
111
x y z
L 2L 4L
1 1 1
x, y, z
Asin sin sin
x y z
113
x y 3
z
L 2L 4L
1 1 1
x, y, z
Asin sin sin
x y z
114
x y z
L 2L L
1 1 1
x, y, z
Asin sin sin
x y z
123
x y 3
z
L L 4L
1 1 1
x, y, z
Asin sin sin
x y z
124
x y z
L L L
1 1 1
x y z
112
, , Asin sin sin
L 2L 2L
1 1 1
x y z
121
, , Asin sin sin
L L 4L
1 1 1
x y z
122
, , Asin sin sin
L L 2L
1 1 1
x y 5
z
115
, , Asin sin sin
L 2L 4L
1 1 1
x y 3
z
116
, , Asin sin sin
L 2L 2L
1 1 1
7-7.
E
2
34 2
1.
05510
Js
31 9 19
. . . /
2 2
37.
68eV
2mL 2 9 11 10 kg 0 10 10 m 1 609 10 J eV
0 2
2
E E E 11E 3E 8E 301eV
311 111 0 0 0
159
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-7 continued)
E E E 12E 3E 9E 339eV
222 111 0 0 0
E E E 14E 3E 11E 415eV
321 111 0 0 0
7-8. (a) Adapting Equation 7-3 to two dimensions (i.e., setting k 3 = 0), we have
n1x n2y
nn
Asin
sin
1 2
L L
2 2
2 2
(b) From Equation 7-5, Enn
2 n1 n2
1 2
2mL
(c) The lowest energy degenerate states have quantum numbers n 1 = 1, n 2 = 2, and n 1 = 2,
n 2 = 1.
7-9. (a) For n = 3, 0,,
1 2
(b) For 0, m 0. For 1, m 1, 0,
1. For 2, m 2, 1, 0, 1,
2 .
(c) There are nine different m-states, each with two spin states, for a total of 18 states for
n = 3.
7-10. (a) For 4
L 1 45
20
m 4
min
(b) For 2
cos min
26.
6
20
1 4
L 6 m 2
min
cos min
35.
3
6
1 2
7-11. (a)
5 2 1 4 2
L I 10 kg m 2 735min 1min / 60s 7. 7
10
kg m / s
L 1 7. 7
10 kg m / s
4 2
(b)
160
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-11 continued)
1
7 7 10
4 2
. kg m /
1.
05510
34
Js
s
2
4 2
7. 710
kg m / s
7.
310
34
1.
05510
Js
2
30
7-12. (a)
+1
1
L
2
0
−1
(b)
+2
2
L
6
+1
0
−1
−2
161
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-12 continued)
(c)
+4
+3
+2
4
L
20
+1
0
−1
−2
−3
−4
(d) L 1 (See diagrams above.)
7-13. L L 1 2
x
Ly Lz Lx Ly L Lz
m 6
m
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
(a) Lx
Ly
6 2 2
2 2 2 2 2
min
(b) Lx
Ly
6 0 6
2 2 2 2 2
max
L L 6 1 5 L and L cannot be determined separately.
(c)
(d) n = 3
2 2 2 2
x y x y
For 1, L 1 2 1.
49
10
34
7-14 (a)
(b) For 1, m 1, 0,
1
J s
162
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-14 continued)
(c)
Z
+1ћ
0
L
2
−1ћ
34
(d)
For 3, L 1 12 3. 6510 J s and m 3, 2, 1, 0, 1, 2,
3
Z
3ћ
2ћ
1ћ
0
−1ћ
−2ћ
−3ћ
7-15.
dL dr dp
L = r × p p + r
dt dt dt
dr
dp
p v mv = mv v 0 and r r F . Since for V =V(r), i.e., central forces,
dt
dt
dL
F is parallel to r, then r F = 0 and 0
dt
7-16. (a) For 3, n = 4, 5, 6, … and m = −3, −2, −1, 0, 1, 2, 3
(b) For 4, n = 5, 6, 7, … and m = −4, −3, −2, −1, 0, 1, 2, ,3 ,4
163
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-16 continued)
(c) For 0, n = 1 and m = 0
(d) The energy depends only on n. The minimum in each case is:
E eV n eV eV
2 2
4
13. 6 / 13. 6 / 4 0.
85
E eV eV
2
5
13. 6 / 5 0.
54
E1 13.
6eV
7-17. (a) 6 f state: n6,
3
(b)
E eV n eV eV
2 2
6
13. 6 / 13. 6 / 6 0.
38
34
(c)
L 1 3 3 1 12 3.
65
10
(d) L m L 3 , 2 , 1 , 0, 1 , 2 , 3
z
z
J s
7-18. Referring to Table 7-2, R 30 = 0 when
2
2r
2r
1 0
2
3a0 27a0
Letting r a0 x,
this condition becomes
x
2
9x13.
5 0
Solving for x (quadratic formula or completing the square), x = 1.90, 7.10.
Therefore, ra0 1. 90, 7.
10 . Compare with Figure 7-10(a).
7-19. Equation 7-25:
E
n
kZe
2
2
2
2n
Using SI units and noting that both Z and n are unitless, we have:
Cancelling the
(N m / C ) C
J
Js
2 2 2
2
kg
2
C and substituting J Nm
on the right yields
2
Nm
J
N ms
2
kg
.
164
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-19 continued)
Cancelling the N and m gives
2
m
J kg J , since
s
2 2
kg m / s are the units of kinetic
energy.
7-20. (a) For the ground state n = 1, 0, and m = 0.
1
2 r / a 1 2
0 r / a 2e
0
100
R10Y 00
e e at r a
3 2 3
0
a 4 0
4a0 4a0
2 1 2
1
0
2
(b) r / a
e e at r a
3 3
a
a
0 0
4
P r
4 r e at r a
a
2 2 2
(c)
0
0
0
2
4r
P r r r r e r
a
2 2
2
/ 0
7-21. (a) For the ground state, 4
r a
(b) For
2
4a
0. 03 , at we have 0. 03 0.
0162
0 2
For r a r a Pr r e a
0 0 3
0
a0
42a
r 0. 03 a , at r 2 a we have P r r e 0. 03a
0.
0088
0 4
0 0 3
0
a0
3
0
2
P r
2 0
7-22. 2 Zr / a
Cr e
For P(r) to be a maximum,
dP
2
2Z
2Zr / a0 2Zr / a 2Zr
a
0 0 2Zr / a0
C r e 2re 0 C r e 0
dt a0 a
0
Z
This condition is satisfied with r = 0 or r = a 0 /Z. For r = 0, P(r) = 0 so the maximum
P(r) occurs for r = a 0 /Z.
165
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
7-23.
2
2 2 2
d r sindrd d
1
0 0 0
2
2 2 2
Zr
2 / 0
4
r dr 4
C Zr a
210
r e dr 1
a
0 0 0
2 4
2 Zr / 0
4
C Zr a
210
e dr 1
2
a
0 0
Letting x Zr / a0,
we have that r a0x / Z and dr a0dx / Z and substituting
these above,
3 2
2 4
aC
0 210 4 x
d
3
Z
0
x e dx
Integrating on the right side
4 x
x e dx
0
6
Solving for
2
C
210
yields:
C
Z
Z
3 3
2
210
C
3 210
3
24a0 24a0
1/
2
3/
2
1 Z r
2 0
7-24.
200
1 r / a
e
(Z = 1 for hyrdogen)
32
a0 a0
2 2 1 1 r
/ 0 2
Prr
200 4 r r 1 e r a
3 4
r r
32
a0 a0
(a) For r 0. 02 a0,
at r a0
we have
4
1 2 1 2 1 1
Prr 11 e a0 0. 02a0 0e
0.
02
0
32
a
8
(b) For r 0. 02 a0,
at r 2 a0
we have
3
0
4
1 1
Prr 1 e a 0 02a 1 e 0 02
3 4
10
32
a
8
3
0
2
2 2 2 2 4
0
.
0
. .
166
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
Zr Zr
/ 2a0
7-25. 210 C210
e cos
a
0
(Equation 7-34)
Zr
P r r r C e
2 2
2 2 2
210 210
cos
2
a0
2 2 r/
a0
4 4
r/
a0
2 2 2 4 2
210
/
0
cos
4
C Z a r e
Ar e
cos
4 r/
a0
2
where A 4 C 2 2 2
210
Z / a0
, a constant.
3/
2
1 1 r
2 0
7-26.
200
2 r / a
e
(Z = 1 for hyrdogen)
32
a0 2a0
1 1
1/ 2 0.
606 1
r a0 200
e
3
32
a0 32
a0
(a) At ,
2 1
(b) At
1 1 0.
368 1
r a e
2 1
0,
200 3
3
32
a0 32
a0
4 0. 368a
0.
368
2
2 2 0
0 200 3
32
a0 8a0
(c) At r a , Pr 4r
3/
2
7-27. For the most likely value of r, P(r) is a maximum, which requires that (see Problem 7-25)
dP
dr
Z
a0
4 0
2 4 Zr / a0 3 Zr / a0
Acos
r e r e
2 3
r/
a0
For hydrogen Z = 1 and
Acos r / a 4a r e 0. This is satisfied for r = 0
0 0
and r = 4a 0 . For r = 0, P(r) = 0 so the maximum P(r) occurs for r = 4a 0 .
7-28. From Table 7-1, Y
15
, sin cos
8
21
2
4 r
R r
e
r
3a0
From Table 7-2,
32
2 2
81 30a
a
0 0
i
e
167
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-28 continued)
, , 4 1 15 2 3 0
r r e
8
sin cos e
321
3 2
81 30a
a
0 0
r a i
To be sure that is normalized, we do the usual normalization as follows, where C is the
normalization constant to be compared with the coefficient above.
2 2
2
2 4 2r
3a0
2 2 2
321 321
0 0 0 0 0 0
C dr C r e sin cos r sin dr d d
1
Noting that
2
0
d
2
, we have
2 6 2r
3a0
3 2
321 sin cos
0 0
2 C r e dr d
1
Evaluating the integrals (with the aid of a table of integrals) yields:
4
2
C
2
4
7
32 1
1.
23 10 a
0
1
15
C
7
321 0.
00697 a0
This value agrees with the coefficient of
32 1
above.
2 / 0
7-29.
r a
100
e
3
4
a
0
Because
100
is only a function of r, the angle derivatives in Equation 7-9 are all zero.
d
dr
2
4
a
3
0
e
r/
a0
r
d
dr
2 1
r e
4
a a0
2 2 r/
a0
3
0
d d
2 1 1
dr
dr a a
2 2
r/
a0
r r 2re
3
4
a0
0 0
1 d d
2 1 2 1
r e
r dr dr a r a
2
2
3
4
a0
0 0
r/
a0
Substituting into Equation 7-9,
168
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-29 continued)
2
1 2
V E
2
2
a0 a0r
100 100 100
For the 100 state r a0 and 2 a0 2 / k or a0
1 / k,
so
1 2 1 2 1
2 k
2 2
2
a0 a0r a0 a0 a0
2
Thus,
2 2 2
1 2 k
2
2a0 a0r
2
and we have that
2 2
k
V
E,
satisfying the Schrödinger equation.
2 7-30. (a) Every increment of charge follows a circular path of radius R and encloses an area
R 2 , so the magnetic moment is the total current times this area. The entire charge
Q rotates with frequency f /
2
, so the current is
i Qf q/
2
iA Q / R Q
R /
1 2
L I
MR
2
2
2M
2MQR
/ 2
2 2
2 2
g 2
2
QL QMR / 2
(b) The entire charge is on the equatorial ring, which rotates with frequency f /
2
.
i Qf Q/
2
iA Q / R Q
R /
2
2M
2MQR
/ 2
2 2
2 2
g 5/ 2 2.
5
2
QL QMR / 5
169
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
7-31. Angular momentum S I
2/ 5mr 2
v / r
or
1 / 2
v 5/ 2 S 1/ mr 5S / 2mr 5 3/ 4 / 2mr
12 /
34
/ . Js
31 15
. kg m
5 3 4 1 055 10
2 9 11 10 10
11
2. 51 10 m / s 837
c
7-32. (a) The K ground state is 0 , so two lines due to spin of the single s electron would
be seen.
(b) The Ca ground state is 0 with two s electrons whose spins are opposite resulting
in S = 0, so there will be one line.
(c) The electron spins in the O ground state are coupled to zero, the orbital angular
momentum is 2, so five lines would be expected.
(d) The total angular momentum of the Sn ground state is j = 0, so there will be one line.
7-33. F m g dB / dz m a (From Equation 7-51)
z s L B Ag z
and
a m g dB / dz / m
z S L B Ag
Each atom passes through the magnet’s 1m length in t = (1/250)s and cover the additional
1m to the collector in the same time. Within the magnet they deflect in the z direction an
2
amount z 1 given by:
2
z1 1/ 2 azt 1/ 2 ms gLB dB / dz / mAg
1/
250
and leave
the magnet with a z-component of velocity given by v z
a t . The additional z deflection
z
in the field-free region is
z v t a t
2
2
z
z
.
The total deflection is then
z1 z2 0 5mm 5 0
10 m
4
. . .
2
5. 0 10 3/ 2 3/ 2 / / 1/
250
dB
dz
4 2
m z1 z2
azt ms gL B
dB dz mAg
4
5. 010 m250 2
mAg
2
m g
s L B
2
4
1
5. 010 m 250s 1.
7910 25 kg 2
24
31/ 219. 27 10
J / T
0. 805T / m
or,
170
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
7-34. (a) There should be four lines corresponding to the four mJ
values −3/2, −1/2, +1/2, +3/2.
(b) There should be three lines corresponding to the three m values −1, 0, +1.
7-35. (a) For the hydrogen atom the n = 4 levels in order of increasing energy are:
4 S , 4 P , 4 P , 4 D , 4 D , 4 F , 4 F
(b) 2j + 1
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
1/ 2 1/ 2 3/ 2 3/ 2 5/ 2 5 / 2 7 / 2
7-36. For 2, L 1 6 2. 45 , j 1/ 2 3/ 2, 5/
2 and J j j 1
For j J
3/ 2, 3/ 2 3/ 2 1 15/ 4 1.
94
For j J
5/ 2, 5/ 2 5/ 2 1 35 / 4 2.
96
7-37. (a) j 1/ 2 2 1/ 2 5/ 2 or 3/
2
5 3
1 5/ 2 1 2. 96 or 3/ 2 1 1.
94
2 2
(b) J j j
(c) J L S J L S m m m where m j, j 1,..., j 1, j.
For
Z Z Z s j j
j = 5/2 the z-components are 5 / 2 , 3/ 2 , 1/ 2 , 1/ 2 , 3/ 2 , 5/ 2.
For j = 3/2
the z-components are 3/ 2 , 1/ 2 , 1/ 2 , 3/ 2.
7-38. (a) d
5/
2
m s =1/2
L
θ
s
3/
4
1 12 /
cos 54.
7
3/
4
(b) d
3/
2
m s
=−1/2
L
θ
s
3/
4
171
1 12
/
cos 125.
3
3/
4
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
7-39.
n m m
s
4
3
2
3
2
1
0
2
1
0
1
0
−3, −2, −1, 0, 1, 2, 3
−2, −1, 0, 1, 2
−1, 0, 1
0
−2, −1, 0, 1, 2
−1, 0, 1
0
−1, 0, 1
0
1/ 2 for each m state
1/ 2 for each m state
1/ 2 for each m state
7-40. (a) L L1L
2
, 1 ,..., 11 , 111 , 11 2, 1,
0
(b) S S1S
2
1 2 1 2 1 2
s s s , s s 1 ,..., s s 1/ 2 1/ 2 , 1/ 2 1/ 2 1,
0
(c) J L S
1 2 1 2 1 2
1
j s , s ,..., s
For 2 and s 1 , j 3 , 2 , 1
2 and s 0 , j 2
For 1 and s 1 , j 2 , 1 , 0
1 and s 0 , j 1
For 0 and s 1 , j 1
(d)
1
1
1
0 and s 0 , j 0
J L S j1
11/ 2 3/ 2 , 1/
2
J2 L2 S 2
2
(e)
1
2
j2 1/ 2 3/ 2 , 1/
2
J J J 1
1 2
1 2
j j j , j j ,..., j j
1 2 1 2 1 2
For j 3/ 2 and j 3/ 2 , j 3 , 2 , 1 , 0
j 3/ 2 and j 1/ 2 , j 2 , 1
For j 1/ 2 and j 3/ 2 , j 2 , 1
1 2
j 1/ 2 and j 1/ 2 , j 1 , 0
1 2
These are the same values as found in (c).
172
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
7-41. (a)
E hf f E h
6 19 34 9
/ (4.372 10 eV)(1.602 10 J/eV) / 6.63 10 J s=1.056 10 Hz
8 9
(b) c f c / f (3.00 10 m/s) / (1.056 10 Hz) 0.284m 28.4cm
(c) short wave radio region of the EM spectrum
hc
7-42. (a) E3/
2
Using values from Figure 7-22,
1239. 852eV nm
1239.
852eV nm
E3 / 2
2. 10505 eV E1 / 2
2.
10291eV
588. 99nm
589.
59nm
(b)
3/ 2
1/ 2
2. 10505 2. 10291 2.
14
10
3
E E E eV eV eV
(c)
3
E
2.
1410
eV
E 2BB B 18.
5T
4
2
2 5. 7910
eV / T
B
x
2x
x , x C sin sin Substituting into Equation 7-57 with V = 0,
L L
7-43.
1 2
12 1 2
2 2 2
2 2
12
12
2 2
1 4
E
2
2m x1 x2
2m L
2 2
5
Obviously, 12 is a solution if E
2
2mL
12 12
7-44.
E
n
2 2 2
n
Neutrons have antisymmetric wave functions, but if spin is ignored then
2
2mL
one is in the state n = 1 state, but the second is in the n = 2 state, so the minimum energy
2 2
is:
E E E 1 2 E 5 E where
1 2 1 1
2 2 2 2
hc 197.
3
2 2
2mc L 2939. 62.
0
E 51.
1 MeV E 5E 255MeV
1 2
1
173
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
7-45. (a) For electrons: Including spin, two are in the n = 1 state, two are in the n = 2 state, and
one is in the n = 3 state. The total energy is then:
2 2 2
n
2 2
E 2E 2 E E where E E 2E 22 E 3 E 19E
2mL
where
1 2 3 n
2
1 1 1 1
2 2 2 2
hc 197.
3
2 2
2m 6
ec L 20. 51110 1.
0
E 0. 376 eV E 19E 7.
14eV
1 2
1
(b) Pions are bosons and all five can be in the n = 1 state, so the total energy is:
0.
376eV
E 5 E1 where E1 0. 00142 eV E 5E1
0.
00712eV
264
7-46. (a) Carbon:
(b) Oxygen:
Z 6;
1s 2s 2p
2 2 2
Z 8;
1s 2s 2p
2 2 4
(c) Argon:
Z 18;
1s 2s 2p 3s 3p
2 2 6 2 6
7-47. Using Figure 7-34:
Sn (Z = 50)
2 2 6 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 2
1s 2s 2p 3s 3p 3d 4s 4p 4d 5s 5p
Nd (Z = 60)
2 2 6 2 6 10 2 6 10 2 6 4 2
1s 2s 2p 3s 3p 3d 4s 4p 4d 5s 5p 4 f 6s
Yb (Z = 70)
2 2 6 2 6 10 2 6 10 14 2 6 2
1s 2s 2p 3s 3p 3d 4s 4p 4d 4 f 5s 5p 6s
Comparison with Appendix C.
Sn: agrees
6 4
Nd: 5 p and 4 f are in reverse order
Yb: agrees
2
7-48. Both Ga and In have electron configurations ns
n 1 s n 1 p n 1 d
2 6 10
np outside of closed shells
, , , . The last p electron is loosely bound and is more easily
removed than one of the s electrons of the immediately preceding elements Zn and Cd.
174
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
7-49. The outermost electron outside of the closed shell in Li, Na, K, Ag, and Cu has 0. The
ground state of these atoms is therefore not split. In B, Al, and Ga the only electron not in
a closed shell or subshell has 1, so the ground state of these atoms will be split by the
spin-orbit interaction.
7-50.
E
Z
n
eff
Z E
n
2
eff 1
(Equation 7-25)
2
En
5.
14eV
n 3 1.
84
E 13.
6eV
1
7-51. (a) Fourteen electrons, so Z = 14. Element is silicon.
(b) Twenty electrons, so Z = 20. Element is calcium.
7-52. (a) For a d electron, 2 , so 2 , 1 , 0 , 1 , 2
L z
(b) For an f electron, 3 , so 3 , 2 , 1 , 0 , 1 , 2 , 3
L z
7-53. Like Na, the following atoms have a single s electron as the outermost shell and their
energy level diagrams will be similar to sodium’s: Li, Rb, Ag, Cs, Fr.
The following have two s electrons as the outermost shell and will have energy level
diagrams similar to mercury: He, Ca, Ti, Cd, Mg, Ba, Ra.
7-54. Group with 2 outer shell electrons: beryllium, magnesium, calcium, nickel, and barium.
Group with 1 outer shell electron: lithium, sodium, potassium, chromium, and cesium.
7-55. Similar to H: Li, Rb, Ag, and Fr. Similar to He: Ca, Ti, Cd, Ba, Hg, and Ra.
175
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
7-56.
n
j
4 0 1/2
4 1 1/2
4 1 3/2
5 0 1/2
3 2 3/2
3 2 5/2
5 1 1/2
5 1 3/2
4 2 3/2
4 2 5/2
6 0 1/2
4 3 5/2
4 3 7/2
Energy is increasing downward in the table.
7-57. Selection rules: 1 j
1,
0
Transition ∆l ∆j Comment
4S 1/2 → 3S 1/2 0 0 l - forbidden
4S 1/2 → 3P 3/2 +1 +1 allowed
4P 3/2 → 3S 1/2 −1 −1 allowed
4D 5/2 → 3P 1/2 −1 −2 j – forbidden
4D 3/2 → 3P 1/2 −1 −1 allowed
4D 3/2 → 3S 1/2 −2 −1 l - forbidden
5D 3/2 → 4S 1/2 −2 −1 l - forbidden
5P 1/2 → 3S 1/2 −1 0 allowed
2 2 4
E1 13. 6eV Z 1 13. 6eV 74 1 7. 2510 eV 72.
5keV
7-58. (a)
2 2
(b) E exp . keV . eV Z
. eV
1
69 5 13 6 13 6 74 1
1 /
3
eV eV
2
74
69. 510 / 13. 6 71.
49
74 71. 49 2.
51
176
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
7-59. j , j j
1 0 no 0 0 (Equation 7-66)
The four states are 2 P , 2 P , 2 D ,
2 D
3/ 2 1/ 2 5 / 2 3/
2
Transition ∆l ∆j Comment
D 5/2 → P 3/2 −1 −1 allowed
D 5/2 → P 1/2 −1 −2 j - forbidden
D 3/2 → P 3/2 −1 0 allowed
D 3/2 → P 1/2 −1 −1 allowed
7-60. (a) E
hc /
1240eV nm
E 3P1 / 2 E 3S1 / 2 2.
10eV
589.
59nm
E 3P1 / 2
E 3S1 / 2
2. 10eV 5. 14eV 2. 10eV 3.
04eV
1240eV nm
E 3D E 3P1/ 2
1.
52eV
818.
33nm
E 3D E 3P1/ 2
1. 52eV 3. 04eV 1. 52eV 1.
52eV
(b)
3.
04eV
For 3P: Zeff
3 1.
42
13.
6eV
1.
52eV
For 3D: Zeff
3 1.
003
13.
6eV
(c) The Bohr formula gives the energy of the 3D level quite well, but not the 3P level.
7-61. (a) E gm B (Equation 7-73) where s 1/ 2, 0 gives j 1/
2 and
j
B
(from Equation 7-73) g 2. m j
1/ 2.
5
E 2 1/ 2 5. 79 10 eV / T 0. 55T 3.
18 10
5 eV
The total splitting between the
mj
1 2 states is 6 37 10
5
/ . eV.
(b) The m 12 / (spin up) state has the higher energy.
j
(c)
5 15 10
E hf f E / h 6. 37 10
eV / 4. 14 10 eV s 1.
54 10 Hz
This is in the microwave region of the spectrum.
177
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
7-62.
2
hc dE hc
E E
E
2
d hc
e
2m
7-63. (a)
(b)
5
E B 5. 79 10 eV / T 0. 05T 2.
90 10
6 eV
2
579. 07nm
2.
9010
6 eV
2
E
7.
83
10
hc
1240eV nm
4
nm
(c) The smallest measurable wavelength change is larger than this by the ratio
4
0 01nm
7 83 10 nm 12 8
. . . . The magnetic field would need to be increased by this
same factor because B E .
The necessary field would be 0.638T.
2 2
7-64. En
13.
6eV Zeff
n
E eV Z eV
2 2
2
13. 6
eff
2 5.
39
1 / 2
Z 2 5. 39 13. 6 1.
26
eff
3/
2
1 Z
/ 0
7-65.
Zr a
100
e
a0
(Equations 7-30 and 7-31)
2
r
P r
4 (Equation 7-32)
*
100 100
Z 4Z
4
r e r e
3 3
2 Zr / a0 2 2Zr / a0
3 3
a0 a0
3
4 Z
/
3 2Zr a0
3
r rP r dr r e dr
a
0 0
0
3
0
2Zr
2Zr / a0
0
3
0
e d 2Zr / a0
3!
Z
a
0 0
Z Z
a a a
4
4 2
178
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
7-66. (a)
E
1 2
2I
: 0 1 2 3 4 5 …
1: 1 2 3 4 5 6 …
E : 0 1E 1 6E 1 12E 1 20E 1 30E 1 …
E 5 = 30E 1
20E 1
E 4 = 20E 1
10E 1
E 3 = 12E 1
E 2 = 6E 1
E 1 =
2 / I
30E 1
0
E 0 = 0
2
(b) E E
1
1 2 1
2I
2 2
1 2
1 1
2I
I
The values of 0, 1, 2, … yield all the positive integer multiples of E 1 .
E
1
(c)
1 2
c 2
2 2
2
I m r E1
2 2 2
2 p I mpr mpc r
2
2
2197.
3eV nm
6
938. 2810 eV 0.
074nm
1.
5210
6
hc 1.
2410
eV nm
5
(d) 8. 1810 m
81.
8m
2
E 1.
5210
eV
1
2
2
eV
7-67. (a) F m g dB / dz (From Equation 7-51)
z s L B
From Newton’s 2 nd law, F m a m g dB / dz
z H z s L B
/ / 1/ 219. 27 10 24
/ 600 / / 1.
67 10
27
a m g dB dz m J T T m kg
z s L H
1. 67 10 m/
s
6 2
179
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-67 continued)
(b) At 14. 5km / s v 1. 4510 4 m/ s, the atom takes t 4
1
0. 75m / 1. 45
10 m/
s
5
5. 2 10 s to traverse the magnet. In that time, its z deflection will be:
2
z 1/ 2 a t 1/ 2 1. 67 10 m/ s 5. 210 s 2. 2610 m 2.
26mm
2 6 2 5 3
1 z 1
Its v z velocity component as it leaves the magnet is vz
azt1
and its additional z
deflection before reaching the detector 1.25m away will be:
. .
4
z
/
z2 vzt2 a t1 1 25m
1 4510
m s
1 67 10 6 2 5 2 10
. m/ s . 5 s 1 . 25 1 . 45 10 4 m/
s
3
7. 49 10 m 7.
49
mm
Each line will be deflected z1z2 9.
75mm
from the central position and, thus,
separated by a total of 19.5mm = 1.95cm.
1
7-68. m
min
cos 1 with m .
cos 1 . Thus, cos 1
1
sin
or,
2 2 2
min min min
2
2 2 2
1
2
sin min
1
1 1 1
And,
1/
2
1
sin min
For large ,
1
min
is small.
Then sin
1/
2
1 1
1
min min 1/
2
7-69. (a) E1 hf hc / 1 1240eV nm / 766. 41nm 1.
6179eV
E2 hf hc / 2 1240eV nm / 769. 90nm 1.
6106eV
(b) E E1 E2 1. 6179eV 1. 6106eV 0.
0073eV
(c)
E
0.
0073eV
E / 2 gm
jBB B 63T
2gm
2 2 1 2 5 79 10
j
B
5
/ . eV / T
180
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
4Z
a
2 2Zr/
a0
7-70.
P r
3
0
3
r e
(See Problem 7-65)
15
For hydrogen, Z = 1 and at the edge of the proton r R0 10 m.
At that point, the
exponential factor in P(r) has decreased to:
15 10 5
2R
210 0 529 10 3 78 10
0 / a . m .
0
5
e e e 1 3.
7810 1
Thus, the probability of the electron in the hydrogen ground state being inside the nucleus,
to better than four figures, is:
2 r 0
0 R0 2 R
R
0
3
2
3 3 3
3
0 0 0 0 0 0 0
3
0
4r 4r 4 4 r
Pr
P P r dr r dr
a a a a
3
15
4 R
4 10 m
0
9 0 10
3 .
3
a
10
0
3
3 0.
529 10
m
3
15
7-71. (a)
1 ss
1 1
2j
j1
j j
g 1
(Equation 7-73)
For 2 P1/ 2: j 1/ 2, 1 , and s 1/
2
1/ 2 1/ 2 1 1/ 2 1/ 2 1 1 11 3/ 4 3/
4 2
g 1 1 2 / 3
2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1 3/
2
For 2 S1/ 2: j 1/ 2, 0 , and s 1/
2
1/ 2 1/ 2 1 1/ 2 1/ 2 1 0 3/ 4 3/
4
g 1 1 2
2 1/ 2 1/ 2 1 3/
2
The 2 P
12 /
levels shift by:
2 1 1
E gm
jBB BB BB
3
2
3
(Equation 7-72)
The 2 S
12 /
levels shift by:
1
E gm
jBB 2 BB BB
2
181
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-71 continued)
To find the transition energies, tabulate the several possible transitions and the
corresponding energy values (let E p and E s be the B = 0 unsplit energies of the two
states.):
Transition
Energy
P
1
2
S
Ep BB Es BB Ep Es BB
3
3
1/ 2, 1/ 2 1/ 2, 1/
2
P
1
4
S
Ep BB Es BB Ep Es BB
3
3
1/ 2, 1/ 2 1/ 2, 1/
2
P S
1/ 2, 1/ 2 1/ 2, 1/
2
P
1/ 2, 1 / 2 1/ 2, 1 / 2
1 4
Ep BB Es BB Ep Es BB
3
3
1
2
S
Ep BB Es BB Ep Es BB
3
3
Thus, there are four different photon energies emitted. The energy or frequency
spectrum would appear as below (normal Zeeman spectrum shown for comparison).
anomolous
normal
(b) For 2 P3/ 2: j 3/ 2, 1 , and s 1/
2
3/ 2 3/ 2 1 1/ 2 1/ 2 1 1 11 15/ 4 3/
4 2
g 1 1 4 / 3
2 3/ 2 3/ 2 1 30 / 4
These levels shift by:
4 1 2
4
3
E gm
jBB BB BB
3
2
E BB 2 BB
3
3
2
182
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-71 continued)
Tabulating the transitions as before:
Transition
Energy
P
S
Ep 2BB Es BB Ep Es BB
3/ 2, 3/ 2 1/ 2, 1/
2
P3 / 2, 3/ 2
S1 / 2, 1 / 2
forbidden, m j
2
P
2
1
S
Ep BB Es BB Ep Es BB
3
3
3/ 2, 1/ 2 1/ 2, 1/
2
P S
3/ 2, 1/ 2 1/ 2, 1/
2
P
3/ 2, 1/ 2 1/ 2, 1/
2
P
2 5
Ep BB Es BB Ep Es BB
3
3
2
5
S
Ep BB Es BB Ep Es BB
3
3
2
1
S
Ep BB Es BB Ep Es BB
3
3
3/ 2, 1 / 2 1/ 2, 1 / 2
P
S
forbidden, m j
2
3/ 2, 3/ 2 1/ 2, 1/
2
P
S
Ep 2BB Es BB Ep Es BB
3/ 2, 3/ 2 1/ 2, 1 / 2
There are six different photon energies emitted (two transitions are forbidden); their
spectrum looks as below:
anomolous
normal
7-72. (a) Substituting r,
yields (eventually)
into Equation 7-9 and carrying out the indicated operations
2 2
2 2 2
r, 2/ r 1/ 4a r, 2/ r V r, E r,
0
2
2
183
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-72 continued)
Canceling r,
and recalling that
r
4a
(because given is for n = 2) we
2 2
0
2
2
have 14
0
/ a v E
2
The circumference of the n = 2 orbit is:
C 2 4a 2 a / 4
1/ 2k.
0 0
Thus,
2 2 2
1
k
V E V E
2
2
4 / 4k
2
(b) or
2
p
v
E and Equation 7-9 is satisfied.
2m
2
2 2
r
r/
a0
2 2
dx A e cos r sindrd d
0
a
0
2
2
2
r
r/
a0
2 2
A e r dr cos sin d d
a
1
0 0
0 0
Integrating (see Problem 7-23),
0 /
2 3
A a
6 2 3 2 1
A 1/ 8a A 1/
8a
2 3 3
0 0
1
7-73. gLBL
(Equation 7-43)
(a) The 1s state has 0, so it is unaffected by the external B.
The 2p state has 1, so it is split into three levels by the external B.
(b) The 2p1sspectral line will be split into three lines by the external B.
(c) In Equation 7-43 we replace with e / 2 m , so
B k k
11 e / 2m m / m
(From Equation 7-45)
kz k B e k
Then /
E m m B
B e k
5 79 10
. 5 eV / T 0 . 511 10 6 MeV / c 2 / 497 . 7 MeV / c 2
1 . 0 T
5 94
10
8
. eV
184
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-73 continued)
E (From Problem 7-62) where λ for the (unsplit) 2p → 1s transition
hc
is given by
k k 2 1
k e
3
hc E and E E E 13. 6eV m / m 11/ 4 9.
93
10 eV
3
and 1240eV nm 9. 9310 eV 0.
125nm
and
8
0. 125nm
5.
9410
eV
5.
98 10
1240eV nm
12
7-74.
2
ke
E
B S L where, for n 3,
r a n 9a
3 2
r m mc
2
0 0
For 3P states SL
2
8 9 16
3 2
6
90. 053nm 0.
51110
eV
2 2
1. 440eV nm 3. 00 10 m / s 10 nm / m 6.
58 10 eV s
E
1.
6010
4
eV
For 3D states
SL
2
/ 3
4 4
E 1. 60 10
eV / 3 0.
53 10 eV
7-75. (a) J = L+ S = L S
B
L 2 S / L + S
2 (Equation 7-71)
J B
B
J
L L 2S S 3S L
J J J
J
B 2 2
L 2S
3SL
(b) J 2 J J L + S L + S L L + S S + 2S L S L J 2 L 2 S
2
J
3
2
2 J
B
(c) 2 2 2 2 2 B
2 3
2 2 2
J
L S J L S J S L
J
J
J 2 J J 2 J
Z B 2 2 2 Z B 2 2 2
(d) Z
J
3J S L 3J S L
1
2
185
Chapter 7 – Atomic Physics
(Problem 7-75 continued)
B 1
J S L
2
2J
2 2 2
J
Z
(e) E
B (Equation 7-69)
Z
j j
BB1
gm B
j
B
1 ss
1 1
2j
j1
(Equation 7-72)
m
j j 1 s s 1 1
where g 1
(Equation 7-73)
2j
j1
j
7-76. The number of steps of size unity between two integers (or half-integers) a and b is b – a.
Including both values of a and b, the number of distinct values in this sequence is
b – a + 1. For F = I + J, the largest value of f is I + J = b. If I < J, the smallest value of
f is J – I = a. The number of different values of f is therefore (I + J) – (J – I) + 1 = 2I + 1.
For I > J, the smallest value of f is I – J = a. In that case, the number of different values
of f is (I + J) – (I – J) + 1 = 2J + 1. The two expressions are equal if I = J.
7-77. (a)
e
N
5 05
10
2m
p
27
. /
J T
2 k m
2k 2. 8 2k
2.
8
B
r r a
m N m N
3 3 3
0
7 27
H / m . . J / T
3
10
0.
529 10
m
2 10 2 8 5 05 10
0.
0191T
(b)
4
E 2 2 5. 79 10 / 0. 0191 2.
21 10
6
BB eV T T eV
(c)
6
hc 1.
2410
eV m
0. 561m
56.
1cm
6
E
2.
2110
eV
186
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
8-1. (a)
(b)
v
rms
. J / mole K K
1/
2
3RT
3 8 31 300
1930m / s
3
M
2. 0079 10
kg / mole
3 3
. kg / mole . m / s
2
Mv 2 1 0079 10 11 2 10
rms
4
T 1.
01
10 K
3R
3 8. 31J / mole K
2
8-2. (a)
3 2E
2 13.
6eV
2 3k
3 8. 617 10
eV / K
k
5
Ek
kT T 1.
0510
K
5
3 3
E kT 8 67 10 10 1 29
2 2 . eV / K K . keV
5 7
(b)
k
8-3.
v
rms
3RT
M
(a) For O 2 :
v
rms
. J / K mol K
3 8 31 273
3210
3
kg / mol
461m / s
(b) For H 2 :
v
rms
. J / K mol K
3 8 31 273
210
3
kg / mol
1840m / s
8-4.
1 / 2 1 /
J / mole K K
/
2
1/
2 2 2
3RT kg m s
m/
s
M
kg / mole kg
3 3
E 1 8 31 273 3400
2 2 . /
K
n RT mole J mole K J
8-5. (a)
(b) One mole of any gas has the same translational energy at the same temperature.
187
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
8-6.
3/
2
2 1 2 m
4
v v n v dv 4 v e dv where m / 2kT
N
2 kT
0 0
2
v
3/
2
2 m
v I4 I4
4 where is given in Table B1-1.
2 kT
3 3
8 8
1/ 2 5 / 2 1/
2
I4
m/
2kT
5/
2
v
3/ 2 5 / 2
2 1/
2
4
m 3 2kT 3kT 3RT 3RT
2 kT 8 m m mN M
A
v
rms
v
2 3
RT
M
8-7.
v
8kT
23
8 1. 381 10 J / K 300
27
m 1. 009u 1. 66 10 kg / u
K
1/
2
2510m / s
v
m
2kT
23
2 1. 381 10 J / K 300
27
m 1. 009u 1. 66 10 kg / u
K
1/
2
2220m / s
3 / 2 2
2 mv / kT
n v 4 N m / 2 kT v e (Equation 8-28)
At the maximum:
dn
dv
3 / 2 2
2 mv / 2kT
0 4 N m / 2 kT 2v v mv / kT e
2
mv / 2kT
2
0 ve 2 mv / kT
The maximum corresponds to the vanishing of the last factor. (The other two factors give
minima at v = 0 and v = ∞.) So
2
2 0 and
m
2
1/
2
mv / kT v kT / m .
188
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
8-8.
8-9.
3/
2
m
2
2 mv / 2kT
n v dv 4 N v e dv (Equation 8-8)
2 kT
dn
dv
2
2 2vm
mv / 2kT
A v 2 v e The v for which dn / dv 0 is vm.
2kT
A
2mv
2kT
3
2
mv / 2kT
2v e 0
Because A = constant and the exponential term is only zero for v → ∞, only the quantity
in [] can be zero, so
2mv
2kT
3
2v
0
or
2 2kT
2kT
v vm
m
m
(Equation 8-9)
8-10. The number of molecules N in 1 liter at 1 atm, 20°C is:
N 1 1g mol / 22. 4 N molecules / g mol
A
Each molecule has, on the average, 3kT/2 kinetic energy, so the total translational kinetic
189
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
(Problem 8-10 continued)
energy in one liter is:
KE
23
6.
02 10 23 3 1. 381 10 J / K 293
22.
4 2
K
163J
8-11.
n g e g e
n
E2
/ kT
2 2 2
E1
/ kT
1
ge
1
g1
E2 E1
/ kT
T
E E kT g n g n
e E E kT
2 1 / 2 1 2 1
2 1
/ ln
g1 n2 g1 n2
E E 10.
2eV
2 1
k ln g / g n / n 8. 617 10 eV / K ln 4 10
2 1 1 2
5 6
7790K
8-12.
n2 g2
E 3
2 E1
/ kT
e e
n
g
1 1
1
3
4 10 eV
5
8. 617 10 eV / K 300K
2.
57
8-13. There are two degrees of freedom, therefore,
C 2 R / 2 R, C R R 2 R, and 2R / R 2.
v
p
8-14. c 3 R / M
v
(a)
(b)
(c)
3 1. 99cal / mole K
Al: cv
27. 0g / mole
0. 221 cal / g K 0. 215cal / g K
3 1. 99cal / mole K
Cu: cv
62. 5g / mole
0. 0955 cal / g K 0. 0920cal / g K
3 1. 99cal / mole K
Pb: cv
207g / mole
0. 0288 cal / g K 0. 0305cal / g K
The values for each element shown in brackets are taken from the Handbook
of Chemistry and Physics and apply at 25° C.
190
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
8-15.
2 N
n( E)
E e
3/
2
kT
1/ 2 E / kT
(Equation 8-13)
At the maximum:
dn
dE
0
2 N 1 1
E E e
3/
2
kT 2
kT
1/ 2 1/ 2
E / kT
E e E / kT
2
1/ 2 E / kT 1
The maximum corresponds to the vanishing of the last factor. (The vanishing of the other
two factors corresponds to minima at E = 0 and E = ∞.)
1/ 2 E / kT 0 E 1/ 2kT
.
8-16. (a)
3/
2
m
2
2 mv / 2kT
n v 4 N v e (Equation 8-8)
2 kT
4 N
3/
2
m
2kT
3/
2
2
ve
2
v m / 2kT
4
2
Nv 2 2
v / v m
where 2 /
3 e v
m kT m
vm
4N
1 v v/ vm
e
v v
m
m
2
2
4N
2
A
1 v v/
v
N n v v e
m
0.
01v
v v
m
m
2
m
22 2 v/
vm
. v vm
e
1 36 10
2
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
22 2 0
N 1.
36 10 0 e 0
22 2 1 21
N 1. 36 10 1 e 5.
00 10
2
22 2 2
20
N 1. 36 10 2 e 9.
96 10
2
22 2 8
4
N 1. 36 10 8 e 1.
369 10 (or no molecules most of the time)
191
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
8-17. For hydrogen:
E
to six decimal places.
E1 13.
605687eV
n
mk e
2
2 4
1 13.
605687
eV
n n
2 2 2
using values of the constants accurate
E 3. 401422eV E E 10.
204265eV
2 2 1
E 1. 511743eV E E 12.
093944eV
3 3 1
n g 8
e e 4 e 4 10 0
n g
2
2 2 E2 E1 / kT 10. 20427 / 0.
02586 395 172
(a)
1 1
n3 g3
E3 E1 / kT 18
e e
12. 09394 / 0.
02586 e
468 203
n
g
1 1
2
9 9 10 0
(b)
n
n
2
1
10. 20427 / kT
10. 20427 / kT
0. 01 4e
e 0.
0025
10. 20427 / kT ln 0. 0025 5.
99146
T
10.
20427eV
5. 99146 8.
61734 10
5
eV K
19,
760K
(c)
n
n
3
1
5
12. 09394 / 8. 61734 10 19,
760
9e
0. 00742 0. 7%
8-18.
no field
E
hf
B field
m
m
m
0
1
1
E
E
ground state
Neglecting the spin, the 3p state is doubly degenerate: 01 , hence, there are two m = 0
levels equally populated.
E hf hc / 1. 8509eV 670.
79nm
192
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
(Problem 8-18 continued)
E
eB
2m
e
2.
315 10
4
eV
(a) The fraction of atoms in each m-state relative to the ground state is: (Example 8-2)
n
1 e
e 10 8 .
n
18 10
1. 8511/ 0. 02586 71. 58 31.
09 32
n
0 2 e
2 e 2 10 1 .
n
64 10
n
n
0
1
e
1. 8509 / 0. 02586 71. 57 31.
08 31
e
10 8.
30 10
1 . 8507 / 0 . 02586 71 . 56 31 . 08 32
(b) The brightest line with the B-field “on” will be the transition from the m = 0 level, the
center line of the Zeeman spectrum.
intensities will be: 8. 30 / 16. 4/ 8. 18 0. 51/ 1. 00 / 0.
50
With that as the “standard”, the relative
8-19. (a)
e
N
V
22
h
3
m kT
e
3/
2
(Equation 8-44)
3/
2 2
N 2 2 m 2 2
ekT
mec kT
e
3 e
3
V h hc
3/
2
1/
2
5 2 3
7
2 5. 11 10 eV 2.
585 10 eV 10 nm
1 2 2. 51 10 / cm
3
1240eV nm
1cm
19 3
8-20. (a)
e
O
N
V
2 3/
2
2
h
3
MkT
(Equation 8-44)
N
V
A
M
2
hc
3
2
Mc kT
3/
2
6. 022 10 / mole
1.
24 10
23 4
eV cm
3 3 2 6 5
22. 4 10 / 2 32 931. 5 10 / 8. 617 10 / 273
cm mole uc eV u eV K K
3
1.
75 10
7
193
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
(Problem 8-20 continued)
(b) At temperature T,
7 3 2 3 2
2
1 75 10 273 / /
e O . / T
7 3 / 2 3 / 2 3 / 2 7
3 / 2
1 1. 75 10 273K / T T 1.
75 10 273K
2/
3
7
T 1. 75 10 273K 8.
5mK
8-21. Assuming the gasses are ideal gases, the pressure is given by:
P
2
3
N E
V
for classical,
FD, and BE particles. P FD will be highest due to the exclusion principle, which, in effect,
limits the volume available to each particle so that each strikes the walls more frequently
than the classical particles. On the other hand, P BE will be lowest, because the particles
tend to be in the same state, which in effect, is like classical particles with a mutual
attraction, so they strike the walls less frequently.
8-22. (a)
1
fBE
For = 0 and f 1 , at 5800
E / kT
BE
T K
ee 1
e
1
E/
5800k
1 e 2
E/
5800k 1
E K eV K
5
5800 8. 62 10 / ln2
E 0.
347eV
(b) For E 0. 35 V, = 0 and f 0.
5
e
1
BE
0. 35 / kT
0.
5 e 3
0. 35 / kT
1
5
0. 35eV 8. 62 10 eV / K T ln3
T
0.
35eV
5
ln 3 8. 62 10 /
eV K
3700K
h h h h
8-23.
1/
2
p 2mE
2m
3kT
/ 2 3mkT
The distance between molecules in an ideal gas
1/
3
V / N is found from
194
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
(Problem 8-23 continued)
1/ 3 1/
3
PV nRT nRT N N NkT V / N kT / P
A
A
and equating this to
above,
kT / P
1/
3
h
3mkT
1/
2
kT h P h
P 3mkT
k 3mk
3 3
5/
2
and solving for T, yields: T
3 / 2 3 / 2
T
Ph
3
25 /
3
34
101kPa
6.
63 10
J s
3/ 2 5/
2
27 23
k 3mk 3 2 1. 67 10 kg 1. 38 10 J / K
25 /
44 . K
8-24.
3/
2
N0 T
1 (Equation 8-52)
N T
C
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
3/
2
N0 3T
For T 3TC
/ 4 1 0.
351
N 4T
N
C
3/
2
0
For T TC
/ 2 1 0.
646
N 2TC
N
T
3/
2
0
For T TC
/ 4 1 0.
875
N 4TC
N
T
3/
2
0
For T TC
/ 8 1 0.
956
N 8TC
T
8-25. For small values of
1
, e / ! N N e
e 1
2
1 2 and
0 0
1 1
1
which for small values becomes: N0 1 1 N0 1 or N
0
8-26.
T
C
2
h N
2mk
2 2.
315
V
2/
3
(Equation 8-48)
The density of liquid Ne is 1.207 g/cm 3 , so
195
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
(Problem 8-26 continued)
N
V
1. 207g / cm 6. 022 10 molecules / mol 10 cm / m
3 23 6 2 3
20. 18g / mol
3. 601 10 / m
28 3
T
2
34 2/
3
28 3
6. 626 10 Js
3.
601 10 m
27 23
2 20u 1. 66 10 kg / u . 381 10 J / K 2 2.
315
0.
895K
Thus,
TC
at which
20
temperature of 24.5K.
Ne would become a superfluid is much lower than its freezing
8-27. Power per unit area R arriving at Earth is given by the Stefan-Boltzmann law:
where
is Stefan’s constant. For a 5% decrease in the Sun’s temperature,
R
T
4
4
R T R 0. 95T T 0.
95T
R T
T
4
4
4
1 0. 95 0.
186 , or a decrease of 18.6%.
hf
8-28. E
(Equation 8-60)
hf / kT
e 1
hf kT / 10
(a) For T 10hf / k; hf kT / 10 E 0.
951kT
1/
10
e 1 0.
1051
hf kT
(b) For T hf / k; hf kT E 0.
582kT
1
e 1 1.
718
(c) For
hf 10kT
e 1 2.
20 10
4
T 0. 1hf / k; hf 10kT E 4.
54 10 kT
10 4
According to equipartition E kT in each case.
8-29.
2
hf / kT
hf e
CV
3 N
Ak As T , hf / kT gets small and
2
kT hf / kT
e 1
hf / kT
e 1 hf / kT
2
hf 1 hf / kT
CV 3 N
Ak 3N 3 / 3
2
Ak N
A
R N
A
R
kT hf / kT
The rule of Dulong and Petit.
196
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
8-30.
2
hf / kT
hf e
CV
3 R (Equation 8-62)
kT
2
hf / kT
e 1
Writing
hf kT Af A h kT T K
13
/ where / 2. 40 10 when 200 ,
Af
2 e
2 1
C 3 R Af eR Af
e 2e
1 e 2 1/
e
V 2
Af
Af
Af Af
Because Af is “large”, 1/ Af
Af
e 0 and e dominates Af , so
Af Af
C 3R / e e 3R / C f ln 3R / C 1/
A
V V V
For Al, C 200K 20. 1 J / K mol (From Figure 8-13)
V
2
f
3 8.
31
ln 1 / 2. 40 10 8.
97 10
20.
1
13 11
Hz
For Si, C 200K 13. 8 J / K mol (From Figure 8-13)
V
f
3 8.
31
ln 1 / 2. 40 10 2.
46 10
13.
8
13 12
Hz
8-31.
2
hf / kT
hf e
CV
3 R (Equation 8-62)
kT
2
hf / kT
e 1
At the Einstein temperature TE
hf / k ,
1
2 e
CV
3R 1 3R 0. 9207 3 8. 31J / K mol 0.
9207
2
1
e 1
22. 95K / K mol 5. 48cal / K mol
8-32. Rewriting Equation 8-69 as
3/
2
2 1/
2
n E 8mc E
V hc
2
2 E E F / kT
e 1
Set up the equation on a spreadsheet whose initial and final columns are E(eV) and
n(E)/V (eV•nm 3 ) -1 , respectively.
197
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
(Problem 8-32 continued)
E eV
n E / V eV nm
3
1
4.5 14.4
4.6 14.6
4.7 14.5
4.8 (=E F ) 7.46
4.9 0.306
5 0.0065
5.1 0.00014
The graph of these values is below.
From the graph, about 0.37 electrons/nm 3 or
E F have been excited to levels above E F .
26 3
3. 7 10 electrons / m within 0.1eV below
198
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
8-33. The photon gas has the most states available, since any number of photons may be in the
ground state. In contrast, at T = 1K the electron gas’s available states are limited to those
within about
2 2 8 62 10 1 1 72 10
5 4
kT . eV K K . eV of the Fermi level. All
other states are either filled, hence unavailable, or higher than kT above the Fermi level,
hence not accessible.
8-34. From the graph.
T Au 136K T Al 243K
E
E
T Be 575 K T Diamond off the graph (well over 1000K)
E
E
8-35. Approximating the nuclear potential with an infinite square well and ignoring the
Coulomb repulsion of the protons, the energy levels for both protons and neutrons are
given by
2 2 2
En
n h 8mL and six levels will be occupied in 22 Ne , five levels with 10
protons and six levels with 12 neutrons.
E
F
2 2
5 1240MeV fm
protons 516MeV
2
8 1. 0078u 931. 5MeV / u 3.
15 fm
199
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
(Problem 8-35 continued)
E
F
2 2
6 1240MeV fm
neutrons 742MeV
2
8 1. 0087u 931. 5MeV / u 3.
15 fm
E protons 3/ 5 EF
310MeV
E neutrons 3/ 5 EF
445MeV
As we will discover in Chapter 11, these estimates are nearly an order of magnitude too
large. The number of particles is not a large sample.
8-36.
E h / 8 mL . All 10 bosons can be in this level, so E total 10h / 8mL
.
2 2 2 2
1 1
8-37. (a)
f
E
1
FD E EF
/ kT
e
e
1
(Equation 8-68)
1 1
E EF / 0. 1EF 10 E EF / EF
1 e 1
1 1
(b) fFD E
E EF / 0. 5EF 2 E EF / EF
e
1 e 1
200
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
8-38.
N
N
O
3/
2
T
1 (Equation 8-52)
T
c
(a)
(b)
N
N
O
N
N
O
3/ 2 3/
2
Tc
/ 2 1
1 1 0.
646
T
2
c
3/ 2 3/
2
Tc
/ 4 1
1 1 0.
875
T
4
c
8-39. For a one-dimensional well approximation,
2 2 2
En
n h 8 mL . At the Fermi level E F ,
n=N/2, where N = number of electrons.
2 2 2 2
N / 2 h h N
EF
where N / L = number of electrons/unit length,
2
8mL
32m
L
i.e., the density of electrons. Assuming 1 free electron/Au atom,
1/
3
23 3 2
N N 6. 02 10 electrons / mol 19. 32g / cm 10 cm / m
A
L M 197g / mol
3
1/
3
3.
81 10 m
9 1
E
F
2 2
34 9 1
6. 63 10 J s 3.
81 10 m
31 19
32 9. 11 10 kg 1. 602 10 J / eV
1.
37eV
This is the energy of an electron in the Fermi level above the bottom of the well. Adding
the work function to such an electron just removes it from the metal, so the well is
1. 37eV 4. 8eV 6.
2 eV deep.
8-40. (a)
/ 2
23
2kT
2 1. 3807 10 J / K 850K
At T 850K vm
183. 9m / s
25
m
6.
94 10 kg
1/
2
1/ 2 1/
2
8kT
4
v vm
207. 5m / s
m
1/ 2 1/
2
3kT
3
vrms
vm
225. 2m / s
m 2
201
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
(Problem 8-40 continued)
The times for molecules with each of these speeds to travel across the 10cm diameter
of the rotating drum is:
t v
m
0.
10m
183. 9m/
s
0.
10m
207. 5m/
s
5.
44 10
4
t v 4.
82 10 s
t v
rms
0.
10m
225. 2m/
s
4
4.
44 10
s
4
s
3
The drum is rotating at 6250rev/min = 104.2rev/s or 9. 600 10 s / rev . The fraction
of a revolution made by the drum while molecules with each of these three speeds are
crossing the diameter is:
4
5.
44 10 s
for vm
: 0.
05667rev
3
9. 600 10 s / rev
4
4.
82 10 s
for v : 0.
05021rev
3
9. 600 10 s / rev
4
4.
44 10 s
for vrms
: 0.
04625rev
3
9. 600 10 s / rev
Assuming that point A is directly opposite the slit s 2 when the first (and fastest)
molecules enter the drum, molecules with each of the three speeds will strike the plate
at the following distances from A: (The circumference of the drum C 0.
10
v : 0. 05667rev 0. 314159m / rev 0. 01780m 1.
780cm
m
v : 0. 05021rev 0. 314159m / rev 0. 01577m 1.
577cm
v : 0. 04625rev 0. 314159m / rev 0. 01453m 1.
453cm
rms
(b) Correction is necessary because faster molecules in the oven will approach the oven’s
exit slit more often than slower molecules, so the speed distribution in the exit beam
is slightly skewed toward higher speeds.
(c) No. The mean speed of N 2 molecules at 850K is 710.5m/s, since they have a smaller
mass than Bi 2 molecules. Repeating for them the calculations in part (a), N 2
molecules moving at v m would strike the plate only 0.4cm from A. Molecules moving
at
v and v rms
would be even closer to A.
m.)
202
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
8-41.
1 1
2
EK(
escape)
m vescape
mv F v dv
2 2
0
1
2
2 3 mv / 2kT
mv v e dv
2 1 I
m
2 I
v e dv
0 5
0
2
3 mv / 2kT
3
3
1 2
m m 2 kT where
2
2 / 2 m
2
m kT m
kT
8-42. (a)
2
E / kT Au / kT
f u du Ce du Ce du
(from Equation 8-5)
2 2
Au / kT Au / kT
1 f u du Ce du 2C e du
1/
2
2
0
2 2 where
CI C / A/
kT
C kT / A C A/
kT
(b)
2
2 2 2 Au / kT
E Au Au f u du Au A/
kT e du
A A/ kT I A A/ kT / A/
kT
3/
2
2
2
2 4 where
1 3/
2 1
A A/ kT kT / A kT
2 2
8-43.
1 / 2 2
mvx
/ 2kT
/
f v m 2 kT e (from Equation 8-6)
x
vx vx f vx dv
x
0
1/ 2 2 1 2 2
/ 2 / / 2
/ 2 mv x kT x
/ 2
mv kT
x x x x
0
v m kT e dv v m kT e dv
0
1/ 2 2
mvx
/ 2kT
/
x
2 m 2 kT v e dv
1/
2
2 m / 2 kT I with m / 2kT
1
x
203
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
(Problem 8-43 continued)
1/
2 2kT
2kT
2 m / 2 kT 1/
2
m m
8-44.
f
1 1
e e
/
1 e
F /
1
FD E kT E E kT
where
EF
kT
For
f
FD
E E e
E EF
/ kT
F, 1 and
1 1 1
=
E EF
/ kT EF
/ kT E / kT e
/
e e e e
E kT
f
B
8-45.
4 2m
3/
2
e
1/ 2 E / kT
N e E e dE
3
h
0
V
(Equation 8-43)
Considering the integral, we change the variable:
E / kT
2
u , then
2 1/
2
1/
2
E kTu E kT u dE kT u du
, , and 2 . So,
1/ 2 E / kT
3/
2 2
0 0
2
u
E e dE 2 kT u e du
The value of the integral (from tables) is
/ 4 , so
3/ 2 3/ 2 3/
2
4 2me
V 2 kT 2 2me
kT V
N e or e
3 3
h
4
Nh
, which is Equation 8-44.
8-46. (a) N ni
f0 E0 f1 E1 (with g0 g
1
1)
i
0 / kT
/ kT
Ce Ce C 1 e
N
So, C
1 e
/ kT
0 n0 n1
Ce N e e
(b) E
/ kT
N N 1 e N 1 e
/ kT / kT / kT
/ kT
204
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
(Problem 8-46 continued)
/ /
As 0, kT
kT
T e 1/ e 0 , so E 0
/ kT
/ kT
As T , e 1/ e 0 , so E / 2
(c)
C
V
dE d N E d N e
dT dT dT 1 e
/ kT
/ kT
N
kT
2
2
1
e
e
2
/ kT
/ kT
2
/ kT
e
1 e
/ kT
Nk kT 1 e
2
e
/ kT
/ kT
2
(d)
1
T / k 0.1 0.25 0.5 1.0 2.0 3.0
CV
Nk 0.005 0.28 0.42 0.20 0.06 0.03
8-47. (a)
2 2
1/
2
2 2 2 n1 n2
n3
x y z
p k k k
L L L
2
1/
2
L
n n n
2 2 2
1 2 3
1/ 2 N
L
205
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
(Problem 8-47 continued)
E
pc
c N
L
(b) Considering the space whose axes are n1, n2,
and n
3
. The points in space correspond
to all possible integer values of n1, n2,
and n
3
, all of which are located in the all
positive octant. Each state has unit volume associated with it. Those states between
N and N + dN lie in a spherical shell of the octant whose radius is N and whose
thickness is dN. Its volume is
1 8 4
2
/ .
N dN Because photons can have two
polarizations (spin directions), the number of possible state is
2 1 8 4
2 2
/ N dN N dN .
(c) This number of photon states has energy between E and E+dE, where N EL / hc .
The density of states g(E) is thus:
g E dE number of photon states at E dE
number of photon states at N
dN
2
N dN
2
EL c L c dE
8 L 8
2
L
3 3
2 2
E dE
3 3
c
hc
E dE
The probability that a photon exists in a state is given by:
f
E
1 1
e e
/ 1 e
/ 1
BE E kT E kT
(Equation 8-24)
The number of photons with energy between E and E+dE is then:
n E dE f E g E dE
BE
8
L / hc
e
E / kT
3 2
E dE
(d) The number of photons per unit volume within this energy range is
Because each photon has energy E, the energy density for photons is:
1
3
n E dE / L .
u E dE
E n E dE / L
3
hc
8
3
3
E dE
e
E / kT
1
which is also the density of photons with wavelength between λ and λ+dλ, where
206
Chapter 8 – Statistical Physics
(Problem 8-47 continued)
hc / E E hc /
. So,
2
d hc hc
d dE dE dE dE d
2 2
dE E hc
u d u E dE
3 2 3
8 hc / hc / d 8 hc d
3 hc / kT
hc / kT
hc e 1 e 1
207
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
9-1. (a)
19 23
eV eV 1. 609 10 J 6.
022 10
molecules
1 1
molecule
molecule
eV mole
(b)
(c)
E
E
d
d
1
96472 J cal
23057 cal 23.
06
kcal
mole
4.
184J
mole mole
eV 23. 06kcal / mole
4. 27 98. 5kcal / mole
molecule
1eV / molecule
eV 1eV / molecule
106 1. 08eV / molecule
molecule
96. 47kJ / mole
9-2. Dissociation energy of NaCl is 4.27eV, which is the energy released when the NaCl
molecule is formed from neutral Na and Cl atoms. Because this is more than enough
energy to dissociate a Cl 2 molecule, the reaction is exothermic. The net energy release is
4.27eV – 2.48eV = 1.79eV.
9-3. From Cs to F: 3.89eV – 3.40eV = 0.49eV
From Li to I: 5.39eV – 3.06eV = 2.33eV
From Rb to Br: 4.18eV – 3.36eV = 0.82eV
9-4.
ke 2
E U E
d C ion
r0
2
ke 1.
440eV nm
CsI : Eion
3. 89eV 3. 06eV Ed
3.
44eV
r
0.
337nm
0
2
ke 1.
440eV nm
NaF : Eion
5. 14eV 3. 40eV Ed
5.
72eV
r
0.
193nm
0
0
2
ke 1.
440eV nm
LiI : Eion
5. 39eV 3. 06eV Ed
3.
72eV
r
0.
238nm
While E d for CsI is very close to the experimental value, the other two are both high.
Exclusion principle repulsion was ignored.
209
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
9-5. (a) Total potential energy:
2
ke
U r Eex
E
r
ion
(Equation 9-1)
attractive part of U r
(b) The net ionization energy is:
ion
0
2
ke 1.
44eV nm
5.
39eV
r
0.
267nm
0
ionization energy of electron affinity of
E Rb
Cl
4. 18eV 3. 62eV 0.
56eV
Neglecting the exclusion principle repulsion energy E ex ,
0
dissociation energy U r 5. 39eV 0. 56eV 4.
83eV
(c) Including exclusion principle repulsion,
dissociation energy 4 37 5 39 0 56
E 5. 39eV 4. 37eV 0. 56eV 0.
46eV
ex
. eV U r0
. eV . eV Eex
2
ke 1.
440eV nm
Uc
Eion
4. 34eV 3. 36eV 4.
13eV
r
0.
282nm
9-6.
0
The dissociation energy is 3.94eV.
E U E 3. 94eV 4.
13eV E
d c ex ex
E 0. 19 eV at r 0.
282nm
ex
0
9-7.
E
ex
A
(Equation 9-2) 0.
19eV
n
r
A
0.
282nm
n
At r 0
the net force on each ion is zero, so we have (from Example 9-2)
2
Uc
r0
ke nA n A n
eV nm
2 n1
n
r0 r0 r0 r0 r0 r0
18. 11 / 0.
19eV
18. 11eV / nm0.
282nm
n 26.
9 27
0.
19eV
27 16 27
. . .
n
A Eexr0 0 19eV 0 282nm 2 73
10 eV nm
210
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
9-8. E 3.
81 eV per molecule of NaBr (from Table 9-2)
d
19
1eV / molecule 1eV / molecule 1. 609 10
J / eV
23
6. 0210 molecules / mol / 1cal / 4. 186J 23. 0kcal / mol
E NaBr 3. 81eV / molecule 23. 0kcal / mol / 1eV / molecule 87. 6kcal / mol
d
1.
440eV nm
UC
4. 34eV 3. 36eV 4.
13eV
0.
282nm
9-9. For KBr :
E 3. 94eV U E 4.
13eV E
d C ex ex
Eex
0.
19eV
1.
440eV nm
UC
4. 18eV 3. 62eV 4.
60eV
0.
279nm
For RbCl :
E 4. 37eV U E 4.
60eV E
d C ex ex
Eex
0.
23eV
9-10. H2S, H2Te, H3P,
H3Sb
9-11. (a) KCl should exhibit ionic bonding.
(b) O 2 should exhibit covalent bonding.
(c) CH 4 should exhibit covalent bonding.
9-12. Dipole moment pionic
er0 (Equation 9-3)
1 609 10
. 19 C 0 . 0917 nm
1 47 10 10
20 9
. C nm /
1 47 10
29
. Cm
m nm
if the HF molecule were a pure ionic bond. The measured value is
30 29
the HF bond is C m C m
6 64 10
6. 4010 1. 47 10 0. 44 or 44 % ionic.
29
. Cm
, so
211
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
19 9
9-13. pionic
er0
C m
1.609 10 0.2345 10 (Equation 9-3)
29
3. 757 10 Cm, if purely ionic.
The measured value should be:
ionic
29
p 0. 70 0. 70 3. 757 10 2.
630 10
29
ionic
measured p C m C m
19 9
9-14. pionic
er0
C m
3 09
10
1.609 10 0.193 10 (Equation 9-3)
29
. Cm
The measured values is
29
2. 67 10 C m, so the BaO bond is
29 29
C m C m
2. 67 10 3. 0910 0. 86 or 86 % ionic.
9-15. Silicon, germanium, tin, and lead have the same outer shell configuration as carbon.
Silicon and germanium have the same hybrid bonding as carbon (their crystal structure is
diamond, like carbon); however, tin and lead are metallic bonded. (See Chapter 10.)
9-16.
p = p p
30
1 2
and p 6. 46 10 C m and p p1cos 52. 25 p2cos 52.
25
If bonding were ionic,
ionic 0
19
1.609 10 0.0956 10 9
p er C m 1.532 10
29 C m
30
p actual p / cos . . C m/ cos . .
30 C m
1
2 52 25 6 46 10 2 52 25 5 276 10
Ionic fraction = fraction of charge transferred =
5.
276 10
1.
532 10
30
29
Cm
0. 34 or 34%
Cm
9-17.
2 2 2
U k p1 / r (Equation 9-10)
(a) Kinetic energy of N2 0. 026 eV , so when U 0.
026eV
the bond will be broken.
0.
026eV
r
37 2 9 2 2 30
1. 110 m C / N 910 N m / C 6.
4610
C m
r
6
2 2
37 2 9 2 2 30
1. 110 m C / N 910 N m / C 6.
4610
C m
19
0. 026eV
1. 6010
J / eV
2 2
8.
9410
6 56 6
10
r 6. 710 m 0.
67nm
m
212
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
(Problem 9-17 continued)
2
ke
1.
440eV nm
(b) U U 0.
026eV r 55nm
r
r
(c) H 2 O-Ne bonds in the atmosphere would be very unlikely. The individual molecules
will, on average, be about 4nm apart, but if a H 2 O-Ne molecule should form, its
U 0. 003 eV at r 0.
95nm
, a typical (large) separation. Thus, a N 2 molecule with
the average kinetic energy could easily dissociate the H 2 O-Ne bond.
9-18. (a)
3
E 0. 3eV hc / 1240eV nm / 1240eV nm / 0. 3eV 4.
13 10 nm
(b) Infrared
(c) The infrared is absorbed causing increased molecular vibrations (heat) long before it
gets to the DNA.
9-19. (a) NaCl is polar. The Na + ion is the positive charge center, the Cl − ion is the negative
charge center.
(b) O 2 is nonpolar. The covalent bond involves no separation of charges, hence no
polarization of the molecule.
4 2 1 2
9-20. For N2 E0r 2. 4810 eV / 2 I where I mr0
and m 14.
0067u
2
2. 4810 eV 2I
r
4 2
2
0 4
r
2. 4810 eV 14.
0067u
2
2
34
1.
05510
Js
2. 4810 eV 1. 6010 J / eV 14. 0067u 1. 6610
kg / u
0 4 19 27
10
1. 61 10 m 0.
161
nm
1/
2
213
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
9-21.
1
E I mr
2I
2
E
2
2
0r
(Equation 9-14) where
0
2
for a symmetric molecule.
2 2
c 197.
3eV nm
16 931. 510 / 0.
121
1.
7810
0r
2 2 2 2 6 2
2
mr0 mc r0
uc eV uc nm
4
eV
9-22. For Co:
f
13
6.
42 10 Hz (See Example 9-6)
E v 1/
2 hf (Equation 9-20)
V
(a) E1 E0 3hf / 2 hf / 2 hf
(b)
n
n
1
0
e
4 14 10
. 15 eV s 6 . 42 10 13 Hz
0. 27eV
E1E 0 / kT
5
0. 27 / 8.
6210
0.
01 e
(from Equation 8-2)
T
5
0 01 0 27eV
8 62
10
ln . . . eV / K T
0.
27eV
T
ln . . /
5
0 018 62 10
eV K
T
680K
9-23. For LiH: f
13
4.
22 10 Hz (from Table 9-7)
15 13
(a) EV
v hf E0
hf eV s Hz
E0 0.
087eV
mm
1 2
(b)
m m
1 2
1/ 2 / 2 4. 14 10 4. 22 10 / 2
(Equation 9-17)
7. 0160u1.
0078u
7. 0160u 1.
0078u
0.
8812u
(c)
1
f
2
K
(Equation 9-21)
214
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
(Problem 9-23 continued)
2 2 13
2 2
4. 22 10 0. 88121. 66 10
27 /
K f Hz kg u
(d)
K 117 N / m
E n h 8mr r n h 8mE
n
2 2 2 2 2 2
0 0
n
1 /
8
2
r h mE
0 0
34
6.
6310
Js
r
8 0 8812 1 66 10 0 087 1 60 10
0 1/
2
27 19
. u . kg / u . eV . J / eV
r m nm
11
0
5. 1910 0.
052
mm 1.
0078u
1 2
9-24. (a) For H 2 : 0.
504u
m1
m2
21.
0078u
2
14.
0067u
(b) For N 2 : 7.
0034u
214.
0067u
12. 0111u 15.
9994u
(c) For CO:
6.
8607u
12. 0111u
15.
9994u
(d) For HCl:
1. 0078u35.
453u
1. 0078u
35.
453u
2
0.
980u
9-25. (a)
(b)
39. 1u 35.
45u
mm
m m 39. 1u 35.
45u
1 2
1 2
2
2
0r
(Equation 9-14)
0
E I r
2I
E
18.
6u
c c
2
2 2
2
0r
r
2 2 2 0
2
2r0 2c r0
2c EV
c
r
197.
3eV nm
2 2 6 2 5
2cE
V 210. 6uc 931. 510 eV / uc 1.
4310
eV
0 1 / 2 1 / 2
r0 0.
280nm
215
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
9-26.
f
1
2
K
(Equation 9-21)
(a) For H 35 Cl: μ = 0.980u and f
13
8.
97 10 Hz .
2 2 13 2
27
K 2 f 2 8. 97 10 Hz 0. 980u 1. 6610 kg / u 517N / m .
(b) For K 79 Br:
39. 102u78.
918u
mm
m m 39. 102u 78.
918u
1 2
1 2
26.
147u
and
2 2 12 2
27
12
f 6.
93
10 Hz
K 2 f 2 6. 9310 Hz 26. 147u 1. 6610 kg / u 82. 3N / m
9-27. 1.
f
1 K
2
(Equation 9-21) Solving for the force constant,
2
K (2 f)
2. The reduced mass of the NO molecule is
m m
m m
N O
N
O
(14.01u)(16.00u)
14.01u 16.00u
7.47 u
3.
K
13 2 27 3
(2
5.63 10 Hz) 7.47u 1.66 10 kg/u 1.55 10 N/m
( Note: This is equivalent to about 8.8 lbs/ft, the force constant of a moderately strong
spring.)
9-28.
E
I Treating the Br atom as fixed,
2
0r
2
. . / . 2
I m r u kg u nm
E
2 27
H 0
1 0078 1 66 10 0 141
2
34
1.
05510
Js
27 2 9
. u . kg / u . nm m / nm
2 1 0078 1 66 10 0 141 10
0r
2
1. 67 10 J 1.
04
10
0
22 3
eV
E 1 E r
for 0, 1, 2 , (Equation 9-13)
216
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
(Problem 9-28 continued)
14
The four lowest states have energies:
E0 0
3
E1 2E0r
2.
08
10 eV
3
E2 6E0r
6.
27 10 eV
3
E3 12E0r
12.
5
10 eV
E
10
3
eV
12
10
8
6
4
3
2
2
0
1
0
9-29.
13
E hf where f 1. 05 10 Hz for Li.
Approximating the potential (near the bottom)
2 2
hf
2
2 mr0
2
with a square well, E 2 1 2 1
For Li 2 :
r
2
0
2
3
1 3
2 2 f 4 f
34
3
1.
05510
Js
r
4
1 0510 6 939 1 66 10
13 27
. Hz . u . kg / u
11
4. 53 10 m 0.
045
nm
1/
2
9-30.
2
2
0r
0
E where I r (Equation 9-14)
2I
For K 35 Cl:
For K 37 Cl:
r0 0. 267 nm for KCl.
39. 102u34.
969u
39. 102u
34.
969u
39. 102u34.
966u
39. 102u
34.
966u
18.
46u
19.
00u
217
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
(Problem 9-30 continued)
E
E
K Cl
2
34
1.
05510
Js
27 9
. u . kg / u . m
2 18 46 1 66 10 0 267 10
35
0r
2
K Cl
2. 5510 J 1.
59
10
24 5
eV
2
34
1.
05510
Js
27 9
. u . kg / u . m
2 19 00 1 66 10 0 267 10
37
0r
2
E0 r
0.
04
10
2. 4810 J 1.
55
10
5
eV
24 5
eV
9-31. (a) NaF – ionic (b) KBr – ionic
(c) N 2 – covalent
(d) Ne – dipole-dipole
9-32.
2 2
1
E
01 ,
2
I r0
(a) For NaCl: r 0
0.
251nm
(from Table 9-7)
35
Cl
35
22. 989834.
9689
22. 9898 34.
9689
m Na m
13.
8707u
m Na m Cl
E
2
34
1.
05510
Js
27 9
13. 8707u 1. 6610 kg / u0.
25110
m
01 ,
2
01 ,
7. 67 10 4.
80
10
24 5
E J eV
(b)
7.
67 10
E hf f E / h
6.
6310
24
0, 1 0,
1 34
10
f 1.
16
10 Hz
J
Js
8 10
c / f 3. 0010 m/ s 1. 1610 Hz 0. 0259nm 2.
59cm
218
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
9-33. (a)
1240eV nm
2400nm E hc / 2400nm 0.
517eV
2400nm
E E 3. 80eV E E 0. 500eV E E 2. 9eV E E 0.
30eV
2 1 3 2 4 3 5 4
The E3 E2 and E5 E4
transitions can occur.
(b) None of these can occur, as a minimum of 3.80eV is needed to excite higher states.
(c) 250nm E 1240eV nm 250nm 4. 96eV
. All transitions noted in (a) can
occur. If the temperature is low so only E 1 is occupied, states up to E 3 can be
reached, so the E2 E1 and E3 E2
transitions will occur, as well as E3 E1.
(d) E4 E3 2. 9 eV hc or 1240eV nm 2.
9eV 428nm
E4 E2 3. 4 eV hc or 1240eV nm 3.
4eV 365nm
E4 E1 7. 2 eV hc or 1240eV nm 7.
2eV 172nm
9-34.
A21
B u f
21
hf / kT
e
1 (Equation 9-42)
For the Hα line λ=656.1nm
At T = 300K,
hf hc 1240eV nm
73.
1
kT kT nm eV K K
656. 1 8. 6210 5 / 300
e
1 e 1 5.
5
10
hf / kT 73.
1 31
Spontaneous emission is more probable by a very large factor!
9-35.
n E
n E
1
0
E1
/ kT
e
i.e., the ratio of the Boltzmann factors.
E0
/ kT
e
For O 2 : f
13
4.
74 10 Hz and
15 13
E0 hf 2 4. 1410 eV s 4. 7410 Hz 2 0.
0981eV
E1 3hf 2 0.
294eV
At 273K, 5
kT 8. 6210 eV / K 273K 0.
0235eV
219
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
(Problem 9-35 continued)
n E e e
n E e e
0. 0294 / 0. 0235 12.
5
1 4
2.
4
10
0. 0981/ 0. 0235 4. 17
0
Thus, about 2 of every 10,000 molecules are in the E 1 state.
Similarly, at 77K,
n E
n E
1 13
0
1.
4
10
E 1 E r
for 0, 1, 2 , (Equation 9-13)
9-36. 0
Where
2
2
0r
0
E and I r with m / 2
2I
2
34
1.
05510
Js
27 9
. u . kg / u . m
23 4
E0r
1. 8010 J 1.
1210
eV
2
(a) E0 0
2 18 99 1 66 10 0 14 10
E 2E 2. 2410 eV E E 2.
24
10 eV
4 4
1 0r
1 0
E 6E 6. 7210 eV E E 4.
48
10 eV
4 4
2 0r
2 1
E 12E 13. 410 eV E E 6.
72
10 eV
4 4
3 0r
3 2
E
10
4
eV
14
12
10
3
8
6
2
4
2
0
1
0
220
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
(Problem 9-36 continued)
(b) 1 E hc hc E
For
For
For
1240eV nm
2.
2410
eV
6
E1 E0 : 5. 5410 nm 5.
54nm
4
1240eV nm
4.
4810
eV
6
E2 E1: 2. 77 10 nm 2.
77nm
4
1240eV nm
6.
7210
eV
6
E3 E2 : 1. 8510 nm 1.
85nm
4
9-37. (a)
10 10 10 1 5 10 1 5 10
7 7 9
MW J / s E J / s . s .
2 J
(b) For ruby laser: 694. 3nm,
so the energy/photon is:
E hc 1240eV nm 694. 3nm 1.
786eV
Number of photons =
2
1.
510
J
19
1. 786eV
1. 6010
J / eV
5.
2310
6
9-38.
3
4mW
4
10 /
J s
1240eV nm
E hc 1.
960eV per photon
632.
8nm
410
Number of photons =
19
1. 960eV
1. 6010
J / eV
3
J / s
1 28 10
16
. /
s
9-39. (a) D m m
sin 1. 22 / 1. 22 600 10 1010 7.
32
10
7 32
10
6
. radians
9 2 6
S / R where S diameter of the beam on the moon and R distance to moon.
8 6 3
S R
3. 8410 m 7. 3210 radians 2. 8110 m 2.
81km
(b)
9
sin 1. 22 600 10 m 1m 7.
32
10
7 radians
8
. .
7
S R
3 8410 m 7 3210 radians 281m
221
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
9-40. (a)
n E
n E
2
1
E2
/ kT
e
E2E1
/ kT
e E2 E1
hc 1240eV nm 420nm 2.
95eV
E1
/ kT
e
At 5
T 297K, kT 8. 6110 eV / K 297K 0.
0256eV
2. 95 / 0.
0256 21 115 29
.
n E2 n E1 e 2 510 e 210 0
(b) Energy emitted =
1. 810 21 2. 95 / 5.
3110 21 850
eV photon eV J
9-41. (a) Total potential energy:
2
ke
U r Eex
E
r
2
ke 1.
44eV nm
the electrostatic part of U r
at r0
is 6.
00eV
r 0.
24nm
(b) The net ionization energy is:
ion
E ionization energy of Na electron affinity of Cl
5. 14eV 3. 62eV 1.
52eV
dissociation energy of NaCl =4.27eV (from Table 9-2)
4 27 6 00 1 52 4 67
. eV U r0
. eV . eV . eV Eex
E 6. 00eV 4. 27eV 1. 52eV 0.
21eV
ex
A
(c) Eex
(Equation 9-2)
n
r
At r 0
0. 24nm, E 0.
21eV
At
At
At
ex
2
ke
r0 0. 14nm, U r
0 and Eex
Eion
8.
77eV
r
A
r0 : Eex
0. 21eV A 0. 21eV 0.
24nm
n
0.
24nm
0
ion
A
r 0. 14nm : Eex
8. 77eV A 8. 77eV 0.
14nm
n
0.
14nm
Setting the two equations for A equal to each other:
2 2
0. 24nm
0. 24 8.
77eV
n
1. 71
41.
76
n
0.
14nm
0. 14
0.
21eV
n
n
222
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
(Problem 9-41 continued)
nlog 1. 71 log 41.
76
n log 41. 76 log 1. 71 6.
96
n
6 . 96 5 6.
96
A 0. 21eV 0. 24nm 0. 21eV 0. 24nm 1.
02
10 eV nm
9-42. (a) D m m
9-43. (a) U
sin 1. 22 / 1. 22 694. 310 0. 01 8.
47 10
8 47 10
5
. radians
9 5
(b) E hc / 1240eV nm / 694. 3nm 1. 786eV / photon
For
att
photon
18
10 photons / s :
total
1. 786 / 1. 602 10 19 / 10
18 /
E eV photon J eV photons s
0. 286J / s 0.
286W
2
Area of spot A is: A d cm 2
/ 4 8. 47 / 4
E Etotal
/ A 0. 286W / 8. 47cm / 4
5. 0810
W / cm
and 2 3 2
2
ke 1 440eV nm
5 39eV
r
.
0 267nm
.
.
(b) To form K and Cl requires E 4. 34eV 3. 61eV 0.
73eV
2
ke
Ed U C
Eion
5. 39eV 0. 73eV 4.
66eV
r
(c) Eex
4. 66eV 4. 43eV 0.
23 eV at r0
ion
9-44.
2
2
0r
0 0
E where I r with r 0.
267 nm and
2I
39. 102u35.
453u
mm
m m 39. 102u 35.
453u
1 2
1 2
18.
594u
2
34
1.
05510
Js
27 9
. u . kg / u . m
24 5
E0r
2. 5310 J 1.
5810
eV
2
2 18 594 1 66 10 0 267 10
223
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
kp1
9-45. (a) E where ,
d
p
3 1
qa being the separation of the charges q and q of the dipole
x
(b) U p E and p E p = E
So the individual dipole moment of a nonpolar molecule in the field produced by p 1 is
2
p E kp x and U p E kp x
3 6
2 d 1 2 d
1
dU d
Fx
k p x 6 k p x
dx dx
2 2 6 2 2 7
1 1
9-46. 1. The energies E
of the vibrational levels are given by Equation 9-20:
1
E ( ) hf for 0,1, 2, 3,
2
The frequencies are found from Equation 9-21 and requires first that the reduced mass
for each of the molecules be found using Equation 9-17.
Similarly,
mm
(1.01u)(1.01u)
H H
H2
mH
m
H
1.01u 1.01u
HD
D2
0.67 u
1.01u
0.51u
2. The vibrational frequencies for the molecules are then:
f
1 K 1 580 N/m
2 2 (0.51u)(1.66 10 kg/u)
H2
27
H
2
14
1.32 10 Hz
Similarly,
f
f
HD
D2
14
1.1510 Hz
13
9.3610 Hz
3. The energies of the four lowest vibrational levels are then:
For H
2
:
1 1 34 14 20
0 H2
(6.63 10
hf
J s)(1.32 10 Hz) 4.38 10
J
E
E
2 2
20
4.3810 J
0
19
0.27eV
1.6010
J/eV
224
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
(Problem 9-46 continued)
Similarly,
E 0.82eV
E
E
1
2
3
1.37eV
1.91eV
For HD:
E
1 1 34 14 20
0 HD (6.63 10
hf
J s)(1.15 10 Hz) 3.81 10
J
2 2
20
3.8110 J
0
19
E
0.24eV
1.6010 J/eV
And again similarly,
E 0.72eV
E
E
1
2
3
1.19eV
1.67eV
For D
2
:
1 1 34 13 20
0 D2
(6.63 10
J s)(9.36 10 Hz) 3.10 10
E hf J
2 2
20
3.1010 J
E0
0.19eV
19
1.6010 J/eV
And once again similarly,
E 0.58eV
1
2
0.97eV
E3
1.36eV
4. There are three transitions for each molecule:
E
3 2; 2 1; 1
0
For H
2
: E hf hc / hc / E 1240eV nm / E eV
Similarly,
E E E (1.91 1.37)eV 0.54eV
32
3 2
1240eV nm / 0.54eV
21
10
3
2.30 10 nm
3
2.2510 nm
3
2.2510 nm
For HD:
E E E (1.67 1.19)eV 0.48eV
32
3 2
1240eV nm / 0.48eV
3
2.58 10 nm
225
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
(Problem 9-46 continued)
And again similarly,
21
10
3
2.6410 nm
3
2.5810 nm
For D
2
:
E E E (1.36 0.97)eV 0.39eV
3 2
3 2
1240eV nm / 0.39eV
And once again similarly,
21
10
3
3.1810 nm
3
3.1810 nm
3
3.18 10 nm
9-47. (a)
6
E hc eV nm . mm nm / mm .
3 eV
3
1240 0 86 10 1 44 10
6
E eV nm . mm nm / mm .
4 eV
2
1240 1 29 10 9 61 10
6
E eV nm . mm nm / mm .
4 eV
1
1240 2 59 10 4 79 10
These are vibrational states, because they are equally spaced. Note the v 0 state
at the ½ level spacing.
18
16
v 3
14
Ev
10
4
eV
12
10
8
v 2
v 1
6
4
2
v 0
0
226
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
(Problem 9-47 continued)
(b) Approximating the potential with a square well (at the bottom),
2 2
4 2
1
4.
7910
2
2 mr0
E eV n
r
2
2 2 2 34
2 1
1.
05510
Js
. u . kg / u . eV . J / eV
2 28 01
1 66 10 4 79 10 1 60 10
0 27 4 19
10
2. 15 10 m 0.
215
nm
1/
2
9-48. Using the NaCl potential energy versus separation graph in Figure 9-23(b) as an example
(or you can plot one using Equation 9-1):
13
The vibrational frequency for NaCl is 1. 14 10 Hz (from Table 9-7) and two vibrational
levels, for example v = 0 and v = 10 yield (from Equation 9-20)
E 1/ 2hf 0. 0236eV E 11/ 2hf 0.
496eV
0 10
above the bottom of the well. Clearly, the average separation for v 10 > v 0 .
9-49. (a)
2
E where r 0.
128 nm for HCl and
0r
2
0
2r0
1. 0079u35.
453u
mm
m m 1. 0079u 35.
453u
1 2
1 2
0.
980u
2
34
1.
05510
Js
27 9
. u . kg / u . m
22 3
E0r
2. 089 10 J 1.
30310
eV
2
2 0 980 1 66 10 0 128 10
E
E0
1
r
E 0 E 2E 2. 606 10 eV E 6E 7.
82
10 eV
3 3
0 1 0r
2 0r
E E E 2. 606 10 eV E E E 5.
214 10 eV
3 3
01 1 0 12 2 1
2.
606 10
eV
4.
136 10
eV s
3
12
f01 E01 h 0.
630 10 Hz
15
227
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
(Problem 9-49 continued)
5.
214 10
eV
4.
136 10
eV s
3
12
f12 E12 h 1.
26 10 Hz
15
01
01
6 884 10 0 6310 6 890 10 6 878
10
14 12 14 14
f f f . Hz . . Hz; . Hz
01
c f
01
435. 5nm; 436.
2nm
02
02
6 884 10 1 2610 6 897 10 6 871
10
14 12 14 14
f f f . Hz . . Hz; . Hz
02
c f
02
435. 0nm; 436.
6nm
(b) From Figure 9-29:
The agreement is very good!
f 0. 610 Hz and f 1.
2
10 Hz
12 12
01 12
9-50. (a) : /
Li2 Ev
v 12hf
15 13
E / . eV s . Hz . eV .
2 eV
E
1
3 2 4 14 10 1 05 10 0 0652 6 52 10
E0
1
r
5 4
E .
eV . eV
1
2 8 39 10 1 68 10
79
(b) : 12 /
K Br E v hf
v
15 12
E / . eV s . Hz .
2 eV
E
1
3 2 4 14 10 6 93 10 4 30 10
E0
1
r
6 5
E .
eV . eV
1
2 9 1 10 1 8 10
9-51. HCl
0.
980 u (See solution to Problem 9-49)
From Figure 9-29, the center of the gap is the characteristic oscillation frequency f :
13 1 K
f 8. 65 10 Hz E 0.
36 eV Thus, f or K 2 f
2
2 13 2
27
K 2 8. 6510 Hz 0. 980u 1. 6610 kg / u 480N / m
2
228
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
9-52.
n E g E e
n
n
En
/ kT
1240eV nm
694. 3nm E E hc 1.
7860eV
694.
3nm
21 2 1 21
E2 E1 1. 7860eV 0. 0036eV 1.
7896eV
Where E 2 is the lower energy level of the doublet and E
2
is the upper.
Let T = 300K, so kT = 0.0259eV.
n E g E E 2 1
2 E1
/ kT
. / .
(a) e e e
n E g E
4 2
n E
n E
2 2 1 7896 0 0259 69 31
1 1
2 1. 7896 / 0.
0259 31
1
1
e
2
5.
64 10
4.
91 10
(b) If only E2 E
1
transitions produce lasing, but E2 and E
2
are essentially equally
populated, in order for population inversion between levels E2 and E
1, at least 2/3
rather than 1/2) of the atoms must be pumped. The required power density (see
Example 9-8) is:
p
19 3 34 14
2N
hf 2 2 10 cm 6. 63 10 J s 4.
32 10 Hz
3
3 t
3 3 10 s
s
1273W / cm
3
9-53. (a) E v 1/
2 hf (Equation 9-20)
v
For v = 0,
(b) For
E hf J s Hz eV
34 13
0
/ 2 6. 63 10 8. 66 10 / 2 0.
179
2
1, E / I h f
so
6.
63 10 Js
I h / 4 f 2.
8 10 kg m
2 11
4 6 10 Hz
34
2 47 2
(c)
I r
2
,
where is given by Equation 9-17.
mH
mCl
m m
H
Cl
0. 973u r 0.
132nm
229
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
9-54. (a)
dU U
12 13 6 7
0
12 a r 2 6 a r
dr
12 6 6 6 6
For U , min
dU / dr 0 , so 12a r 12a 0 r a r a
12 6
a a
(b) For U Umin,
r a then Umin
U 2 1 2 U U
a a
0 0 0
(c) From Figure 9-8(b): r0 0. 074nm ( a) U0
32.
8eV
(d)
r/
r
0
r / r 12
6
0
2
0
/
r r U
0.85 7.03 −5.30 +56.7
0.90 3.5 −3.8 −9.8
0.95 1.85 −2.72 −28.5
1.00 1 −2.0 −32.8
1.05 0.56 −1.5 −30.8
1.10 0.32 −1.12 −26.2
1.15 0.19 −0.86 −22.0
1.20 0.11 −0.66 −18.0
230
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
9-55. (a)
2
ke
U r Eex
E
r
ion
(Equation 9-1)
For NaCl, Ed
4. 27 eV and r0
0.
236 nm (Table 9-1).
E E Na E Cl 5. 14 3. 62 1. 52 eV and U r E 4.
27eV
ion ion aff 0 d
E
ex
2
ke
4. 27 1. 52 0.
31eV
0.
236
n
(b) E Ar 0.
31 eV (Equation 9-2)
ex
Following Example 9-2,
2
ke n A n
25. 85eV / nm
0.
31eV
r r r r
2
n
0 0 0 0
Solving for n: n 25. 85eV / nm 0. 236nm / 0. 31eV
19.
7 20
20 14 20
A 0. 31eV 0. 236nm 8.
9 10 eV nm
9-56. For
2
ke
H H system, U r E
r
ion
There is no
Eex
term, the two electrons of H are in the n = 1 shell with opposite spins.
E ionization energy for H electron affinity for H = 13. 6eV 0. 75eV 12. 85eV
.
ion
U r
1. 440eV nm
dU r 1.
440
12.
85eV
2
r dr r
For U r to have a minimum and the ionic H H molecule to be bound, dU / dr 0.
As we see from the derivative, there is no non-zero or finite value of r for which this
occurs.
9-57. (a)
u
u
35
1. 007825u
34.
968851u
1. 007825u
34.
968851u
0.
979593u
37
1. 007825u
36.
965898u
1. 007825u
36.
965898u
0.
981077u
35
1.
52 10
3
(b) The energy of a transition from one rotational state to another is:
231
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
(Problem 9-57 continued)
E
, 1
1 / I hf (Equation 9-15)
f
2 2
1 1 h 1
hI 4 h r 4 r
h
2 2 2 2
0 0
f
df
d
4
1 h 1
r
2 2 2
0
f 1 h
1 h
f 4 r 4 r
2 2 2 2
0 0
1
(c)
f
f
1.
53 10
3
from part (b). In Figure 9-29 the
f
between the
35
Cl
lines (the taller ones) and the 37 Cl lines is of the order of
13
0 01 10 so 0 0012
. Hz, f / f . , about 20% smaller than / .
mm 12. 0112u
15.
9994u
1 2
9-58. (a) For CO : r0
0. 113 6.
861u
m m 12. 0112u 15.
9994u
1 2
2
2 27 9 46 2
I r0 6. 861u 1. 66 10 kg / u 0. 113 10 1.
454 10 kg m
2
2
34
1.
055 10 Js
23 4
E0r
3. 827 10 J 2.
39 10 eV
46 2
2I
2 1.
454 10
(b) E E
0
E
0
0
1
r
4
E1 2E0r
4.
78 10 eV
3
E2 6E0r
1.
43 10 eV
3
E3 12E0r
2.
87 10 eV
3
E4 20E0r
4.
78 10 eV
3
E5 30E0r
7.
17 10 eV
kg m
232
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
(Problem 9-58 continued)
(c) (See diagram)
3 3
E . . eV . eV
54
7 17 4 78 10 2 39 10
3 3
E . . eV . eV
43
4 78 2 87 10 1 91 10
3 3
E . . eV . eV
32
2 87 1 43 10 1 44 10
3 3
E . . eV . eV
21
1 43 0 48 10 0 95 10
E10 4.
78 10
4
eV
8
7
5
6
Ev
10
3
eV
5
4
4
3
3
2
1
0
2
1
0
(d) hc / E
1240eV nm
2.
39 10 eV
54 3
1240eV nm
1.
91 10 eV
43 3
1240eV nm
1.
44 10 eV
32 3
1240eV nm
0.
95 10 eV
21 3
1240eV nm
4.
78 10 eV
10 4
5
5. 19 10 nm 0.
519
5
6. 49 10 nm 0.
649
5
8. 61 10 nm 0.
861
5
13. 05 10 nm 1.
31
5
25. 9 10 nm 2.
59
All of these are in the microwave region of the electromagnetic spectrum.
mm
mm
mm
mm
mm
233
Chapter 9 – Molecular Structure and Spectra
9-59.
# 2
n 1, v 1,
1
(a)
# 1 n 1, v 0,
0
1 1
E 1 hfH 1 E
2 0r hf
H
since 0
2
2 2
3
E 2 hfH
2 E
2 0r
since 1
2
1
E 3 hfH
6 E
2 0r
since 2
2
3 1
A 2 1 2 1 356 10
2 2
14
E E hfH E
2 0r hfH
h . Hz
2
# 3 n 1, v 0,
2
3 1
B 2 3 2 6 1 246 10
2 2
14
E E hfH E
2 0r hfH E
2 0r
h . Hz
Re-writing [A] and [B] with
E
/ I :
2
0r
2
A1 1 356 10
2 14
hfH
I h . Hz
2
B1 2 1 246 10
2 14
hfH
I h . Hz
2
Subtracting [B1] from [A1] and cancelling an h from each term gives:
3 4 0 110 10
2 14
h I . Hz
I
3h
4 0.
110 10
2 14
Hz
4.
58 10
kg m
48 2
(b)
2
I r
0
For
H
2
1.
007825
: 0.
503912u
2 1.
007825
2
1/
2 48 2 27
r0 I / 4. 58 10 kg m 0. 5039u 1. 66 10 kg / u
1/
2
r m nm in agreement with Table 9-7.
11
0
7. 40 10 0.
0740
Canceling an h from [B1] and substituting the value of I from (a) gives:
2 14
fH
2h 4 I 1.
246 10 Hz
2
14
fH
1.
32 10 Hz also in agreement with Table 9-7.
2
234
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
10-1. Ur
0
E
ke
r
0
2
1
1 (Equation 10-6)
n
2
ke 1
U r0
1
r
n
0
741 0 257
1
0
1
1 Er kJ / mol . nm
d
eV / ion pair
0.
7844
2
n ke 1. 7476 1. 44eV nm 96. 47kJ / mol
1
n 4.
64
1
0.
7844
10-2. The molar volume is
M
3
2Nr
A 0
M 74. 55g / mole
. / . /
8
r0 3. 1510 cm 0.
315nm
23 3
2N A
2 6 022 10 mole 1 984g cm
1/
3
10-3. The molar volume is
M
3
2Nr
A 0
M
42. 4g / mole
2. 07g / cm
3
3
2Nr A 0 2 6 022 10 mole 0 257 10 cm
23 7
. / .
3
10-4. (a)
U
att
ke
r
0
2
(Equation 10-1)
2
ke 1
0
1 (Equation 10-6)
r
n
(b) E U r
d
0
1
8. 01eV
1 7. 12eV / ion pair
9
96. 47kJ / mol 1cal
7. 12eV / ion pair 164kcal / mole
1eV / ion pair
4/
186J
235
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-4 continued)
(c)
165 5 0 314
1 Er . kcal / mol . nm
d 0
4. 186J 1eV / ion pair
1 0.
8960
2
n ke 1. 7476 1. 44eV nm 1cal
96. 47kJ / mol
1
Therefore, n 9.
62
1
0.
8960
10-5. Cohesive energy (LiBr)
=
1mol
1eV
/ . ev / ion pair
6. 0210 ion pairs
1.
6010
3
78810 J mol
8 182
23 19
4. 09eV / atom
This is about 32% larger than the value in Table 10-1.
10-6. Molecular weight Na = 22.990
Molecular weight Cl = 35.453
the NaCl molecule is by weight 0.3934 Na and 0.6066 Cl.
Since the density of NaCl = 2.16 g/cm 3 , then
mol of Na / cm 0. 3934 2. 16g / cm 2. 990g / mol 0. 03696 mol / cm
3 3 3
mol Cl cm mol cm
3 3
of / 0. 03696 / , also
since there is one ion of each element per molecule.
3
Number of ions 0 03696
Na / cm . NA
3
Number of ions 0 03696
Cl / cm . NA
Total number of
ions / cm 0. 07392 6. 022 10 4.
45
10
3 23 22
Nearest neighbor distance = equilibrium separation r 0
.
1
10
r0 2. 8810 m 0.
288nm
3
22 3 2
4. 4510 ions / cm 10
cm / m
1/
3
236
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
r0 KCl 0. 315nm 3.
15
10 m
10
10-7.
N ions / m 1/ r 3. 2010 / m 3. 20
10 / cm
Half of the ions in
element.
3 3 28 3 22 3
0
This number of ions equals:
1. 6010 ions 1.
60 10
N 6 022 10
A
22 22
3
1cm are K and half are Cl , so there are
23
. /
ions
mol
This is the moles of each ion in 1 cm 3 .
Molecular weight of K = 39.102 g/mol.
Molecular weight of Cl = 35.453 g/mol.
0.
02657 mol
Weight of K/cm 3 =
39. 102g / mol 0. 02657mol / cm 1. 039 g / cm
Weight of Cl/cm 3 =
3 3
35. 453g / mol 0. 02657mol / cm 0. 942 g / cm
3 3
. . / . /
density of KCl 1 039 0 942 g cm 1 98 g cm
3 3
1. 60 10 /cm
22 3
of each
10-8. (a)
8.0
7.0
Cohesive
Energy
(eV)
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
500
1000
1500
2000
2500
Melting point, K
(b) Noting that the melting points are in kelvins on the graph,
Co melting point = 1768 K, cohesive energy = 5.15 eV
Ag melting point = 1235 K, cohesive energy = 3.65 eV
Na melting point = 371 K, cohesive energy = 1.25 eV
237
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
10-9.
Uatt
2 2 2 2 2 2 2
ke
a 2a 3a 4a 5a 6a
2 2 1 2 1
Uatt
ke 21
3 3 5 3
The quantity in parentheses is the Madelung constant α. The 35 th term of the series (2/35)
is approximately 1% of the total, where α = 4.18.
me
v
10-10. (a) (Equation 10-13)
2
ne
31 5
9. 1110 kg 1. 17 10
m / s
2
8 47 10 28 3
. / 1. 60 10 19
electrons m C 0.
410
9 m
7
1.
2310
/
(b) v kT m 1 2 (from Equation 10-9)
/
e
m
v
100
1/
2
100K
1
300K
3
100 300 3 7 0010
8
. m
10-11. (a)
3
I I 4 10 A
j
2
A d / 4 3
1.
6310
m
2
3
479 A/
m (from Equation 10-10)
(b)
v
d
2
I d 479A/
m
3 5310
Ane ne m C
3 53
10
6
. /
28 3 19
8. 47 10 / 1.
602 10
cm s
8
. /
m s
10-12. (a) There are n
a
conduction electrons per unit volume, each occupying a sphere of
volume
3
4 r s
3:
3
na rs
/
4 3 1
1 /
3/
4
3
r r n
3 3
s s a
4
n
a
238
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-12 continued)
(b)
3
4
8. 47 10
/ m
1/
3
10
rs
1. 4110 m 0.
141nm
28 3
10-13. (a) n N / M for 1 electron/atom
A
10. 5g / cm
3 6. 022 10
23 / mole
n 5. 86
10 / cm
107. 9g / mole
19. 3g / cm
3 6. 022 10
23 / mole
(b) n 5. 90
10 / cm
196. 97g / mole
Both agree with the values given in Table 10-3.
22 3
22 3
10-14. (a) n 2 N / M for two free electrons/atom
(b)
A
3 23
. g / cm . / mole
2 1 74 6 022 10
n 8. 6210 / cm 8. 62
10 / m
24. 31g / mole
3 23
. g / cm . / mole
22 3 28 3
2 7 1 6 022 10
n 13. 110 / cm 13. 1
10 / m
65. 37g / mole
22 3 28 3
Both are in good agreement with the values in Table 10-3,
8. 61 10 /m
28 3
for Mg and
13. 2 10 /m
28 3
for Zn.
10-15. (a)
2
me
v 1 ne
(Equation 10-13)
(Equation 10-13)
2
ne
m v
31 5
9. 1110 kg 1. 0810
m / s
2
8 47 10 28 3
. 1. 602 10 19
m C 0.
37 10
9 m
7
1.
2210
1 1
1.
2210
6
8.
17 10
7
m
m 1
e
m
239
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-15 continued)
(b)
v
8kT
m
e
(Equation 10-9)
200K 300K v200K v300K
1 /
300K 200K / 300K
2
1 / 2
7 8
1. 2210 200 / 300 9.
9610
m K K m
1 1
200K
1 00 10
200K
9.
9610
m
7
.
8
m 1
(c) 100K 300K v100K v300K
1 / 2
7 8
1. 2210 100 / 300 7.
0410
m K K m
1 1
100K
1 42 10
100K
7.
0410
m
7
.
8
m 1
10-16.
E
3
E
5 F
(Equation 10-22)
E 3 7 . 06 eV 4 . 24 eV
5
(a) for Cu:
E 3 4 . 77 eV 2 . 86 eV
5
(b) for Li:
E
F
2 2/
3
hc 3 N
mc
V V
2
2 8
2 28 3 3
9
1240eV nm 3 5.
9010
m
10
m
5
25.
1110
eV 8
1nm
1/
3
5.
53eV
240
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
10-17. A long, thin wire can be considered one-dimensional.
E
F
hc 2
2
h N 2 N
2
(Equation 10-15)
2
32m L
32mc
L
For Mg: 1 /
28 2
3
N / L 8. 61
10 / m
E
F
9 28 3
1240eV nm 10 m / nm 8. 6110
/ m
6
320.
51110
eV
2 2 / 3
1.
87eV
10-18. (a) For Ag:
E
F
2
2 2 3
9
28 3
/
h 3N 1240eV nm 10
m / nm 35.
86 10
m
5.
50eV
6
2m
8V
2 0.
51110
eV 8
For Fe: Similarly, E 11.
2eV
(b) For Ag: E kT (Equation 10-23)
T
F
F
F
F
EF
5.
50eV
4
6.
3810
K
5
k 8. 617 10
eV / K
For Fe: Similarly,
TF
4
13.
0
10 K
Both results are in close agreement with the values given in Table 10-3.
2/
3
10-19. Note from Figure 10-11 that most of the excited electrons are within about 2kT above the
Fermi energy E , F
i.e., E 2kT
. Note, too, that kT E
F
, so the number N of excited
electrons is: 1/
22
N N E n E E N E kT N E kT and
F F F F
N
8V
2m
3 h
2
3/
2
E
3/
2
F
(from Equation 10-20)
Differentiating Equation 10-19 gives: N E
V
8m
2 h
F
2
32 /
E
12 /
F
Then,
2
N
2 h
32 /
V
8m
12 /
EF
kT
32 /
N 8V 2m
32 /
E
2 F
3
h
3
kT
2
E
F
241
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-19 continued)
N
3
5
EF
for Ag 5. 35 eV, so 8. 617 10 eV / K 300K 5. 53eV
0. 0070 0. 1%
N 2
10-20.
u
F
1/ 2 1/
2
2E
F
2E
F
c 2
me
mec
(a) for Na:
F
(Equation 10-24)
1/
2
2 3.
26eV
8 6
u 3. 0010 m / s
1. 07 10 m / s
5
5.
1110
eV
(b) for Au:
F
1/
2
2 5.
55eV
8 6
u 3. 0010 m / s
1. 40 10 m / s
5
5.
1110
eV
(c) for Sn:
F
1/
2
2 10.
3eV
8 6
u 3. 0010 m / s
1. 90 10 m / s
5
5.
1110
eV
meuF meuF
10-21. (Equation 10-25)
2 2
ne
ne
(a) for Na:
(b) for Au:
31 6
9. 1110 kg 1. 07 10
m / s
2
2 65 10 28 3
. 1. 609 10 19
m C 4.
210
8 m
8
3. 42 10 m 34.
2
nm
31 6
9. 1110 kg 1. 4010
m / s
2
5 90 10 28 3
. 1. 609 10 19
m C 2.
0410
8 m
(c) for Sn:
8
4. 14 10 m 41.
4
nm
31 6
9. 1110 kg 1. 90 10
m / s
2
14 8 10 28 3
. 1. 609 10 19
m C 10.
610
8 m
8
4. 31 10 m 43.
1
nm
242
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
2
T
Cv
electrons R
2 T
10-22.
F
(Equation 10-30)
2
kT
Cv
electrons
R because EF kTF. C
v
due to the lattice vibrations is 3R,
2 E
assuming
E
F
2
2
kT
E
T T (rule of Dulong and Petit): R 0.
103R
E eV
0. 10 3 2
F
0. 60 7.
06
3
T 4.
9810
K
2 2 5
k 8. 617 10
eV / K
This temperature is much higher than the Einstein temperature for a metal such as copper.
F
10-23.
3
kT
U NEF
N
kT
5 EF
(Equation 10-29)
2
3 kT 3
Average energy/electron = U N EF
kT EF
5 EF
5 4
For copper: E 7. 06 eV,
so
kT
2
E
F
U N 3 7 . 06 eV 4 . 236 eV
5
At T = 0K:
At T = 300K:
5
. eV / K K
2 2
3
2
U N 8 61 10 300
7 . 06 eV 4 . 236 eV
5 4 7.
06
The average energy/electron at 300K is only 0.0002eV larger than at 0K, a consequence of
the fact that 300K is very small compared to the T
F
for Cu (81,600K). The classical value
U N 3/ 2 kT 0. 039 eV,
is far too small.
of
2
T
Cv
electrons R
2 T
10-24.
F
(Equation 10-30)
Melting temperature of Fe = 1811K (from Table 10-1)
T Fe K
4
F
for 13
10 (from Table 10-3)
The maximum Cv
for the Fe electrons, which is just before Fe melts, is:
243
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-24 continued)
2
1811K
4
Cv
electrons R 0.
0219
2
R
1310
K
The heat capacity of solids, including Fe, is 3R (rule of Dulong and Petit, see Section 8-1).
0.
0291
Cv
electrons R
0.
0073
C 3R
v
M B
10-25. P (Equation 10-35)
kT
24
9. 28510 J / T 2.
0T
23
1. 3810 J / K 200K
P 6.
7 10
3
10-26.
2
0M
0
B kT
units
N 1 J 1
2 3
A
m
T
J
2
NJ NJ NJ NJA m
A m T J
A m Wb m A m N Am
A m N
2 2 2
/ /
2 3 2 2 3 2 2 3
2 2 3 2
J Nm
1 dimensionless
Nm
Nm
10-27. E hc
3 6 3
(a) For Si: hc E 1240eV nm 1. 14eV 1. 08810 nm 1. 0910 m 1.
09
10 nm
(b) For Ge:
3 6 3
Similarly, 1. 72210 nm 1. 7210 m 1.
72
10 nm
(c) For diamond:
Similarly, 1. 77 10 nm 1.
72
10
2 7
m
10-28. (a) For Ge: All visible light frequencies (wavelengths) can excite electrons across the
0.72eV band gap, being absorbed in the process. No visible light will be transmitted
through the crystal.
244
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-28 continued)
(b) For insulator: No visible light will be absorbed by the crystal since no visible
frequencies can excite electrons across the 3.6eV band gap. The crystal will be
transparent to visible light.
(c) Visible light wavelengths are 380-720nm corresponding to photon energies
E hf hc / 1240eV nm /
380nm E 3.
3eV
720nm E 1.
7eV
Visible light photons will be absorbed, exciting electrons for band gaps 33 . eV.
3
10-29. (a)
E hc 1240eV nm 3. 35 m10 nm / m 0.
37eV
(b)
5
E kT 0. 37eV T 0. 37eV / k 0. 37eV / 8. 617 10 eV / K 4300K
10-30. (a)
N
3 3
2. 33g / cm 100nm 10 7 cm / nm 6. 0210
23 / mol
mN
A
VN
A
M M 28g / mol
7
5.
01 10 Si atoms
(b)
7
E 13eV 4 5. 01 10 6.
5 10
8 eV
10-31. (a)
E
2
2
1ke
m 1
1
2 2
2 1
(Equation 10-43)
9 2 2 19
34
1.
05510
Js
2
910 N m / C 1. 6010 C
1
0. 2 9.
1110
kg
E1
2 2
2 11.
8
21
3. 12 10 J 0.
0195
Ionization energy = 0.0195eV
2
(b)
1
0 e
eV
r a 1 m m (Equation 10-44)
0. 0529nm
1/ 0. 2 11. 8 3.
12nm
(c) E ( g
Si ) 1 . 11 eV at 293K
2
31
245
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-31 continued)
E1 / Eg
0. 0195 / 1. 11 0. 0176 or about 2%.
10-32. (a)
E
2
2
1ke
m 1
1
2 2
2 1
(Equation 10-43)
9 2 2 19
34
1.
05510
Js
2
910 N m / C 1. 6010 C
1
0. 34 9.
1110
kg
E1
2 2
2 15.
9
2
31
21
2. 92 10 J 0.
0182
2
(b)
1
0 e
eV
r a 1 m m (Equation 10-44)
0. 0529nm
1/ 0. 34 15. 9 2.
48nm
10-33. Electron configuration of Si:
2 2 6 2 2
1s 2s 2p 3s 3p
(a) Al has a
2
3s
3
p configuration outside the closed n = 2 shell (3 electrons), so a p-type
semiconductor will result.
(b) P has a
2 3
3s
3p configuration outside the closed n = 2 shell (5 electrons), so an n-type
semiconductor results.
10-34.
5
E kT 0. 01eV T 0. 01eV / 8. 617 10 eV / K 116K
dBw iB
10-35. (a) VH
vdBw
(Equation 10-45 and Example 10-9)
nq qnt
The density of charge carriers n is:
20A0.
25T
iB
n 7.
1010 carriers/m
qtV C m V
H
19 3 6
1. 6010 0. 210 2.
210
N
5. 7510 3 kg / m
3 6. 0210
26 / mol
A
(b) N 2.
92
10
M
118. 7kg / mol
28
28 3
28 28
Each Sn atom contributes n/ N 7. 1010 / 2. 9210 2.
4 charge carriers
246
eV /
10-36.
b kT
Inet
I e
0
1 (Equation 10-49)
(a) eV b / kT
e eV kT
10 , so / ln 10 . Therefore,
b
1 60 10 19 1 381 10
. C V . 23 / 300 ln 10
b
J K K
23 19
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
V 1. 3810 J / K 300K ln 10 1. 6010 C 0. 0596V 59.
6mV
b
(b) eV b / kT
e 01 .
V 0. 0596V ln 0. 1/ln 10 0. 0596 59.
6mV
b
eV /
10-37.
b kT
Inet
I e
(a)
0
1 (Equation 10-49)
eV b / kT
e 5 , so eV / kT ln 5 . Therefore,
b
23
5 1. 3810 J / K 200K
ln5
kT ln
Vb
0. 0278V 27.
8mV
19
e
1.
6010
C
(b) eV b / kT
e 05 .
eV / kT ln 0.
5
b
23
05 1. 3810 J / K 200K
ln 0.
5
kT ln .
Vb
0. 0120V 12.
0mV
19
e
1.
6010
C
eV /
10-38.
b kT
Inet
I e
0
1 (Equation 10-49)
Assuming T = 300K,
0. 2 0.
1
.
0 2
0 1
e . V / kT e . V / kT
0 0
1 1 e0. 2V / kT e0. 1V / kT
I V I V I e I e e e
47.
7
I V
I e e
e 0. 1V / kT e 0. 1V / kT
01
0
1 1
10-39. (a) From Equation 10-49, exp eV
/ kT 10
Taking ln of both sides and solving for V b ,
b
23
1. 3810 J / K 77K
ln10
Vb
kT / e ln 10 0. 0153 volts 15.
3mV
19
1.
6010
C
247
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-39 continued)
(b) Similarly, for exp eV / kT 1;
V 0
b
(c) For (a): eV /
b kT
Inet
I0 e 1 Inet
=1mA 10 1 9 mA
For (b): Inet
0
b
10-40. E hc For 484nm E E
/
gap
E hc / 484nm 1240eV nm / 484nm 2.
56eV
gap
10-41. M T c
constant (Equation 10-55)
First, we find the constant for Pb using the mass of natural Pb from Appendix A,
T c for Pb from Table 10-6, and α for Pb from Table 10-7.
0.
49
u K
constant 207. 19 7. 196 98.
20
206
For 0 . 49
Pb : T constant / M 98. 20 205. 974u 7.
217K
c
207
For 0 . 49
Pb : T constant / M 98. 20 206. 976u 7.
200K
c
208
For 0 . 49
Pb : T constant / M 98. 20 207. 977u 7.
183K
c
10-42. (a) E 3.
5 kT (Equation 10-56)
g
c
5 3
Tc
for I is 3. 408 K, so, Eg
3. 5 8. 617 10 eV / K 3. 408K 1.
028
10 eV
(b) E hc /
g
3 6
hc / Eg
1240eV nm / 1. 028 10 eV 1.
206 10 nm
3
1. 206 10 m 1.
206
mm
10-43. (a) E 3. 5 kT For Sn : T 3.
722K
g c c
5
E 3. 5 8. 617 10 eV / K 3. 722K 0.
0011eV
g
248
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-43 continued)
(b) E hc /
g
4 6 3
hc / Eg
1240eV nm / 6 10 eV 2. 07 10 nm 2.
07 10 m
T / T 0. 5 E T / E 0 0. 95 where E 0 3.
5 kT (Equation 10-56)
10-44. At
c g g g c
E T 0. 95 3. 5 kT 3.
325kT
So,
g c c
(a)
For 3 325 8 617 10 3 722 1 07 10
5
Sn : E . . / . .
3
g
T eV K K eV
(b)
For 3 325 8 617 10 9 25 2 65 10
5
Nb : E . . / . .
3
g
T eV K K eV
(c)
For 3 325 8 617 10 1 175 3 37 10
5
Al : E . . / . .
4
g
T eV K K eV
(d)
For 3 325 8 617 10 0 85 2 44 10
5
Zn : E . . / . .
4
g
T eV K K eV
10-45. B T B 0 1 T / T 2
C C C
(a) B T B 0 0. 1 1
T / T 2
C C C
T/ T 2 1 0. 1 0.
9
C
T/ T 0.
95
(b) Similarly, for
C
B T B 0 0.
5
C
T/ T 0.
71
(c) Similarly, for
c
C
B T B 0 0.
9
C
T/ T 0.
32
c
C
10-46. 1. Referring to Figure 10-56, notice that the length of the diagonal of a face of the cube is
2 2 2
r; therefore, a a (4 r) a 8 r
2. Volume of the unit cube V a 8 r
cube
3 3/2 3
249
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-46 continued)
3. The cube has 8 corners, each occupied by ⅛ of an atom’s volume. The cube has 6
faces, each occupied by ½ of an atom’s volume. The total number of atoms in the unit
cube is then 8×⅛ + 6×½ = 4. Each atom has volume
3
4 r / 3
. The total volume
occupied by atoms is then
Vatoms
3
4 (4 r
/ 3) .
4. The fraction of the cube’s volume occupied by atoms is then:
V
V
atoms
cube
3
4 (4 r )
0.74
3/2 3
8 r
10-47. T F for Cu is 81,700K, so only those electrons within EF
kT of the Fermi energy could
be in states above the Fermi level. The fraction f excited above E F is approximately:
f kT / E T / T
F
F
(a)
(b)
f 300K / 81, 700K
3.
7
10
3
f 1000K / 81, 700K
12.
2
10
3
10-48.
−e +e −e +e −e +e −e +e −e +e −e +e −e
● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●
−6 −5 −4 −3 −2 −1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
r
0
(a) For the negative ion at the origin (position 0) the attractive potential energy is:
V
2
2ke
1 1 1 1 1
1
r
2 3 4 5 6
0
(b) V
2
ke
, so the Madelung constant is:
r
0
1 1 1 1 1
21
2 3 4 5 6
250
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-48 continued)
2 3 4
x x x
1 1 1
1 2 1
2 3 4 2 3 4
Noting that ln x x
, ln
and 2ln 2 1.
386
10-49.
C
v
2
2
T
R T
F
(Equation 10-30)
T
F
2
R
2 3 74 10
T
4
. /
J mol K T
and
2
kT
EF
kTF
R
4
2 3. 7410
J / mol K T
8. 314J / mol K 1. 3810
J / K
4
23. 7410
J / mol K
2 23
18 19
1. 5110 J 1/ 1. 6010 J / eV 9.
45eV
EF
EF
10-50. (a) 2 / 3 2 / 3
N g E dE AE dE A E A E F
1 / 2 3 / 2 3 / 2
0 0 0
EF
1/ 2 3/
2
(b) 2 3 3 /
N AE dE A/
E 2
F
EF
kT
EF
kT
3/ 2 3/
2
2 3 1
3 /
A/ E E kT / E
2
Because kT
F F F
E for most metals,
1 kT / E 1
3/
2
(c) For Cu
F
F
3/ 2 1/
2
kTEF
2 / 3
3/
2
N A
E E kTE
AkTE
EF
3/ 2 3/ 2 1/ 2 1/
2
F F F F
The fraction within kT of E F is then f
N
AkTE 3kT
N 2A/
3 E 2E
1/
2
F
3/
2
F
3 0.
02585eV
EF
7. 04 eV; at 300K, f 0.
0055
2 7.
04eV
F
251
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
10-51. (a)
6 6
N . eV / photon . eV / pair . pairs / photon
1
1 17 10 0 72 1 63 10
6 6
N . eV / photon . eV / pair . pairs / photon
2
1 33 10 0 72 1 85 10
(b)
N N 1. 2310 N / N 7.
8
10
3 4
1 1 1 1
N N 1. 3610 N / N 7.
4
10
3 4
2 2 2 2
E
N
(c) Energy resolution
E N
E1/ E1 0. 078%
E2/ E2 0. 074%
meff
v
10-52. (Equation 10-13)
2
ne
23
J K K
1/ 2
3 1. 38 10 / 300
5
v 3kT / meff
2. 6110
m / s
31
0. 29.
1110
kg
Substituting into λ:
31 5
0. 29. 1110 kg 2. 6110
m / s
22 3 3 19
10 m 510 m1.
6010
C
2
1/
2
For Cu:
8
3.
7 10 m 37
1/
2
1/ 2 2 7.
06eV
6
uF 2EF / me
1. 57 10 m / s
31
9.
1110
kg
n m m
28 3 8
8. 47 10 and 1.
7 10 (Example 10-5)
8
Substituting as above, 3. 910 m 39nm
The mean free paths are approximately equal.
nm
252
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
10-53. Compute the density of Cu (1) as if it were an fcc crystal and (2) as if it were a bcc crystal.
The result closest to the actual measured density is the likely crystalline form.
1. The unit cube of an fcc crystal of length a on each side composed of hard, spherical
atoms each of radius r contains 4 atoms. The side and radius are related by a
8 r
3 3/2 3
and the volume of the cube is V a 8 r . (See problem 10-46 and
cube
Appendix B3.) The density of fcc Cu would be:
mCu
4( M / NA)
d
3/2 3
V 8 r
cube
where M = molar mass (atomic weight) and
d
4(63.55g/mol)
3/2 8 3 23
8 (1.28 10 cm) (6.02210 / mol)
N
A
= Avagadro’s number.
8.90g/cm
3
2. For a bcc crystal (refer to Appendix B3), let the length of a side = a, the diagonal of a
face = f, and the diagonal through the body = b. Then from geometry we have
2 2 2 2
a f b (4 r)
and
2 2 2
a a f . Combing these yields:
2 2 2 2 4r
a f 3 a (4 r)
a
3
The unit cube has 8 corners with ⅛ of a Cu atom at each corner plus 1 Cu atom at the
center, or 8×⅛ + 1 = 2 atoms. The density of bcc Cu is then:
3/2
m 2( M / NA) 2(63.55g/mol) 3
d 8.17g/cm
3 3 8 3 23
V (4 r / 3) 4 (1.28 10 cm) (6.02210 /mol)
cube
3
Based on the above density calculations, metallic Cu is most likely a face-centered
cubic crystal.
253
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
10-54. (a) For small V b (from Equation 10-49)
eV b / kT
e 1 eV / kT, so I I eV / kT V / R
b 0 b b
9
b
R Vb
I0eV / kT kT eI0 0. 025eV e10 A 25.
0M
9
(b) For V 0. 5V ; R V I 0.
5 10 A 500M
b
9 0 5 0 025
(c) For . / .
b
b
V 0. 5V ; I 10 A e 1 0.
485A
Thus, R V I 0. 5/ 0. 485 1.
03
b
(d)
dI eI
dV kT
dV kT dI eI
0 eVb
/ kT b
eVb
/ kT
20
e Rac
e 25Me
0.
0515
b
0
10-55.
a
h h
2 2 2
0
o
0 2 2 2
mee me e
me
ke
eff
eff
silicon:
a
2
34
121.
05510
Js
31 9 2 2 19
kg N m C C
0. 2 9. 11 10 9 10 / 1.
602 10
0 2
germanium: :
9
3. 17 10 m 3.
17
nm
This is about 14 times the lattice spacing in silicon (0.235nm)
a
2
34
161.
05510
Js
31 9 2 2 19
kg N m C C
0. 10 9. 11 10 9 10 / 1.
602 10
0 2
9
8. 46 10 m 8.
46
nm
This is nearly 35 times the lattice spacing in germanium (0.243nm)
10-56. (a)
E
n
2
2
1ke
m 1
2
n
2 2
(Equation 10-44)
2
6 2
1 1.
440eV nm
0. 015 0. 51110
eV / c 1
2
6.
582 10 eV s
18 n
or
16 2 2
254
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-56 continued)
2
2
9 2 2 19 31
N m / C . C . . kg
1 2
9 10 1 60 10 0 015 9 11 10 1
2 6.
63 10 J s 18 n
22
1.
0110
J 6. 28
10 eV / n
2
n
donor ionization energy =
34 2 2
4 2
6 28 10
4
. eV
m e
(b) r1 a0 (Equation 10-45)
m
0. 0529nm
1/ 0.
015 18
r1 63.
5nm
(c) Donor atom ground states will begin to overlap when atoms are 2r1
127nm
apart.
9
10 nm / m
donor atom concentration
4.
8810
127nm / atom
mu
e F
10-57. (a) (Equation 10-25)
2
ne
3
m
20 3
So the equation in the problem can be written as m i. Because the impurity
increases
m
8 8
by 1. 110 m, i
1.
110 mand
mu
e F
i
2 8
ne 1.
1810
m
and 1 2 6
i
/
28 3
where n 8. 47 10 electrons / m (from Table 10-3)
u 2E / m 1. 57 10 m/ s.
Therefore,
F F e
31 6
9. 1110 kg 1. 57 10
m / s
2
8 47 10 28 3
. / 1. 60 10 19
m C 1.
110
8 m
8
6. 00 10 m 60.
0
nm
(b)
2
1 / nar and d 2 r (Equation 10-12)
So we have
d 4 / n
where n 1 % of n 8. 47 10 / m
2 26 3
i i i
2 28 3 8 22 2
d 4/ 8. 47 10 / m 6. 6010 m 2. 2810 m d 0.
0151nm
255
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
10-58. (a) The modified Schrödinger equation is:
2
ke 1
2 2
d dR r
2
r R
2 2
r
ER r
2m r dr dr r
2m r
The solution of this equation, as indicated following Equation 7-24, leads to solutions
r / a
of the form:
0 n
R 1 2 2 2
n
r a 0e r L r / a 0
, where a
n
0
/ ke m
(b) By substitution into Equation 7-25, the allowed energies are:
2
2
1 ke m E1
1 ke
En
where E
2 2
1
m
2 n n
2
2
(c) For As electrons in Si:
m
. (see Problem 10-31) and Si 11 8
02m
e
.,
9 2 2 19
34
1.
05510
Js
2
2
N m / C . C
31
. . kg
910 1 6010 1
0 29 1110
E1
2 2
2 11.
8
21
3. 12 10 J 0.
0195
eV
Energy 10 2 eV
0
1.0
3
4
n
5
2
2.0
3.0
4.0
1
10-59.
U
2
n
ke r0 1 r0
r0
r n
r
(Equation 10-5)
dU
F Kr yields K
dr
2
n
1 ke
(a) For NaCl: 1. 7476 , n 9. 35 , and r0
0.
282 nm and
r
3
0
256
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-59 continued)
22. 99 35.
45
22. 99 35.
45
m Na m Cl u u
13.
95u
m Na m Cl u u
2
1 K 1
n 1
ke
f 3
2
M 2
13.
95u r0
1/
2
2
1
1.
2810
2
13 95 1 66 10 0 282 10
9 2 2 19
1. 74768. 35910 N m / C 1.
6010
C
3
27 9
. u . kg / u . m
(b)
8 13
c / f . 00 10 m/ s / 1. 28 10 Hz 23.
4m
This is of the same order of magnitude as the wavelength of the infrared absorption
bands in NaCl.
1/
2
13
Hz
10-60. (a) Electron drift speed is reached for:
dv
0 vd
eE
/ m
dt
(b) Writing Ohm’s law as j E and j vd
ne (from Equation 10-11)
j e ne m ne m
2
E
/ E / , which satisfies Ohm’s law because .
2 2
ne / m and 1/ m/ ne
.
j E Thus,
10-61. (a) For r, s, and t all even
rst
1 1 6010 1 60 10
19 19
. C . C.
Similarly, for any permutation of
r, s even; t odd:
rst
1 1 and the ion’s charge at that location is:
1 1, ion charge =
rst
r even; s, t odd: 1
1, ion charge =
r, s, and t all odd:
rst
1 60
10
19
. C.
1 60
10
19
. C.
19
1 1, ion charge = 1. 60
10 C.
257
Chapter 10 – Solid State Physics
(Problem 10-61 continued)
(b)
2
ke
U
r
If the interatomic distance r = a, then a cube 2a on each side
U
2 4 4 2 4 4 4 4
ke
a
2a a 2a 2a 3a 3a
2
ke
U 2. 1335 where 2. 1335.
a
Similarly, for larger cubes (using spreadsheet). The value of α is approaching 1.7476
slowly.
10-62. (a) M
M
B / kT B / kT
M e e
tanh
/ /
B / kT
B kT B kT
e e
and M tanh B / kT
(b) For 0 and
B kT, T tanh B / kT B / kT
2
0M
0B
0
B BkT kT
258
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-1.
Isotope Protons Neutrons
18 F 9 9
25 Na 11 14
51 V 23 28
84 Kr 36 48
120 Te 52 68
148 Dy 66 82
175 W 74 101
222 Rn 86 136
11-2. The momentum of an electron confined within the nucleus is:
34 14
p / x 1. 055 10
J s / 10 m
1 055 10 1 1 602 10
20 13
. J s / m / . /
6 59
10
8
. /
MeV s m
The momentum must be at least as large as
electron’s kinetic energy is:
J MeV
8 8
p, so p 6 59 10 MeV s m and the
8
min
. /
Emin pmin c 6. 5910 MeV s / m 3. 0010 m/ s 19. 8MeV
.
This is twenty times the observed maximum beta decay energy, precluding the existence
of electrons in the nucleus.
11-3. A proton-electron model of 6 Li would consist of 6 protons and 3 electrons. Protons and
electrons are spin −1/2 (Fermi-Dirac) particles. The minimum spin for these particles in
6
the lowest available energy states is 1 2 so 0
/ , Li S cannot have such a structure.
259
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-4. A proton-electron model of 14 N would have 14 protons and 7 electrons. All are Fermi-
Dirac spin-1/2 particles. In the ground state the proton magnetic moments would add to a
small fraction of the proton magnetic moment of 28 . , but the unpaired electron would
give the system a magnetic moment of the order of that of an electron, about 1 B
.
Because
B
is approximately 2000 times large than
N
N
, the 14 N magnetic moment would
be about 1000 times the observed value, arguing against the existence of electrons in the
nucleus.
11-5. The two proton spins would be antiparallel in the ground state with S 1/ 2 1/ 2 0.
So
the deuteron spin would be due to the electron and equal to 1/ 2 . Similarly, the proton
magnetic moments would add to zero and the deuteron’s magnetic moment would be 1 B
.
From Table 11-1, the observed spin is 1 (rather than 1/ 2 found above) and the
magnetic moment is 0. 857
N
, about 2000 times smaller than the value predicted by the
proton-electron model.
11-6.
Isotopes
Isotones
(a)
18 F
17 F
19 F
16 N
17 O
(b)
208 Pb
206 Pb
210 Pb
207 Tl
209 Bi
(c)
120 Sn
119 Sn
118 Sn
121 Sb
122 Te
11-7.
Nuclide Isobars Isotopes
(a)
14
8O
6
14
6C
8
14
7N
7
16
8O
8
(b)
63
28
Ni
35
63
29Cu
34
63
30
Zn
33
60
28
Ni
32
(c)
236
93
Np
143
236
92U
144
236
94
Pu
142
235
93
Np
142
260
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-8. mass Au A1. 66 10 27 kg / u
3 1 /
volume 4 / 3 R
4 / 3 R 3
3
0A
where
15
R . fm . m
0
1 2 1 2 10
27
A1. 6610 kg / u
3
15
/
. m
mass
density = 2. 29 10
kg / m
volume 4 3 1 2 10 A
17 3
11-9.
B ZM c Nm c M c
(a)
2 2 2
H N A
(Equation 11-11)
. . .
2 2 2
uc uc MeV uc
Be B 4 1 007825uc 5 1 008665uc 9 012182uc
9 2 2 2
4 5
0. 062443 0. 062443 931. 5 /
58.
2MeV
B / A 58. 2MeV / 9 nucleons 6. 46MeV / nucleon
(b)
(c)
. . .
2 2 2
. uc . uc . MeV / uc
C B 6 1 007825uc 7 1 008665uc 13 003355uc
13 2 2 2
6 7
0 104250 0 104250 931 5
91.
1MeV
B / A 91. 1MeV / 13 nucleons 7. 47 MeV / nucleon
. . .
2 2 2
uc uc MeV uc
Fe B 26 1 007825uc 31 1 008665uc 56 935396uc
57 2 2 2
26 31
0. 536669 0. 536669 931. 5 /
499.
9MeV
B / A 499. 9MeV / 57 nucleons 8. 77 MeV / nucleon
11-10.
R R A where R 1.
2 fm (Equation 11-3)
13 /
0 0
16
(a) 1 / 3
O R 1. 2 fm 16 3.
02 fm
56
(b) 1 / 3
Fe R 1. 2 fm 56 4.
58 fm
197
(c) 1 / 3
Au R 1. 2 fm 197 6.
97 fm
238
(d) 1 / 3
U R 1. 2 fm 238 7.
42 fm
261
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-11. (a)
n
B M He c m c M He c
3 2 2 4 2
3. 016029 uc 1. 008665 uc 4.
002602 uc
2 2 2
0. 022092uc 2 931. 5MeV / uc 2 20.
6MeV
(b)
n
B M Li c m c M Li c
6 2 2 7 2
6. 015121 uc 1. 008665 uc 7.
016003 uc
2 2 2
0. 007783uc 2 931. 5MeV / uc 2 7.
25MeV
(c)
n
B M N c m c M N c
13 2 2 14 2
13. 005738 uc 1. 008665 uc 14.
003074 uc
2 2 2
0. 011329uc 2 931. 5MeV / uc 2 10.
6MeV
B a A a A a Z A a A 2Z A a A c
11-12. 2
2 / 3 2 1/ 3 1 1/
2 2
1 2 3 4 5
(This is Equation 11-13
on the Web page www.whfreeman.com/tiplermodernphysics6e.) The values of the a
i
in
MeV/c 2 are given in Table 11-3 (also on the Web page).
For 23 Na:
B 15. 67 23 17. 23 23
0. 75 11 23 93.
2 23 211 23 0 23
184. 9MeV
23 2 2 2
p
n
c
2 / 3 2 1/ 3 2 1 1/
2 2
M Na c 11m c 12 m c B (Equation 11-14 on the Web page)
2 2
11 1. 007825uc 12 1. 008665uc
184.
9MeV
23 23 . 190055 184 . 9 / 2 1 / 931 . 5 /
2
M Na u MeV c MeV c u
23. 190055 u 0. 198499 u 22.
991156 u
This result differs from the measured value of 22.989767u by only 0.008%.
R 1. 07 0. 02 A fm (Equation 11-5) R 1.
4 A fm (Equation 11-7)
1/ 3 1/
3
11-13.
(a) 16 1/ 3 1/
3
O : R 1. 07A 2. 70 fm and R 1. 4A 3.
53 fm
(b) 63 1/ 3 1/
3
Cu : R 1. 07A 4. 26 fm and R 1. 4A 5.
57 fm
262
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-13 continued)
(c) 208 1/ 3 1/
3
Pb : R 1. 07A 6. 34 fm and R 1. 4A 8.
30 fm
2
3 1 e
54
R
11-14. 2
U Z Z
0
2
1 (Equation 11-2)
where Z = 20 for Ca and U
5.
49MeV
from a table of isotopes (e.g., Table of Isotopes
8 th ed., Firestone, et al, Wiley 1998).
3 1 e
1
54
RU
2
2
R Z Z
0
2
9 2 2 19 2 2 6
N m C C eV
0. 6 8. 9910 / 1. 60 10 2. 0 19 / 5.
49 10
15
6. 13 10 m 6.
13
fm
11-15. (a)
ln 2t/
t1/
2
t
R R0e R0 e (Equation 11-19)
at t 0 : R R0
4000counts / s
at
0
ln 210
s / t1 2
/
t 10 s : R R e
ln 210s / t1 2
/
1000 4000
e
ln 210s / t1 2
/
1/
4
e
1/ 2 1/
2
ln 1 / 4 ln 2 10s / t t 5.
0s
(b) at
s
ln 2 20 / 5s
t 20s : R 4000counts / s e 200counts / s
11-16.
ln 2 t / 2min
0 0
R R e at t 0 : R R 2000counts / s
(a)
min
ln 2 4 / 2 min
at t 4min : R 2000counts / s e 500counts / s
(b)
min
ln 2 6 / 2 min
at t 6min : R 2000counts / s e 250counts / s
(c)
min
ln 2 8 / 2 min
at t 8min : R 2000counts / s e 125counts / s
263
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-17.
ln 2t/
t1/
2
t
R R0e R0 e (Equation 11-19)
(a) at t 0 : R R0
115. 0 decays / s
at t 2. 25h : R 85. 2decays / s
85. 2decays / s 115. 0decays / s e
85. 2 / 115.
0
2.
25h
e
85 2 115 0 2 25
ln . / . . h
2.
25h
1
85 2 115 0 2 25h
0 133h
ln . / . / . .
t h h
1
1/ 2 ln 2/ ln 2/ 0. 133 5.
21
dN
dN0
(b) N R N
dt
dt
0 0
(from Equation 11-17)
1
N0 R0/ 15. 0atoms / s / 0. 133h 1h / 3600s
3 11
10
6
. atoms
11-18. (a) 226 Ra t1 2
1620y
/
dN ln2 ln2
Nm
A
R N N
dt t t M
1Ci
3 7 10
1/ 2 1/
2
23
ln 26. 022 10 / mole1g
7
1620 y3. 1610 s / y26. 025g / mole
3.
6110
10 1
. s , or nearly the same.
(b)
Q M 226 Ra c 2 M 222 Rn c 2 M 4 He c
2
2 2 2
226. 025402uc
222. 017571uc 4.
002602uc
0. 005229uc 0. 005229uc 931. 5MeV / uc
4. 87MeV
2 2 2
s
10 1
264
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-19. (a)
dN ln 2t/
t1/
2
R R0 e (from Equation 11-19)
dt
when t 0, R R0
8000counts / s
when
ln / t1 2
10 2 /
t 10min, R 1000 counts / s 8000 counts / s e
ln / t1/
2
10 2
e 1000 / 8000 1/
8
10ln( 2)/ t ln 1/
8
t
1/
2
1/
2
10ln
2
3.
33min
ln 18 /
Notice that this time interval equals three half-lives.
ln 2 / t ln 2 / 3.
33min = 0.208 min
-1
(b)
1/
2
(c)
t ln 2 / t1/
2 t
0.
208 1
R R0e R0 e Thus, R 8000 counts / s e 6500 counts / s
11-20. (a) and (b)
(c) Estimating from the graph, the next count (at 8 min) will be approximately 220
counts.
265
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-21. 62 Cu is produced at a constant rate R , so the number of 62 0 Cu atoms present is:
0
/ 1
N R e t (from Equation 11-26). Assuming there were no 62 Cu atoms initially
present. The maximum value N can have is R0 / N0,
t
ln 2 / t1/
2
N N 1e
0.
90N N 1e
e
0
0 0
2 t1/
2
0 10
t
tln / ln .
t
t
ln 2 / t1/
2
1 0. 90 0.
10
10ln 0. 10 / ln 2 33.
2min
t1/ 2 ln 2 / ln 2 / 9. 810 y 7.
07 10 y (Equation 11-22)
10 1 8
11-22. (a)
(b) Number of 235 U atoms present is:
10 6 g6. 02 10
23 atoms / mol
10 . gN
A
N 2.
56
10
M
235g / mol
dN
N y s y atoms
dt
15
atoms
10 1 7 15
9. 8 10 1/ 3. 16 10 / 2.
56 10 (Equation 11-17)
0. 079 decays / s
(c) N N0 e t
(Equation 11-18)
9 8 10 10 1 6
. y 10 y
N 2. 5610 e
2.
558 10
15 15
t1/ 2 ln 2 / ln 2 / 0. 266y 2.
61 y (Equation 11-22)
1
11-23. (a)
(b) Number of N atoms in 1 g is:
23
1g
6. 0210
atoms / mol
10 . gN
A
N 2.
74
10
M
22g / mol
22
atoms
dN
N y s y atoms
dt
0 266
. 1 1 / 3 . 16 10 7 / 2 . 74 10 22
2. 310 decays / s 2.
3
10
14 14
Bq
266
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-23 continued)
dN
t
(c) Ne
0
(Equation 11-19)
dt
0 266 1 7 22 0 266 3 5
1 3 16 10 2 74 10
. y . y
. y / . s / y . e
9. 110 decays / s 9.
1
10
13 13
(d) N N0 e t
(Equation 11-18)
0 266 1
. y 3 . 5 y
Bq
22
22
N 2. 7410 e 1.
08
10
11-24. (a) 22 Na has an excess of protons compared with 23 Na and would be expected to decay
by β + emission and/or electron capture. (It does both.)
(b) 24 Na has an excess of neutrons compared with 23 Na and would be expected to decay
by β − emission. (It does.)
11-25.
logt AE B
1/
2
1/
2
(Equation 11-30)
10
for
1/
210 ,
5.
4
t s E MeV
for t 1s, E 7.
0MeV
1/
2
from Figure 11-16
10 10
5 4
1 /
A
2
log . B
(i) 10 0. 4303 A
B
1 7 0 1 /
A
2
log . B
(ii) 0 0. 3780 A B B 0.
3780 A
Substituting (ii) into (i),
10 0. 4303 A 0. 3780 A 0. 0523 A, A 191, B 0. 3780 A 72.
2
267
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-26.
144
237 Np
142
233 P
a
140
229 A
c
229 T
138
225 R
h
136
a
225 Ac
N
134
132
217 A
c
221 F
r
130
213 B
i
217 R
n
128
209 Tl
213 P
o
126
209 P
b
11-27.
Th Ra
232 228
90 88
80 82 84 86 88
Q M Th c M Ra c M He c
232 2 228 2 4 2
Z
92
232. 038051 uc 228. 031064 uc 4.
002602 uc
2 2 2
0. 004385uc 2 931. 50MeV / uc 2 4.
085MeV
The decay is a 2-particle decay so the Ra nucleus and the α have equal and opposite
momenta.
2m E 2 m E where E E 4.
085MeV
Ra Ra Ra Ra
2m E 2M E 2M 4.
085 E
Ra Ra Ra
M
228. 031064 4.
085MeV
Ra
E
4. 085MeV 0. 9834. 085MeV 4.
01MeV
M m
228. 031064 4.
002602
Ra
268
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-28. 7 Be 7 Li v
4 3 3 4 e
(a) Yes, the decay would be altered. Under very high pressure the electrons are
“squeezed” closer to the nucleus. The probability density of the electrons,
particularly the K electrons, is increased near the nucleus making electron capture
more likely, thus decreasing the half-life.
(b) Yes, the decay would be altered. Stripping all four electrons from the atom renders
electron capture impossible, lengthening the half-life to infinity.
11-29.
EC . .
67 67
Ga Zn v e
Q M Ga c M Zn c
67 2 67 2
66. 9282uc
66.
972129 uc
2 2
0. 001075uc 2 931. 50MeV / uc 2 1.
00MeV
11-30. 72 Zn 72 Ga ve
Q M Zn c M Ga c
72 2 72 2
71. 926858 uc 71.
926367 uc
2 2
0. 000491uc 2 931. 50MeV / uc 2 0.
457MeV 457keV
11-31.
Np Np n and Np U p
233 232 233 232
For n emission:
Q M Np c M Np c m c
233 2 232 2 2
n
233. 040805 uc 232. 040022 uc 1.
008665 uc
0. 007882uc
2
2 2 2
233
Q 0 means M products M Np ; prohibited by conservation of energy.
For p emission:
Q M Np c M U c m c
233 2 232 2 2
n
233. 040805 uc 232. 037131 uc 1.
008665 uc
0. 004991uc
2
2 2 2
269
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-31 continued)
233
Q 0 means M products M Np ; prohibited by conservation of energy.
11-32.
286 280 247 235 174 124 80 61 30 0
286 −
280 6 −
247 39 33 −
235 50 45 12 −
174 112 106 73 61 −
124 162 156 123 111 50 −
80 206 200 167 155 94 44 −
61 225 219 186 174 113 63 19 −
30 256 250 217 205 144 91 50 31 −
0 286 280 247 235 174 124 80 61 30 −
Tabulated γ energies are in keV. Higher energy α levels in Figure 11-19 would add
additional columns of γ rays.
11-33. 8 Be 2
Q M Be c M He c
8 2 4 2
8. 005304uc
2 4.
002602 uc
2 2
0. 000100uc 2 931. 50MeV / uc 2 0.
093MeV 93keV
11-34.
EC . .
80 80
80 80
80 80
Br Kr ve and Br Se ve and Br Se ve
For decay:
Q M Br c M Kr c
80 2 80 2
79. 918528 uc 79.
916377 uc
2 2
0. 002151uc 2 931. 50MeV / uc 2 2.
00MeV
270
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-34 continued)
For decay:
Q M Br c M Se c m c
80 2 80 2 2 2
e
2 2
79. 918528uc 79. 916519uc 2 0.
511MeV
0. 002009uc 2 931. 50MeV / uc 2 1. 022MeV 0.
85MeV
For E.C.:
Q M Br c M Se c
80 2 80 2
79. 918528 uc 79.
916519 uc
2 2
0. 002009uc 2 931. 50MeV / uc 2 1.
87MeV
11-35.
R R A where R 1.
2 fm (Equation 11-3)
13 /
0 0
For 13 /
C : R 1. 2 12 2. 745 fm 2. 745 10 m and the diameter = 5.
490 10 m
12 15 15
Coulomb force:
F
Gravitational force:
C
9 19
9. 0010 1.
610
C
2
15
5.
490 10
m
2
ke
7.
65N
2
r
2
2
11 27
m 6. 67 10 1.
67 10
kg
p
36
FG
G 6.
1810
N
2
2
15
r
5.
490 10
15
The corresponding Coulomb potential is: UC
FC
r 7. 65N 5.
490 10 m
The corresponding gravitational potential is:
G
G
2
m
4 2010 1 60
10
14 13
. J . /
0. 26MeV
6 . 18 10 36
5 490 10
.
15
U F r N m
J MeV
50
3 39 10 1 1 60 10 13
. J / . J / MeV 2.
12 10
37 MeV
The nuclear attractive potential exceeds the Coulomb repulsive potential by a large margin
(50MeV to 0.26MeV) at this separation. The gravitational potential is not a factor in
nuclear structure.
271
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-36. The range R of a force mediated by an exchange particle of mass m is:
R / mc (Equation 11-50)
2
mc c / R 197. 3MeV fm/ 5 fm 39.
5MeV
m 39. 5MeV / c
2
11-37. The range R of a force mediated by an exchange particle of mass m is:
R / mc (Equation 11-50)
2
mc c / R 197. 3MeV fm / 0.
25 fm 789MeV
m 789 MeV / c
2
11-38.
Nuclide Last proton(s) Last neutron(s) j
Si d 6
29
14 15
37
17 20
1
5 / 2
2
1 / 2
Cl d 4
1
3 / 2
s 0 1/2
1
3 / 2
d 2 3/2
Ga p 3
2
71
31 40
59
27 32
2
3 / 2
2
1 / 2
Co f 7
4
73
32 41
1
7 / 2
p 1 3/2
2
3 / 2
Ge p 4
33
16 17
2
3 / 2
p 3 7/2
1
9 / 2
S s 2
81
38 49
2
1 / 2
g 4 9/2
1
3 / 2
Sr p 6
9
2
3 / 2
d 2 3/2
1
9 / 2
g 4 9/2
The nucleon configurations are taken directly from Figure 11-35, and the
are those of the unpaired nucleon.
and j values
272
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-39.
Isotope Odd nucleon Predicted μ μ
N
29
14
Si neutron −1.91
27
17Cl proton +2.29
71
31Ga proton +2.29
59
27Co proton +2.29
73
32Ge neutron −1.91
33
16
S neutron −1.91
87
38Sr neutron −1.91
11-40.
14
Nuclear spin of must be 1 because there are 3 states, +1, 0, and 1.
N m I
11-41.
36 53 82 88 94 131 145
S, Mn, Ge, Sr, Ru, In,
Eu
11-42.
3 H
3 He
14 N
14 C
273
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-42 continued)
n
15 N
p
n
15 O
p
n
16 O
p
11-43.
He, Ca, Ni, Sn,
Pb
3 40 60 124 204
2 20 28 50 82
11-44. (a)
1p 1/2
1p 3/2
1s 1/2
n
13 N
p
(b) j = ½ due to the single unpaired proton.
(c) The first excited state will likely be the jump of a neutron to the empty neutron level,
because it is slightly lower than the corresponding proton level. The j = 1/2 or 3/2,
depending on the relative orientations of the unpaired nucleon spins.
274
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-44 continued)
(d)
1p 1/2
1p 3/2
1s 1/2
n
p
First excited state. There are several diagrams possible.
11-45.
30
14Si j 0
37
17Cl j 3/
2
55
27Co j 7/
2
90
40Zr j 0
49
In j 9/
2
107
11-46 (a)
Q M H c M H c M H c M H c
2 2 2 2 3 2 1 2
2 2. 014102uc 3. 016049uc 1.
007825uc
2 2 2
0. 004330uc 2 931. 5MeV / uc 2 4.
03MeV
(b)
Q M He c M H c M He c M H c
3 2 2 2 4 2 1 2
3. 016029 uc 2. 014012 uc 4. 002602 uc 1.
007825 uc
2 2 2 2
0. 019704uc 2 931. 5MeV / uc 2 18.
35MeV
275
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-46 continued)
(c)
n
Q M Li c m c M H c M He c
6 2 2 3 2 4 2
6. 01512uc 1. 008665 uc 3. 016049 uc 4.
002602 uc
2 2 2 2
0. 005135uc 2 931. 5MeV / uc 2 4.
78MeV
11-47. (a)
Q M H c M H c M He c m c
3 2 1 2 3 2 2
N
3. 016049 uc 1. 007825 uc 3. 016029 uc 1.
0078665 uc
2 2 2 2
0. 000820uc 2 931. 5MeV / uc 2 0.
764MeV
(b) The threshold for this endothermic reaction is:
E
th
m
M
M
Q (Equation 11-61)
2 2
3. 016049uc
1.
007825uc
0. 764MeV
3.
05MeV
2
1.
007825uc
(c)
2 2
1. 007825uc
3.
016049uc
Eth
0. 764MeV 1.
02MeV
2
3.
016049uc
11-48.
14 2 16
N H O
Possible products:
16 14 2
O N H
16 16
O O
16 15
O O n
11-49. (a)
,
C p N
12 15
16 15
O N p
16 12
O C
Q M C c M He c M N c m c
12 2 4 2 15 2 2
p
12. 000000 uc 4. 002602 uc 15. 000108 uc 1.
007825 uc
2 2 2 2
0. 005331uc 2 931. 5MeV / uc 2 4.
97MeV
(b) Od,
p
16 17
O
Q M O c M H c M O c m c
16 2 2 2 17 2 2
p
15. 994915 uc 2. 014102 uc 16. 999132 uc 1.
007825 uc
2 2 2 2
0. 002060uc 2 931. 5MeV / uc 2 1.
92MeV
276
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-50. The number of 75 As atoms in sample N is:
N
VN
M
A
1 2 30 10
cm cm m 4 cm / m 5 . 73 g / cm 3 6 . 02 10 23 atoms / mol
20 75
2. 76 10 As atoms
The reaction rate R per second per 75 As atoms is:
R
I
(Equation 11-62
74. 9216g / mol
4 5 10
. 24 cm 2 75 As 0 . 95 10 13 neutrons / cm 2 s
4. 28
10 s
11 1
Reaction rate = NR
20 11 10
. 7610 atoms 4. 2810 / s atom 1. 18
10 / s
23 23
22 23
11-51. (a) Ne p,
n
Na Ned,
n
Na
,
F n Na
20 23
11 14
14 14
(b) B , p
C
N n,
p
C C d,
p
13 14
29 31
32 31
(c) Si , d P
P p,
d P Si n,
d
32 31
C
P
11-52. (a) 14 C (b) n (c) 58 Ni (d) α
(e) 14 N (f) 160 Er (g) 3 H (i) p
Q
11-53.
2 m
p m
n m
d
c
1. 007276 u 1. 008665 u 2.
013553 u
0. 002388 u (See Table 11-1.)
. . /
2 2
Q 0 002388u 931 5MeV uc c 224MeV
277
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-54.
dW dN
P E
dt dt
6
dN P 500 10 J / s 1eV
6 19
dt E 200 10 eV / fission
1.
6010
J
1 5610
19
. /
fissions s
11-55. The fission reaction rate is:
N
R N R 0 k (see Example 11-22 in More section)
/
0
N
k R N R
0
N logk log R N / R
R0
log R N /
N
logk
(a) For the reaction rate to double
log10
R N 10R 0 : N 24.
2
log 11 .
(b) For
log100
R N 100R 0 : N 48.
3
log 11 .
(c) For
(d) Total time
(e) Total time
log2
R N 2R 0 : N 7.
27
log 11 .
t N 1 ms N ms : (a) 7.27 ms (b) 24.2 ms (c) 48.3ms
t N 100ms 100 N ms : (a) 0.727 ms (b) 2.42 ms (c) 4.83ms
11-56. 101 134
40 61 52 82
U
235
92 143
Zr Te n
101 133
41Nb60
51Sb82
2n
n
Tc In 3n
101 132
43 58 49 83
Rh Ag 4n
102 130
45 57 47 83
278
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-57.
J 1MeV 1fusion
500MW
500 1 78 10
13
s
1. 6010 J
17.
6MeV
14
. /
fusions s
Each fusion requires one 2 H atom (and one 3 H atom; see Equation 11-67) so 2 H must be
14
provided at the rate of 1. 78
10 atoms / s.
11-58. The reactions per 238 U atom is:
R
I
(Equation 11-62)
2
24 2 11 2
1m
18
0. 0210 cm atom5. 010 n / m
1. 00 10 / atom
4 2
10
cm
The number N of 238 U atoms is:
23
5. 0g6. 0210
atoms / mol
N
238. 051g / mol
Total 239 U atoms produced = RN
22 238
1.
26 10 U atoms
18 22 4 239
1. 00 10 / atom 1. 26 10 atoms 1.
26 10 U atoms
11-59.
1
Q M H c M H c M H c
2
1 2 1 2 2 2
1. 007825 uc 1. 007825 uc 2.
014102 uc
2 2 2
0. 001548uc 2 931. 50MeV / uc 2 1.
4420MeV
Q M He c M H c M He c
2 2 1 2 3 2
2. 014102 uc 1. 007825 uc 3.
016029 uc
2 2 2
0. 005898uc 2 931. 50MeV / uc 2 5.
4940MeV
Q M He c M He c M He c m H c
3 2 3 2 4 2 1 2
3
2
. uc 2 . uc 2 . uc
2
2 3 016029 4 002602 2 1 007825
0. 013806uc 2 931. 50MeV / uc 2 12.
8603MeV
Q Q1 Q2 Q3 1. 4420MeV 5. 4940MeV 12. 8603MeV 19.
80MeV
279
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-60. Total power = 1000MWe
/ 0.
30 3333MW
4
(a) 1 day 8. 64
10 s
9
3. 3310 J / s 1MeV / 1. 6010 13 J 2. 08
10
22 MeV / s
Energy/day 2. 0810 22 MeV / s 8. 64 10 4 s / day 1. 80 10
27 MeV / day
The fission of 1kg of
235 26
U provides 4.
95
10 MeV (from Example 11-19)
235 27 26
1 1 8010 4 9510 3 64
kg U / day . MeV . MeV / kg . kg / day
1 3 64 365 1 33 10
235 235 3
kg U / year . kg U / day days / year . kg / year
(b)
(c) Burning coal produces
7
3. 1510 J / kg 1MeV / 1. 6010 13 J 1. 97 10
20 MeV / kg coal
26 235
4. 9510
MeV / kg U
Ratio of kg coal needed per kg of 235 U is:
2.
5110
20
1. 97 10
MeV / kg coal
For 1 day:
3. 64kg 235 U 2. 5110 6 9.
1 10
6 kg This is about 10,000 tons/day,
the approximate capacity of 100 railroad coal hopper cars.
6 9
9. 1210 kg / day 365days / year 3. 33
10 kg / year
For 1 year:
6
H2O
1000 kg / m , so
11-61.
3
(a) 1000kg
:
.
2
/ / .
6 23 2
10 g 6 02 10 molecules H O mol 2H molecule 0 00015 H
1 00
10
25 2
. H atoms
Each fusion releases 5.49MeV.
Energy release = MeV
18. 02g / mol
1. 0010 5. 49 5.
49
10
25 25
MeV
25 13 12
5. 49 10 MeV 1. 60 10 J / MeV 8.
78 10
J
(b) Energy used/person (in 1999) =
20 9
3. 5810 J 5.
9
10 people
6 07 10
10
. J /
person y
280
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-61 continued)
10 1y
Energy used per person per hour = 6. 07 10
J / person y
8760h
6 93
10
6
. J /
person h
At that rate the deuterium fusion in 1m 3 of water would last the “typical” person
12
8.
8010
J
6
6. 9310
J / person h
6
1.
27 10 h 145
y
11-62. (a) n
Q M U c m c M Cd c M Ru c 5m c
235 2 2 120 2 110 2 2
n
235. 043924 uc 1. 008665 uc 119. 909851 uc 109.
913859 uc
5 1. 008665uc
2 2 2 2
1. 186 931. 5 / 1.
10
10
2
uc 2 MeV uc 2 3 MeV
(b) This reaction is not likely to occur. Both product nuclei are neutron-rich and highly
unstable.
11-63. The original number
N of 0
14
C nuclei in the sample is:
N0 15g 6 78 10 nuclei g 1 017 10
. 10 / . 12 where the number of 14 C nuclei per gram
of C was computed in Example 11-27. The number N of 14 C present after 10,000y is:
N N e N e
ln 2t/
t
t
1/
2
0 0
(Equation 11-18)
ln 210000 / 5730
e
1. 017 10 3.
034 10
12 11
1/
2
R N ln2 t N (Equation 11-19)
ln 2 5730 y1y 3. 16 10 7 s3.
034 10
11
1. 16decays / s
11-64. If from a living organism, the decay rate would be:
15. 6decays / g min 175g 20. 230 decays / min (from Example 11-27)
8. 1decays / s 60s / min 486decays / min
The actual decay rate is:
281
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-64 continued)
2
1 486decays / min
2
20, 230decays / min
(from Example 11-27)
2 n 20, 230 / 486
2 20 230 486
nln ln , /
n ln 20, 230 / 486 ln( 2) 5.
379 half lives
5. 379 half lives 5730 y / half life 30,
800 y
Age of bone =
11-65.
t
1 /
t 2 ln 1 N /
ln
(Equation 11-92)
D
NP
2
t Rb y N N
87 10
1/ 2
4. 8810 and
P/ D
36.
5
10
4.
8810
y
9
t ln 1 1/ 36. 5
1.
90 10
y
ln
2
11-66. The number of X rays counted during the experiment equals the number of atoms of
interest in the same, times the cross section for activation
intensity, where
250nA eC / proton 1. 56
10 protons / s
I = proton intensity = 1 12
x
650b 650 10 cm
24 2
m mass 0. 35mg / cm 0. 00001 3. 5
10 mg / cm
2 6 2
n number of atoms of interest mN / A
t exposure time
detector efficiency 0.
0035
overall efficiency 0.
60 detector efficiency
mN
A
A
N I
x
t
A
x
, times the particle beam
N
250 10
1 60 10
9
19
. C /
C/
s
650 10
proton
cm
24 2
282
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-66 continued)
0 35 10 3 2 0 00001 6 02 10 23
. g / cm . . mol
1
80g / mol
15 min 60s/min 0. 60 0.
0035
4
5.
06 10 counts in 15 minutes
11-67.
t
1 /
t 2 ln 1 N /
ln
(Equation 11-92)
D
NP
2
232 10
t1/ 2
Th 1.
40
10 y
23
4. 11g
6. 0210
atoms / mol
232 22
NP
Th 1.
066 10 atoms
232. 04g / mol
23
0. 88g
6. 0210
atoms / mol
208 21
ND
Pb 2.
547 10 atoms
208g / mol
N N
D
P
21 22
2. 547 10 1. 066 10 0.
2389
10
1.
4010
y
9
t ln 1 0. 2389
4.
33
10 y
ln
2
11-68.
E
2 B z p
f
h h
8 4
T
2 2. 79
N
3. 1510 eV / T 1
N
0.
510
(a) For Earth’s field: f
15
4.
1410
eV s
3
2. 13 10 Hz 2.
12
kHz
(b) For B = 0.25T:
3 4 7
f 2. 1210 Hz 0. 25T 0. 510 T 1. 0610 Hz 10.
6MHz
(c) For B= 0.5T:
3 4 7
f 2. 1210 Hz 0. 5T 0. 510 T 2. 1210 Hz 21.
2MHz
283
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-69. (a) N C
6
12 10 C / s10 min60s / min
1.
5010
12 3 16
19
3 1.
6010
C
(b)
C
C ratio 1500 1.
5010 10
14 12 16 13
mass
12
C
15
1. 5010 atoms / min75 min121.
6610
27 kg
0.
015
7 4
1. 4910 kg 1. 4910 g 0.
149mg
(c) The
C C ratio in living C is 1. 35
10 .
14 12 12
14 12 13
n
sample C C 10 0.
10 1
14 12 12
living C C 1. 35 10 1.
35
2
where n = # of half-lives elapsed. Rewriting as (see Example 11-28)
1.
35
2 n 13.
5
0.
10
n
nln 2 ln 13. 5 ln 13. 5 /ln 2 3.
75
3. 75t 3. 75 5730 y 2.
15
10 y
age of sample =
4
1/
2
11-70. If from live wood, the decay rate would be 15.6 disintegrations/g•min. The actual rate is
2.05 disintegrations/g•min.
2
1 2. 05decays / g min
2
15. 6decays / g min
(from Example 12-13)
2 n 15. 6/ 2.
05
2 15 6 2 05
nln ln . / .
14
15 6 2 05 2 2 928 half lives of
nln . / . ln .
nt1/ 2 2. 928 5730 y 16,
800 y
Age of spear thrower =
C
284
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-71. Writing Equation 11-14 as:
2 2 2 2 3 1 3 2 2 1 1 2 2
, / / 1 2 3 4
2
/
p n
5
M Z A c Zm A Z m c a A a A a A z a A Z A a A c
and differentiating,
M m
p m
n
2 a A Z 2 a A 2 Z 2 A
Z
1/
3 1
3 4
0 m m 2a A Z 4a 8a A Z
p
n
1/
3 1
3 4 4
0 m m 4a 2a A 8a A Z
p
n
1/
3 1
4 3 4
m m 4a
Z where a 0 75 and a 93 2
2a A 8
p n 4
1 3 1
3
.
/ 4
.
3
a4A
(a) For A = 27:
Z
2
1. 008665 1. 007825 931. 5MeV / uc 4 93.
2
1/
3 1
2 0. 75 27 8 93.
2 27
13.
2
Minimum Z = 13
(b) For A = 65: Computing as in (a) with A = 65 yields Z = 31.5. Minimum Z = 29.
(c) For A = 139: Computing as in (a) with A = 139 yields Z = 66. Minimum Z = 57.
11-72. (a)
(b)
(c)
3/
2
3/
2
0. 31 0. 31 5 3.
47
R E MeV cm
R g / cm R cm 3. 47cm 1. 29 10 g / cm 4. 47 10 g / cm
2 3 3 3 2
2 3 2 3 3
R cm R g / cm 4. 47 10 g / cm 2. 70g / cm 1.
66 10 cm
11-73. For one proton, consider the nucleus as a sphere of charge e and charge density
3
c
3e 4 R . The work done in assembling the sphere, i.e., bringing charged shell dq
up to r, is:
U
c
3
4 r
2 1
c c c
4
dU k r dr and integrating from 0 to R yields:
3
r
k 16 R 3 ke
15 5 R
2 2 5 2
c
For two protons, the coulomb repulsive energy is twice U c , or
2
6ke
5 R .
285
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-74. The number N of 144 Nd atoms is:
N
53 94 6 02 10
23
. g . /
144g / mol
atoms mol
2.
25 10
23
atoms
dN
dt
N dN dt N
2. 36s 2. 25 10 1.
05 10 s
1 23 23 1
23 1 23 15
t s s y
1/ 2
ln 2 ln 2 1. 05 10 6. 61 10 2.
09 10
t ln 2 / t
1/
2
11-75. R R0 e (from Equation 11-19)
(a) At t = 0: R = R 0 = 115.0 decays/min
At t = 4d 5h = 4.21d: R = 73.5 decays/min
ln 2 4. 21d
/ t1 2
/
73. 5decays / min = 115. 0 decays / min e
ln 2 4. 21d
/ t1 2
/
73. 5/ 115.
0 e
ln 73. 5/ 115. 0 ln 2 4. 21 d / t
/
1 2
t1/ 2
ln 2 2. 41d /ln 73. 5/ 115. 0 6.
52d
(b)
R 10decays / min = 115. 0decays / min e
ln 2 t/ 6.
52d
(c)
t ln 10 / 115. 0 6. 52d ln 2 23.
0d
R 2. 5decays / min = 115. 0decays / min e
ln 2 t/ 6.
52d
t ln 2. 5/ 115. 0 6. 52d ln 2 36.
0 d (because t = 0)
This time is 13 days (= 2t 1/2 ) after the time in (b).
11-76. For 227 Th : t1 2
18.
72 d (nucleus A)
/
For 223 Ra : t1 2
11.
43 d (nucleus B)
/
At t = 0 there are 10 6 Th atoms and 0 Ra atoms
A
(a) N N t
0
e (Equation 11-18)
A
N
A
0 A A A t B t B t
NB
e e N
Be
B A
0
(Equation 11-26 on the Web page)
286
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-76 continued)
6 ln 2 15d
/ 18.
72d
5
N 10 e
5.
74 10
A
6
10 ln 2 18.
72d
NB
e e
ln 2 1/ 11. 43d
1/ 18.
72d
N
A 0 A A A B
(b) N N means N e e e
A B 0 A
Cancelling N 0A and rearranging,
t t t
B A
ln 2 15 / 18. 72 ln 2 15 / 11.
43 5
0 2.
68 10
B
A
A
A B
1 e
t
A
ln 2 ln 2
0. 0370d
0.
0606d
18. 82d
11.
43d
1 1
B
ln
B A
A
1
B
A
t
t
ln
B A
A
1
A
B
0. 0606 0.
0370
ln 1 0 . 0370 0 . 0606
0.
0370
43. 0d
11-77. (a)
16 9 6
/ 6. 582 10 eV s 0. 13 10 s 5.
06 10 eV
(b)
E
r
hf
2 2
0.
12939MeV
2Mc 2M I c
2 191 2
(Equation 11-47)
4. 71 10 MeV 4.
71 10
8 2
(c) (See Section 1-5)
The relativistic Doppler shift Δf for either receding or approaching is:
f v
f c
0
eV
h f hf E
6 8
v
5. 06 10 eV 3. 00 10 /
c
6
E c E 0. 12939MeV 10 eV / MeV
0
m s
v 0. 0117m / s 1. 17cm / s
287
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-78.
B ZM H c Nm c M c
1 2 2 2
n A
For 3 2 2 2
He : B 2 1. 007825uc 1. 008665uc 3.
016029uc
2 2
0. 008826 931. 5 / 7.
72
uc MeV uc MeV
For 3 2 2 2
H : B 1. 007825uc 2 1. 008665uc 3.
016029uc
2 2
0. 009106 931. 5 / 8.
48
uc MeV uc MeV
1/ 3 1/
3 15
R R A . fm . fm . m
0
1 2 3 1 730 1 730 10
2 5
Uc
ke / R ke / R eV 8. 32 10 eV 0.
832MeV or about 1/10 of the binding
energy.
11-79. For 47 Ca :
46 2 2 47 2
B M Ca c mnc M Ca c
45. 953687 uc 1. 008665 uc 46.
954541 uc
2 2 2
2 2
0. 007811 931. 5 / 7.
28
For 48 Ca :
uc MeV uc MeV
47 2 2 48 2
B M Ca c mnc M Ca c
45. 954541 uc 1. 008665 uc 47.
952534 uc
2 2 2
2 2
0. 010672 931. 5 / 9.
94
uc MeV uc MeV
Assuming the even-odd 47 Ca to be the “no correction” nuclide, the average magnitude of
the correction needed to go to either of the even-even nuclides 46 Ca or
approximately B – average binding energy of the odd neutron,
48 Ca is
9. 94MeV 7. 28MeV / 2 8. 61MeV . So the correction for 46 Ca is 8.16 – 7.28 = 0.88
MeV and for 48 Ca is 9.94 – 8.16 = 1.78 MeV, an “average” of about 1.33 MeV. The
estimate for a 5 is then:
a A 1. 33MeV a 1. 33/ 48 9.
2 . This value is about
1 / 2 1 / 2
5 5
30% below the accepted empirical value of a 5 = 12.
288
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-80. For a nucleus with I > 0 the α feels a centripetal force
2
Fc
mv / r dV / dr where r distance of the from the nuclear center. The
corresponding potential energy V
ln
r and becomes larger (i.e., more negative) as r
increases. This lowers the total energy of the α near the nuclear boundary and results in a
wider barrier, hence lower decay probability.
11-81. (a)
R R A where R 1.
2 f (Equation 11-3)
13 /
0 0
141 15 1/
3
15
R Ba 1. 2 fm 10 m / fm 141 6.
24 10 m
92 15 1/
3
15
R Kr 1. 2 fm 10 m / fm 92 5.
42 10 m
(b)
V kq q / r
9 2 2 19 19
8. 998 10 N m / C 56 1. 60 10 C 36 1.
60 10 C
1 2 15 15 19
6. 24 10 m 5. 42 10 m 1. 60 10 J / eV
8
2. 49 10 eV 249MeV
This value is about 40% larger than the measured value.
11-82. (a) In the lab, the nucleus (at rest) is at x = 0 and the neutron moving at v L is at x.
M 0 mx mx
x dx m x / dt
m
xCM
vL
and V
M m M m dt dt M m
mv
V
L
M m
(b) The nucleus at rest in the lab frame moves at speed V in the CM frame before the
collision. In an elastic collision in the CM system, the particles reverse their
velocities, so the speed of the nucleus is still V, but in the opposite direction.
(c) In the CM frame in the nucleus velocity changes by 2V. This is also the change in the
lab system where the nucleus was initially at rest. It moves with speed 2V in the lab
system after the collision.
(d)
1 1/
2 1 2mvL
1 2 4mM
M 2V M mvL
2 2 M m 2 M m
2
289
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-82 continued)
Before collision:
E
i
1
mv
2
2
L
After collision:
1 1 4mM
4mM
E mv mv E 1
2 2 M m M m
2 2
L L 2 i
2
11-83. At the end of the two hour irradiation the number of
32 56
P and Mn atoms are given by
R
0
t
N e R0
I
1 from Equation 11-26 where (Equation 11-62)
For 32 P :
24 2 12 2 13 32 31
R . cm neutrons / cm s . P atoms / s per P
0
0 180 10 10 1 80 10
1. 80 10 / s 3600s / h 342.
2h
13
Rt
0 1/
2 ln 2 t / t1/
2
ln 2 2h / 342.
2h
N0
1 e 1 e
For 56 Mn :
ln 2 ln 2
1. 29 10 P atoms /
9 32 31
P atom
24 2 12 2 11 56 55
R . cm neutrons / cm s . Mn atoms / s per Mn
0
13 3 10 10 1 33 10
11
1. 33 10 / s 3600s / h 2.
58h
N0
1 e
ln 2
ln 2 2h/ 2.
58h
7. 42 10 Mn atoms /
8 56 55
Mn atom
(a) Two hours after the irradiation stops, the activities are:
dN
dt
N e
0
t
N
0
t
ln
1/
2
2 ln 2 t/
t1/
2
e
For 32 P :
dN
9
1. 29 10 ln 2
4
dt 14. 26d 8. 64 10 s / d
ln 2 2h/ 342.
2h
16 31
e 7. 23 10 decays / P atom
For 56 Mn :
290
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-83 continued)
8
7. 42 10 ln 2
dN
dt 2. 58h 3600s / h
ln 2 48h/ 2.
58h
17 56
e 1. 39 10 decays / Mn atom
The total activity is the sum of these, each multiplied by the number of parent atoms
initially present.
11-84. Q 200 MeV / fission .
19 13
E NQ 7. 0 10 J N 200MeV / fission 1. 60 10 J / MeV
N
7.
0 10
13
MeV / fission . J / MeV
19
200 1 60 10
J
2.
19 10
30
fissions
Number of moles of 235 U needed =
30 23 6
N / N 2. 19 10 6. 02 10 3.
63 10 moles
A
Fissioned mass/y =
6 8 5
3. 63 10 moles 235g / mole 8. 54 10 g 8.
54 10 kg
That is 3% of the mass of the 235 U atoms needed to produce the energy consumed.
Mass needed to produce
7 0 10 8 54 10 0 03 2 85 10
19 5 7
. J . kg / . . kg .
Since the energy conversion system is 25% efficient:
Total mass of 235 U needed =
8
1. 14 10 kg .
11-85. The number of 87 Sr atoms present at any time is equal to the number of 87 Rb nuclei that
have decayed, because 87 Sr is stable.
N Sr N0 Rb N Rb N Sr N Rb N0 Rb N Rb 1N
N Sr N Rb
0.
010
N0 Rb N Rb N Sr N Rb 1 1.
010
and also
ln 2 t/
t1/
2
0
1/ 1.
010
N Rb N Rb e
ln2
t
1/
2
t
ln 1/ 1.
010
10 8
t t y y
1/ 2ln 1/ 1. 010 /ln( 2) 4. 9 10 ln 1/ 1. 010 /ln( 2) 7.
03 10
291
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-86. (a) Average energy released/reaction is: 3. 27MeV 4. 03MeV / 2 3.
65MeV
E
t
13
P 4W 4J / s N 3. 65MeV 1. 60 10 J / MeV
N
4J / s
3 65 1 60 10
13
. MeV / reaction . /
Half of the reactions produce neutrons, so
J MeV
6 85 10
12
. /
reactions s
12
3. 42 10 neutrons / s will be released.
(b) Neutron absorption rate
12 11
0. 10 3. 42 10 3. 42 10 neutrons / s
Energy absorption rate =
0. 5MeV / neutron
11
3. 42 10 neutrons / s
13
1. 60 10 J / MeV
2
2. 74 10 J / s
Radiation dose rate =
2
2. 74 10 J / s / 80kg 100rad / J / kg
3
3. 42 10 rad / s
2
3 42 10 4 0 137 493
. rad / s . rem / s rem / h
(c) 500 rem, lethal to half of those exposed, would be received in:
500rem / 492rem / h 1.
02h
t
11-87. R t N0 I 1 e (Equation 11-86)
35Bq
For Co: N0
6
24 2 12 2
.
19 10 cm 3. 5 10 / s cm 1 e
1 319 10 2
17
2.
00 10 atoms
For Ti:
N
115Bq
0
24 2 12 2
0.
120 2
0. 15 10 cm 3. 5 10 / s cm 1 e
15
1.
03 10 atoms
11-88. The net reaction is:
2 3 4 1
5 H He He H n 25MeV
Energy release / 2 H 5MeV (assumes equal probabilities)
4 water 4000g 2 1. 007825 15. 994915 g / mol 222.
1 moles
4 of water thus contains 2(222.1) moles of hydrogen, of which
Number of 2 H atoms =
4 2
1. 5 10 is H , or
292
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-88 continued)
2 222. 1 moles 6. 02 10 atoms / mol 1. 5 10 4.
01 10
23 4 22
Total energy release =
22 23 10
4. 01 10 5MeV 2. 01 10 MeV 3.
22 10 J
20 2
Because the U.S. consumes about 1. 0 10 J / y, the complete fusion of the H in 4
2
of water would supply the nation for about 1. 01 10 s 10.
1ms
11-89. (a)
2 hc / Mc
2
E
hc hc
2 2
2
hc
2
E
hc
p
E 2hc 2E
2 2
2 2
E E hc Mc Mc
1 2
2 2 2
E Mc E / 2 E Mc E / 2 /
p
p
4mM
4mM
E E E E 1
E E
M m M m
f i i 2 i i
2
E 4mM 4m / M
E M m 1 m / M
i
2 2
which is Equation 11-82 in More section.
(b)
1/
2
E 5. 7MeV 938. 28MeV / 2 51.
7MeV
(c)
vL
neutron (m)
x
CM
O 14 N (M)
The neutron moves at v L in the lab, so the CM moves at v vLmN / mN
M toward
the right and the 14 N velocity in the CM system is v to the left before collision and v to
the right after collision for an elastic collision. Thus, the energy of the nitrogen
nucleus in the lab after the collision is:
E 14 N 1
2
2 mv
2 2 2
L
2
M v Mv M m M
2
293
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-89 continued)
2
2Mm mvL
4Mm
1
2 2
m M m M
mv
2
2
L
4 14. 003074u
1.
008665u
1. 008665u
14.
003074u
2
57 . MeV
= 1.43 MeV
(d)
1/
2
2 2
14. 003074 931. 5 / 1. 43 / 2 96.
5
E uc MeV uc MeV MeV
11-90. In the lab frame:
photon
E hv pc
p hv / c E / c
deuteron,
M at rest
In CM frame:
photon
E pc
p E / c
deuteron, M
2 2
EK
1/ 2Mv p / 2M
p
2ME
K
For E pc in CM system means that a negligible amount of photon energy goes to
recoil energy of the deuteron, i.e.,
2
p
pc
pc E or pc pc 2Mc
2
2M
2Mc
2
2
E pc 2Mc 2 1875. 6MeV 3751.
2MeV (see Table 11-1)
In the lab, that incident photon energy must supply the binding energy B = 2.22 MeV plus
the recoil energy E K given by:
2 2 2 2 2
E p / 2M pc / 2Mc B / 2Mc
K
2
2.
22MeV
2 1875.
6MeV
2
0.
0013MeV
294
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-90 continued)
So the photon energy must be E 2. 22MeV 0. 001MeV 2. 221MeV , which is much
less than 3751 MeV.
11-91. (a)
B ZM H c Nm c M c
1 2 2 2
n A
(Equation 11-11)
For Li : B 3 1. 007825uc 4 1. 008665uc 7.
016003uc
7 2 2 2
2 2
0. 042132 931. 5 / 39.
25
uc MeV uc MeV
For Be : B 4 1. 007825uc 3 1. 008665uc 7.
016928uc
7 2 2 2
2 2
0. 040367 931. 5 / 37.
60
uc MeV uc MeV
B
1.
65MeV
For B : B 5 1. 007825uc 6 1. 008665uc 11.
009305uc
11 2 2 2
2 2
0. 0081810 931. 5 / 76.
21
uc MeV uc MeV
For C : B 6 1. 007825uc 5 1. 008665uc 11.
011433uc
11 2 2 2
2 2
0. 078842 931. 5 / 73.
44
uc MeV uc MeV
B
2.
77MeV
For N : B 7 1. 007825uc 8 1. 008665uc 15.
000108uc
15 2 2 2
2 2
0. 123987 931. 5 / 115.
5
uc MeV uc MeV
For O : B 8 1. 007825uc 7 1. 008665uc 15.
003065uc
15 2 2 2
2 2
0. 120190 931. 5 / 112.
0
uc MeV uc MeV
B
3.
54MeV
(b)
B a Z A a B Z A
2 1/ 3 2 1/
3
3 3
3
1/
3
For A 7; Z 4 : a 1. 65MeV 7 7 0.
45MeV
3
1/
3
For A 11; Z 6 : a 2. 77 MeV 11 11 0.
56MeV
295
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-91 continued)
3
1/
3
For A 15; Z 8 : a 3. 54 MeV 15 15 0.
58MeV
a3 0.
53MeV
These values differ significantly from the empirical value of a3 0. 75MeV
.
11-92. (a) Using M Z 0 from Problem 11-71.
m m 4
Z a MeV c a MeV c
2a A 8
n p 4 2 2
where
1 3 1
3
0. 75 / ,
4
93. 2 /
/
3
a4A
1 m 4
4
n
m
n p p
a4
1 m m 4a A
2A a A 2a
2 1 a A 4a
1 1/
3
3 4
2/
3
3 4
29 1 1. 008665 1. 007276 931. 5 / 4 93.
2
(b) & (c) For A 29 : Z
14
2/
3
2 1 0. 75 29 / 4 93.
2
The only stable isotope with A = 29 is 29
14 Si
For A =59: Computing as above with A = 59 yields Z = 29. The only stable
isotope with A = 59 is 59
27 Co
For A = 78: Computing as above with A = 78 yields Z = 38. 78
38Sr is not
stable. Stable isotopes with A = 78 are 78
78
34
Se and Kr . 38
The only stable isotope with A = 119 is 119
50 Sn .
For A = 140: Computing as above with A = 140 yields Z = 69. 140
69Tm is not
stable. The only stable isotope with A = 140 is 140
58 Ce .
The method of finding the minimum Z for each A works well for A ≤ 60, but
deviates increasingly at higher A values.
296
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-93. (a) (b)
j = 3/2
j = 1/2
1d 5/2
1d 5/2
1p 1/2
1p 1/2
1p 3/2
1p 3/2
1s 1/2
1s 1/2
n
Ground state 11 B
p
n
1 st excited state 11 B
p
(c)
j = 5/2
1d 5/2
1p 1/2
1p 3/2
1s 1/2
n
2 nd excited state 11 B
p
297
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-93 continued)
(d)
1d 5/2
1d 5/2
1p 1/2
1p 1/2
1p 3/2
1p 3/2
1s 1/2
1s 1/2
n
17 O p
n
17 O
p
Ground state (j = 5/2)
1 st excited state (j = 1/2)
(e)
2s 1/2
1d 5/2
1p 1/2
1p 3/2
1s 1/2
n
17 O
2 nd excited state (j = 1/2)
p
298
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-94. (a) Data from Appendix A are plotted on the graph. For those isotopes not listed in
Appendix A, data for ones that have been discovered can be found in the reference
sources, e.g., Table of Isotopes, R.B. Firestone, Wiley – Interscience (1998). Masses
for those not yet discovered or not in Appendix A are computed from Equation 11-14
(on the Web). Values of M(Z, 151) computed from Equation 11-14 are listed below.
Because values found from Equation 11-14 tend to overestimate the mass in the
higher A regions, the calculated value was adjusted to the measured value for Z = 56,
the lowest Z known for A = 151 and the lower Z values were corrected by a
corresponding amount. The error introduced by this correction is not serious because
the side of the parabola is nearly a straight line in this region. On the high Z side of
the A = 151 parabola, all isotopes through Z = 70 have been discovered and are in the
reference cited.
Z N M Z , 151 [Equation 11-14] M Z , 151 [adjusted]
50 101 152.352638 151.565515
51 100 152.234612 151.447490
52 99 152.122188 151.335066
53 98 152.015365 151.228243
54 97 151.914414 151.127292
55 96 151.818525 151.031403
56 95 151.728507 150.941385*
* This value has been measured.
299
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-94 continued)
(b) The drip lines occur for:
protons: M Z, 151 M Z 1, 150 m
p
0
neutrons: M Z, 151 M Z, 150 m
n
0
Write a calculator or computer program for each using Equation 11-14 (on Web page)
and solve for Z.
11-95. (a)
,
p n
2 / 3 1/ 3 2 1 1/
2
1 2 3 4
2
5
M Z A Zm Nm a A a A a A a A Z A a A
from Equation 11-14 on the Web page.
M 126,
310 126m 184m
p
n
15. 67 310 17.
23 310
2 1/
3
0.
75 126 310
2/
3
93.
2 310 2 126 310
1 1/
2
12 310 12 310
2
M
126, 310 313.
969022u
(b) For β − decay: (126, 310) → (127, 310) + β − + v
e
Computing M(127, 310) as in (a) yields 314.011614u.
300
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-95 continued)
Q M 126, 310 c M 127,
310 c
2 2
313. 969022 uc 314.
011614 uc
2 2
2
0. 042592 931. 5 / 39.
7
u MeV uc MeV
Q < 0, so β − decay is forbidden by energy conservation.
For β + decay: (126, 310) → (125, 310) + β + + v e
Computing M(125, 310) as in (a) yields 313.923610u.
Q M 126, 310 c M 125, 310 c 2mec
2 2 2
2 2
313. 969022 313. 923610 1.
022
41. 3MeV
uc uc MeV
β + decay and electron capture are possible decay modes.
For α decay: (126, 310) → (124, 310) + α
Computing M(124, 310) as in (a) yields 309.913540u.
Q 313. 969022uc 309. 913540uc 4.
002602uc
49. 3MeV
α decay is also a possible decay mode.
2 2 2
11-96. (a) If the electron’s kinetic energy is 0.782MeV, then its total energy is:
E MeV m c MeV MeV MeV
2
0. 782
e
0. 782 0. 511 1.
293
2 2 2
e
E pc m c
2
(Equation 2-32)
2 2
e
2
1/
2
p E m c c
1/
2
2 2
1. 293MeV 0.
511MeV c
1. 189MeV / c
(b) For the proton p 1. 189MeV / c also, so
2 2 2
E p / 2m pc 2mc
kin
2 4
1. 189MeV 2 938. 28MeV 7. 53 10 MeV 0.
753keV
301
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-96 continued)
(c)
4
7.
53 10 MeV
0.
782MeV
100 0. 0963%
dN
11-97. R
p N (Equation 11-17)
dt
(a) N R N0e R R e R 1 e
t t t
p p p p
t
N R / 1 e (from Equation 11-17)
p
At t = 0, N(0) = 0. For large t, N t R
p
/ , its maximum value
(b) For dN / dt 0
R N N R / R / ln / t
p p p
2
1/
2
1 1
N 100s / ln 2/ 10min 100s 60s / min / ln 2/
10min
4 62
8. 66 10 Cu nuclei
11-98. (a) 4n + 3 decays chain
below.)
235 207
92U143 82
Pb
125
There are 12 α decays in the chain. (See graph
302
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(b) There are 9 β − decays in the chain. (See graph below.)
(Problem 11-98 continued)
(c)
235 2 207 2 4 2
Q M U c M Pb c 7M He c
235. 043924uc 206. 975871uc 7 4.
002602 uc
0. 049839 931. 50 /
2 2 2
2 2
uc MeV uc 46 43
. MeV
(d) The number of decays in one year is:
dN
dt
N e where ln 2 / t ln 2 / 7. 04 10 y 9.
85 10 y
t
0 1/
2
8 10 1
N
0
1 1000 6 02 10
23
kg g / kg . atoms / mol
235g / mol
2.
56 10
24
atoms
dN
dt
10 1 24 1y
15
9. 85 10 y 2. 56 10 e 2. 52 10 decays / y
Each decay results in the eventual release of 46.43 MeV, so the energy release
per year Q is:
15
Q 2. 52 10 decays / y 46. 43MeV / decay
17 13
1. 17 10 MeV / y 1. 60 10 J / MeV
The temperature change ΔT is given by:
4 3
1. 87 10 J / y 1cal / 4. 186J 4. 48 10 cal / y
Q cm T or T Q/
cm where m 1kg 1000g
and the specific heat of U is c 0. 0276cal / g C .
3
T 4. 48 10 cal / y 0. 0276cal / g C 1000g 162 C
303
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-98 continued)
144
α
235 U
231 Th
142
140
237 Ac
β −
α
231 Pa
N
138
136
134
132
α β −
β − α
α
β − α
Rn
223 Ra
223 Fr
219 At
α
215 Bi
215 Po
α
227 Th
130
128
α
211 Pb
β −
β −
211 Bi
α
215 At
126
124
α
207 Tl
β −
207 Pb
β −
α
211 Po
80
82 84 86 88 90
Z
92
11-99. The reactions are:
(1) 1 H 1 H 2 H v
e
(2) 1 H 2 H 3 He
followed by
(3) 3 He 3 He 4 He 1 H 1 H or
304
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-99 continued)
(4) 1 H 3 He 4 He v
e
(a) From 2(1) + 2(2) + (3):
1 2 3 2 3 4 1
6 H 2 H 2 He 2 H 2 He He 2 H 2 2v
e
2
Cancelling
1 2 3
2 H, 2 H,
and 2 He on both sides of the sum,
(b)
1 4
4 H He 2 2v
e
2
From (1) + (2) + (4):
1 2 3 2 3 4
4 H H He H He He 2 2v
e
Cancelling 2 H,
and
3 He on both sides of the sum,
1 4
4 H He 2 2v
e
1 2 4 2 2
Q 4m H c M He c 2m e
c
4 938. 280MeV 3727. 409MeV 2 0.
511MeV
24. 7MeV
(c) Total energy release is 24.7 MeV plus the annihilation energy of the two β + :
energy release 24. 7MeV 2 mec
2
24. 7MeV 2 1.
022MeV 26. 7MeV
Each cycle uses 4 protons, thus produces 26. 7MeV / 4 6. 68MeV / proton .
Therefore, 1 H (protons) are consumed at the rate:
dN P
26
4 10 J / s 1eV
dt E
6
6. 68 10 eV
19
1.
60 10 J
The number N of 1 H nuclei in the Sun is:
N
M
M
1
H
1/
2 2 10
1.
673 10
30
27
kg
kg
5.
98 10
3 75 10
38
. /
56
protons
which will last at the present consumption rate for
protons s
t
N
dN dt
56
5.
98 10 protons
protons s
38
/ 3. 75 10 /
1.
60 10
18
s
1y
1. 60 10 s
5.
05 10
3.
16 10 s
18 10
7
y
305
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
11-100. At this energy, neither particle is relativistic, so
p
p
E E p p E E 17.
7MeV
2 2
He
n
He n He n He n
2mHe
2mn
2m E 2m E 2m 17.
7MeV E
He He n n n He
m
m 17. 7 Therefore, n
He
mn EHe MeV mn EHe
17.
7MeV
m m
E
He
1. 008665u
17.
7MeV
3.
56MeV
2. 002602u
1.
008665u
E 17. 7MeV E 17. 7 3. 56 MeV 14.
1MeV
n
He
He
n
11-101. (a) The number N of generations is:
N
5s
0. 08s / gen
62.
5 generations
Percentage increase in energy production =
R N
R
0
R
0
100
R N
R
0
N
1 100 where R N / R 0 k (from Example 11-22 in More section)
N
k
62.
5
1 100 1 005 1 100 137
. %
(b) Because k neutron flux,
the fractional change in flux necessary is equal to the
fractional change in k:
k 1 1.
005 1
k 1.
005
0.
00498
11-102. (a) For 5% enrichment:
0. 05 U 0.
95
235 238
f f f
U
0. 05 584b
0. 95 0 29.
2b
0. 05 U 0.
95
235 238
a a a
U
0. 05 97b 0. 95 2. 75b 7.
46b
306
Chapter 11 – Nuclear Physics
(Problem 11-102 continued)
k
f
2. 4 29.
2b
2. 4 1.
91 (Equation 11-68 in More section)
29. 2b
2.
46b
f
a
(b) For 95% enrichment:
0. 95 U 0.
05
235 238
f f f
U
0. 95 584b
0. 05 0 554.
8b
0. 95 U 0.
05
235 238
a a a
U
0. 95 97b 0. 05 2. 75b 92.
3b
N
The reaction rate after N generations is R N R 0 k .
N
For the rate to double R N 2R 0 and 2 k N ln 2 /ln k .
N
N
5% ln 2 /ln 1. 91 1.
07 generations
95% ln 2 /ln 2. 06 0.
96 generations
Assuming an average time per generation of 0.01s
t
5% 1.
07 10
2
s
t
95% 0.
96 10
2
s
Number of generations/second = 1/seconds/generation
In 1s: N 5% 93. 5 and N 95%
104
One second after the first fission:
93.
5 26
N
R 5% R 0 k 1 1. 91 1.
9 10
Energy rate =
26
1 9 10 200
. fissions / s MeV / fission
3 8 10 1 60 10
28 13
. MeV / s . /
15 15
6. 1 10 J / s 6.
1 10 W
104 32
R 95% R 0 k
N 1 2. 06 4.
4 10
J MeV
Energy rate =
32
4 4 10 200
. fissions / s MeV / fission
8 8 10 1 60 10
34 13
. MeV / s . /
22 22
1. 4 10 J / s 1.
4 10 W
J MeV
307
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
12-1. (a) Because the two pions are initially at rest, the net momentum of the system is zero,
both before and after annihilation. For the momentum of the system to be zero after
the interaction, the momentum of the two photons must be equal in magnitude and
opposite in direction, i.e., their momentum vectors must add to zero. Because the
photon energy is E pc,
their energies are also equal.
(b) The energy of each photon equals the rest energy of a or a .
2
E m
c MeV
139.
6 (from Table 12-3)
(c)
hc 1240MeV fm
E hf hc / Thus, 8.
88 fm
E 139.
6MeV
12-2. (a)
2 2
E
mc mc 2285MeV 139. 6MeV 2424.
6MeV
E 2mpc 2 938. 28MeV
1876.
56MeV
2
(b)
E 2m c 2 105. 66MeV 211.
32MeV
2
(c)
12-3. (a)
e
e
e
e
γ
Z
e
e
e
e
(b)
e
γ
e
γ
γ
e
e
γ
e +
e
309
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
12-4. (a)
e
e
γ
e
e
(b) See solution to Problem 12-3(a).
(c)
e
e
e
12-5. (a) 32 P 32 S e assuming no neutrino
Q M P c M S c
32 2 32 2
(electron’s mass is included in that of 32 S )
31. 973908uc
31.
972071uc
2 2
2 2
0. 001837uc 931. 5MeV / uc 1.
711MeV
To a good approximation, the electron has all of the kinetic energy
E Q 1.
711MeV
k
(b) In the absence of a neutrino, the 32 S and the electron have equal and opposite
momenta. The momentum of the electron is given by:
pc 2 E 2 m c
2
2
e
2 2
Ek mec mec
(Equation 2-32)
2 2
2 2
Q m c m c Q 2Qm c
2 2 2 2
e e e
310
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
(Problem 12-5 continued)
The kinetic energy of the 32 S is then:
E
k
2
2 2
2
e
2 32 2
2
p pc Q Qm c
2M 2Mc 2M S c
2
1. 711MeV 21. 711MeV 0.
511MeV
2 2
. uc . MeV / uc
2 31 972071 931 5
5
7. 85 10 MeV 78.
5
eV
(c) As noted above, the momenta of the electron and 32 S are equal in magnitude and
opposite direction.
pc 2 Q 2 2Qm c 2 1. 711MeV 2
21. 711MeV 0.
511MeV
e
1 /
2
1. 711 2 1. 711 0.
511
2
p MeV MeV MeV c
2. 16MeV / c
12-6. (a) A single photon cannot conserver both energy and momentum.
(b) To conserver momentum each photon must have equal and opposite momenta so that
the total momentum is zero. Thus, they have equal energies, each equal to the rest
energy of a proton:
2
E mpc
938.
28MeV
(c)
(d)
hc 1240MeV fm
E
hv hc / 1.
32 fm
E 938.
28MeV
8
c 3. 0010
m / s
v 2.
27 10
15
1.
3210
m
23
Hz
12-7. (a) Conservation of charge: +1 +1 → +1 −1 +1 −1 = 0. Conservation of charge is
violated, so the reaction is forbidden.
(b) Conservation of charge: +1 +1 → +1 −1 = 0. Conservation of charge is violated, so
the reaction is forbidden.
311
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
12-8. (a) 2/ 5 2/
5
a b
m m c
Since the units of must be seconds s, we have
5 2
5
5
1 Nm
2 1 a b
2
s kg e c
C
c
having substituted the internal units of ke
2 / c.
Re-writing the units, noting that
J N m, gives:
s
kg N m C s
1 10 5 5 5
C 1 J s m a b
5 10 10
c
5
Noting that
J kg m s
2 2
/ and cancelling yields,
1 2
a ab ab
s kg m s
Since a 1 must be 0, a 1 , and since a b 1, b 2.
2 5
2 / mc
34
2 1.
05510 Js 137
10
(b) 1. 2410 s 0.
124ns
2
31 8
9. 1110 kg 3. 0010
m / s
5
12-9. (a) Weak interaction
(b) Electromagnetic interaction
(c) Strong interaction
(d) Weak interaction
0
12-10. is caused by the electromagnetic interaction;
v
is caused by the
weak interaction. The electromagnetic interaction is the faster and stronger, so the
0
will decay more quickly; the
will live longer.
12-11. (a) allowed; no conservation laws violated.
(b) allowed; no conservation laws violated.
(c) forbidden; doesn’t conserve baryon number.
(d) forbidden; doesn’t conserve muon lepton number.
312
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
12-12. (a) Electromagnetic interaction
(b) Weak interaction
(c) Electromagnetic interaction
(d) Weak interaction
(e) Strong interaction
(f) Weak interaction
12-13. For neutrino mass m = 0, travel time to Earth is t = d/c, where d =170,000c•y. For
neutrinos with mass m 0 , t
d / v d / c, where v / c.
d 1 d 1
t t
t 1
c c
2
1
2
1
(Equation 1-19)
1 1
2
1 1 1
1 1
1 since 1
2 1
2
2
Substituting into t,
d 1
t E mc E mc
2
c 2
/ 2
2 2 2
(Equation 2-10)
2
d mc
t
2c
E
2
1/ 2
2 1/
2
2
t 2cE
2
2tE
mc
d
d / c
2
6
212.
5s10 10
eV
7
170, 000c y / c3. 16 10
s / y
1/
2
21.
6eV
m 22 eV / c
2
313
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
12-14. The and are members of a isospin multiplet, two charge states of the hadron.
Their mass difference is due to electromagnetic effects. The
and
are a particleantiparticle
pair.
12-15. (a)
ν ν
μ −
μ e
e + π−
ν τ
μ −
W +
W −
W −
μ +
ν μ
τ −
ν μ
12-16. (See Table 12-8 in More Section.)
(a) 30 MeV
(b) 175 MeV
(c) 120 MeV
m c m m c Conservation of energy and lepton number are violated.
12-17. (a)
2 2
p n e
(b)
n p
2 2
m c m m c Conservation of energy is violated.
(c) Total momentum in the center of mass system is zero, so two photons (minimum) must
be emitted. Conservation of linear momentum is violated.
(d) No conservation laws are violated. This reaction, pp annihilation, occurs.
(e) Lepton number before interaction is +1; that after interaction is −1. Conservation of
lepton number is violated.
(f) Baryon number is +1 before the decay; after the decay the baryon number is zero.
Conservation of baryon number is violated.
314
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
12-18. (a) The u and u annihilate via the EM interaction, creating photons.
u
u
u
(b) Two photons are necessary in order to conserve linear momentum.
(c)
W
d
u
12-19. (a) The strangeness of each of the particles is given in Table 12-6.
S
1 The reaction can occur via the weak interaction.
(b) S
2 This reaction is not allowed.
(c) S
1 The reaction can occur via the weak interaction.
12-20. (a) The strangeness of each of the particles is given in Table 12-6.
S
2 The reaction is not allowed.
(b) S
1 This reaction can occur via the weak interaction.
(c) S
0 The reaction can occur via either the strong, electromagnetic, or
weak interaction.
12-21. (a) n n
1 1
T3
1 2 2
T 1
(b) n p
1 1
T3
0
2 2
T 1 or 0
315
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
(Problem 12-21 continued)
(c) p
1 3 3
T3
1 T
2 2 2
(d) n
1 3 3
T3
1 T
2 2 2
(e) n
1 1 1 3
T3
1 T or
2 2 2 2
12-22. (a) e
Electron lepton number changes from 0 to 1; violates conservation of
electron lepton number.
0
(b) e e v v Allowed by conservation laws, but decay into two photons via
e
e
electromagnetic interaction is more likely.
(c) e e v
Allowed by conservation laws but decay without the electrons
is more likely.
(d)
(e)
0
Baryon number changes from 1 to 0; violates conservation of baryon
number. Also violates conservation of angular momentum, which changes from 1/2 to
0.
n p e v Allowed by conservation laws. This is the way the neutron decays.
e
12-23. (a)
(b)
(c)
0 0
p
n
0
p
n
0 0 0
0 0
(d) e e e e
(e)
0
v
12-24.
p
0
Because s have B = 0 and p has B = 1, conservation of B requires the to have B = 1.
0
0
The has B = 0, so conservation of B requires that the have B = 1.
316
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
12-25. (a) 0 0 0 0 S is conserved.
(b) 2 0 1 S is not conserved.
(c) 1 1 0 S is conserved.
(d) 0 0 0 1 S is not conserved.
(e) 3 2 0 S is not conserved.
12-26. Listed below are the baryon number, electric charge, strangeness, and hadron identity of
the various quark combinations from Table 12-8 and Figure 12-21.
Quark Structure Baryon Number Electric Charge (e) Strangeness Hadron
(a) uud +1 +1 0 p
(b) udd +1 0 0 n
(c) uuu +1 +2 0 Δ ++
0
(d) uss +1 0 −2
(e) dss +1 −1 −2
(f) suu +1 +1 −1
(g) sdd +1 −1 −1
Note that 3-quark combinations are baryons.
12-27. Listed be below are the baryon number, electric charge, strangeness, and hadron identity
of the various quark combinations from Table 12-9 and Figure 12-21.
Quark Structure Baryon Number Electric Charge (e) Strangeness Hadron
(a) ud 0 +1 0
(b) ud 0 −1 0
(c) us 0 +2 +1
(d) ss 0 0 +1 0
0
(e) ds 0 0 −1
* forms and along with uu and dd
317
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
12-28.
u
d
0
K
d
c
g
g
u
b
0
K
d
b
12-29. (a) T 3 = 0 (from Figure 12-20a)
(b) T = 1 or 0 just as for ordinary spin.
(c) uds B = 1/3 + 1/3 + 1/3 = 1 C = 2/3 – 1/3 – 1/3 = 0
S = 0 + 0 + −1 = −1 The T = 1 state is the Σ 0 . The T = 0 state is the Λ 0 .
12-30. The +2 charge can result from either a uuu, ccc, or ttt quark configuration. Of these, only
the uuu structure also has zero strangeness, charm, topness, and bottomness. (From Table
12-5.)
2
12-31. The range R is R c / mc (Equation 11-50). Substituting the mass of W + (from Table
12-4),
34 8
1. 05510 J s3. 0010
m / s
2 10
81GeV / c 1. 6010
J / GeV
18 3
R 2. 4410 m 2.
4410
fm
12-32.
d
u
0
ds du
v
W
v
d
0
s
318
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
12-33.
p
u d u d
0
p
uds uud ud
Weak decay
0
Z
u d s
0
12-34. n p
Q m c m c m c
2 2 2
n p
939. 6 938. 3
139. 6 MeV
138.
3MeV
This decay does not conserve energy.
12-35.
p
u d u u d
0
p
uds uud ud
Strong decay
0
Z
u d s
12-36. (a) B = 1, S = −1, C = 0, B 0
(b) Quark content is: uds
12-37. (a) The
has charge +1, B = 0, and S = +1 from Table 12-6. It is a meson (quark-
antiquark) structure. us produces the correct set of quantum numbers. (From Table
12-5.)
319
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
(Problem 12-37 continued)
(b) The
0
has charge 0, B = 0, and S = +1 from Table 12-6. The quark-antiquark
structure tp produce these quantum numbers is ds. (From Table 12-5.)
12-38. (a) Being a meson, the D + is constructed of a quark-antiquark pair. The only combination
with charge = +1, charm = +1 and strangeness = 0 is the cd . (See Table 12-5.)
(b) The D − , antiparticle of the D + , has the quark structure cd.
12-39. The
0
decays via the electromagnetic interaction whose characteristic time is
20
10 s.
The
and both decay via the weak interaction. The difference between these two
being due to their slightly different masses.
12-40. If the proton is unstable, it must decay to less massive particles, i.e., leptons. But leptons
have B = 0, so
p e v would have 1 = 0 + 0 = 0 and B is not conserved. The
e
lepton numbers would not be conserved either; a “leptoquark” number would be
conserved.
2
12-41. V H2O 0. 75 V 0.
754
R R
, where R(Earth) =
6
6. 37 10 m and
R km m
3
1 10 .
V H2O 0. 75 4 6. 37 10 m 10 3.
8210
m
2
6 3 17 3
M H O V H O . 17 m 3 kg / m 3 .
20 kg
2 2
3 82 10 1000 3 82 10
23 22
Number of moles (H 2 O) = 3. 8210 g / 18. 02g / mole 2.
12
10 moles
Number of H 2 O molecules = N # of moles
A
6 . 02 10 23 molecules / mole 2 . 12 10 22 moles
46
1. 28 10 molecules H2O
Each molecule contains 10 protons (i.e., 2 in H atoms and 8 in the oxygen atom), so the
47
number of protons in the world’s oceans is N 1. 28
10 .
320
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
(Problem 12-41 continued)
The decay rate is
dN
dt
N where 1/ 1/
10 y 10 y
10 32
y
1 1 . 28 10 47 protons
32 32 1
15 7
1. 2810 proton decays / y 4
10 decays / s
12-42. (a)
0
p e v e
Q m c M c m c MeV
2 0 2 2
p
e
938. 3 1116 0. 511 MeV 178MeV
Energy is not conserved.
(b) p
(c)
Spin (angular momentum) 1 0 1 1.
Angular momentum is not conserved.
2
0
p
Spin (angular momentum) 1 0 0 0.
Angular momentum is not conserved.
2
12-43. n, B = 1, Q = 0, spin = 1/2, S = 0
Quark strucure u d d
B 1/3 +1/3 +1/3 = 1
Q 2/3 −1/3 −1/3 = 0
spin 1/2↑ 1/2↑ 1/2↓ = 1/2
S 0 +0 +0 = 0
n , B = −1, Q = 0, spin = 1/2, S = 0
Quark strucure u d d
B −1/3 −1/3 −1/3 = −1
Q −2/3 +1/3 +1/3 = 0
spin 1/2↑ 1/2↑ 1/2↓ = 1/2
S 0 +0 +0 = 0
321
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
(Problem 12-43 continued)
(b)
0
, B = 1, Q = 0, spin = 1/2, S = −2
Quark strucure u s s
B 1/3 +1/3 +1/3 = 1
Q 2/3 −1/3 −1/3 = 0
spin 1/2↑ 1/2↓ 1/2↑ = 1/2
S 0 −1 −1 = −2
(c)
, B = 1, Q = 1, spin = 1/2, S = −1
Quark strucure u u s
B 1/3 +1/3 +1/3 = 1
Q 2/3 2/3 −1/3 = 0
spin 1/2↑ 1/2↓ 1/2↑ = 1/2
S 0 +0 −1 = −1
(d)
, B = 1, Q = −1, spin = 3/2, S = −3
Quark strucure s s s
B 1/3 +1/3 +1/3 = 1
Q −1/3 −1/3 −1/3 = −1
spin 1/2↑ 1/2↑ 1/2↑ = 3/2
S −1 −1 −1 = −3
(e)
, B = 1, Q = −1, spin = 1/2, S = −2
Quark strucure u d d
B 1/3 +1/3 +1/3 = 1
Q −1/3 −1/3 −1/3 = −1
spin 1/2↑ 1/2↓ 1/2↑ = 1/2
S 0 −1 −1 = −2
322
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
12-44. (a)
(b)
(c)
Quark strucure d d d
B 1/3 +1/3 +1/3 = 1
Q −1/3 −1/3 −1/3 = −3/2
spin 1/2 1/2 1/2 = 3/2, 1/2
S 0 +0 +0 = 0
Quark strucure u c
B 1/3 −1/3 = 0
Q 2/3 −2/3 = 0
spin 1/2 1/2 = 1, 0
S 0 +0 = 0
Quark strucure u b
(d)
B 1/3 −1/3 = 0
Q 2/3 +1/3 = 1
spin 1/2 1/2 = 1, 0
S 0 +0 = 0
Quark strucure s s s
B −1/3 −1/3 −1/3 = −1
Q 1/3 +1/3 +1/3 = 1
spin 1/2 1/2 1/2 = 3/2, 1/2
S 1 +1 +1 = 3
12-45. The
0
Z has spin 1. Two identical spin 0 particles cannot have total spin 1.
12-46. (a) The final products (p, γ, e − , neutrinos) are all stable.
(b)
0
e
p e v v v
(c) Conservation of charge: 0 11 0 0 0 0
Conservation of baryon number: 11 0 0 0 0 1
323
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
(Problem 12-46 continued)
Conservation of lepton number:
(i) for electrons: 0 0 11 0 0 0
(ii) for muons: 0 0 0 0 11 0
Conservation of strangeness: 2 0 0 0 0 0 0
Even though the chain has S
2, no individual reaction in the chain exceeds
S
1, so they can proceed via the weak interaction.
(d) No, because energy is not conserved.
12-47. 2, 1, 0, 1, 0
cuu
0, 1, 2, 1, 0 c s s
0, 0, 1, 0, 1
bs
0, 1, 1, 0, 0 s d u
0, 1, 1, 1, 0 c s d
1, 1, 3, 0, 0 sss
12-48. (a)
x x
t1 x / u1 t2 x / u2 t t2 t1
u u
u1
u
2
xu
t
x
2
u1u
2 c
2 1
(b)
E
mc
2
1 u / c
2 2
(Equation 2-10)
2 2 2 2 2
2
2 ( mc ) 2 2 ( )
1 / mc u
1
mc
E u c
2 2 2
1 u / c E c E
2 2
Expanding the right side of the equation in powers of ( mc / E)
and keeping only
1/2
the first term yields
324
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
(Problem 12-48 continued)
u
c
2
1 mc
1 2 E
2
(c)
2 2
2 2
1 mc 1 mc
u1 u2
c 1 1
2 E1 2 E
2
2 2 2 2 2 2
c( mc ) 1 1 c( mc ) E1 E
2
2 2 2 2
2 E2 E1 2 E1 E2
c(2.2eV / c c
) (20MeV) (5MeV)
2 (20MeV) (5MeV)
2 2 2 2 2
u u1 u2 2 2
2 (20) (5) (MeV)
2 6 2
c(2.2eV) (10 MeV/eV) 375
2 2 2
2 12
(2.2) (375) 10
c
2 2
2(20) (5)
5
2.7 10 m/s
And therefore,
t
5 15 5
1.710 c y9.4610 m / c y2.710 m/s
(3.010 m/s)
8 2
0.48s
12-49. (a) e ve
v
Electron lepton number: 0 11 0 0
Muon lepton number: 1 0 0 1 1
Tau lepton number: 0 0 0 0 0
(b) v v
Electron lepton number: 0 0 0 0 0
Muon lepton number: 0 11 0 0
Tau lepton number: 1 0 0 1 1
(c)
v
Electron lepton number: 0 0 0 0
Muon lepton number: 0 11 0
Tau lepton number: 0 0 0 0
325
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
0
12-50.
hf
2
2
E pc m c
2 2
In lab:
0
hf
Conservation of momentum requires that each carry half of the initial momentum, hence
1/
2
2
2 2
the total energy: hf / ccos p hf E / pc m
c
cos
2
p
hf /
c
2 2 2
p
1/
2
2 2
2
2 pc m
c
2c
pc
850MeV
0.
9876
1/ 2 1/ 2
2 2 2 2
2
pc m c
850MeV
135MeV
cos 1 0 . 9876 9 . 02
12-51. (a)
0
p
1116MeV 938 140 MeV 38MeV
conserved.
Energy:
Electric charge: 0 11 0 conserved.
Baryon number: 11
0 1 conserved.
Lepton number: 0 0 0 0 conserved.
(b) n
p
1197MeV 940 938 MeV 681MeV
not conserved.
Energy:
Electric charge: 1 0 1 1 conserved.
Baryon number: 111 0 not conserved.
Lepton number: 0 0 0 0 conserved.
This reaction is not allowed (energy and baryon conservation violated).
326
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
(Problem 12-51 continued)
(c)
e ve
v
Energy: 105. 6MeV 0. 511MeV 105.
1MeV
conserved.
Electric charge: 1 1 0 0 1 conserved.
Baryon number: 0 0 0 0 0 conserved.
Lepton number:
(i) electrons: 0 11 0 0 conserved.
(ii) muons: 1 0 0 1 1 conserved.
12-52. (a) The decay products in the chain are not all stable. For example, the neutron decays via
n p e v e
Only the e + and e − are stable.
(b) The net effect of the chain reaction is: p 3e e 3v 2v 2v
(c) Charge: 1 1 31 1 conserved
Baryon number: 11 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 conserved.
Lepton number:
(i) electrons: 0 0 31 31 0 0 0 conserved
(ii) muons: 0 0 0 0 0 0 2 2 0 conserved
Strangeness: 3 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 not conserved
Overall reaction has S
3; however, none of the individual reactions exceeds
S
1, so they can proceed via the weak interaction.
e
12-53. The proton and electron are free particles. The quarks are confined, however, and cannot
be separated. The gluon clouds give the u and d effective masses of about 330 MeV/c 2 ,
about 1/3 of the proton’s mass.
12-54. (a)
0
p
Ekin
M m m
c
0 2
p
1116MeV / c 938. 3MeV / c 139. 6MeV / c
c
38. 1MeV
2 2 2 2
327
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
(Problem 12-54 continued)
(b) Because the
opposite direction.
0
decayed at rest, the p and
m v m v m / m v / v
p p p p
1 2 2
Ekin
mv
2 m mp
m
p 938.
3
6.
72
1
Ekin
p 2
mv
mp
m
m
139.
6
p p
2
(c)
have momenta of equal magnitudes and
E E p E E p 6. 72E p 7. 72E p 38.
1MeV
kin kin kin kin kin kin
kin
38. 1 / 7. 71 4.
94
E p MeV MeV MeV
E 6. 72E p 33.
2MeV
kin
kin
12-55.
0 0
(a)
E
T
for decay products is the rest energy of the
0
, 1193MeV.
(b) The rest energy of
0
,
116 MeV so E 1193MeV 1116MeV 77MeV
(c) The
and p E / c 77MeV / c .
0
decays at rest, so the momentum of the
photon.
0 2 / 2 77 / 2
/ 21116
/
2
Ekin
p M MeV c
MeV c
2. 66MeV
small compared to E
0
equals in magnitude that of the
(d) A better estimate of E
and p
are then E 77MeV 2. 66MeV
74.
3MeV
and
p
74. 3MeV / c.
12-56. (a)
x x x u u
t t t Note that u u c
1 2 2
2 1 1 2
u2 u1 u1u
2
x u1
u2
xu
t
2 2
c c
328
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
(Problem 12-56 continued)
(b)
(c)
1/
2
2
2 2
2
2
mc
u 1 mc
o
1
o
(Equation 2-10). Thus,
mc
1
2 2
2
u / c
c E 2 E
E
1
2 2
2 2
1 moc
1 moc
u1 u2
c 1 1
2 E1
2 E
2
o
2 2
2 2 2 2 2
o
c c m c
o
1
2
2 2
2 1 1 2
c m c m c E E
2 E 2 E 2 E E
c
2 6 6
20eV
2010 eV 510
eV
2 2
2
6 6
2010 eV 510
eV
2 2
2 2 2
c20eV
20 5
7.
510
2 2 2
2
6
20 5 10
eV
12
170, 000c y7.
510
C
12
xu
c
c
6
T 1. 28 10 y 40.
3s
2 2
(d) If the neutrino rest energy is 40eV, then
c
11
u 3. 0010 c and t 161s.
The
difference in arrival times can thus be used to set an upper limit on the neutrino’s mass.
12-57. e ve
v
v v
d u v
The last decay is the most probable (three times as likely compared to each of the others)
due to the three possible quark colors.
329
Chapter 12 – Particle Physics
12-58. () i dp ev B
dt
( ii) dE
dt
0 which follows from the fact that the Lorentz force is v ; therefore, v v =
constant and thus
v
constant.
Equation (i) then becomes: d p m
dv ev B
dt dt
For circular orbits
mv
R
2
evB or, re-writing a bit,
1GeV
m v p eBR and pc ceBR 0.
35BR GeV
19
1.
6010
J
and finally, p 0. 35BR GeV / c
330
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
v W
13-1. v v 4 km / s.
Assuming Sun’s rotation to be
W
E
r
uniform, so that v v , then v v 2km / s.
W E W E
v E
ω
Because v 2
/ T, v 2 r / T or
E
5
2
r
6
T 2. 1910 s 25.
3days
v
E
2
6.
9610
km
2km / s
13-2.
2GM
11 30
. . 2
2 6 67 10 1 99 10
2
41
U J 7.
5910
J
8
R
6.
9610
The Sun’s luminosity
L
3.
85
10
26
W
U 7.
5910
J
L 3. 8510
J / s
41
15 7
tL
1. 97 10 s 6.
26 10 years
26
13-3. The fusion of 1 H to
4 He proceeds via the proton-proton cycle. The binding energy of
4 He is so high that the binding energy of two 4 He nuclei excees that of 8 Be produced in
the fusion reaction: 4 He 4 He 8 Be and the 8 Be nucleus fissions quickly to two
4 He nuclei via an electromagnetic decay. However, at high pressures and temperatures a
very small amount is always present, enough for the fusion reaction:
8 4 12
Be He C to proceed. This 3- 4 He fusion to 12 C produces no net 8 Be and
bypasses both Li and B, so their concentration in the cosmos is low.
13-4. The Sun is 28, 000c yfrom Galactic center = radius of orbit
2 r 2
28 000 9 45 10
time for 1 orbit
15
, c y . /
5
v 2. 510
m / s
m c y
15 8
6. 65 10 s 2.
1110
yr
331
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
13-5. Observed mass (average)
3 27 3
1 / 1. 67 10 / 10% of total mass
H atom m kg m (a)
missing mass 9 1. 67 10 kg / m 1. 56 10 kg / m
500 photons cm 500 10 photons m
27 3 26 3
3 6 3
/ / , so the mass of each photon would be
26 3
1. 50 10 kg / m
500 10 photons / m
6 3
3.
01 10
35
kg
or
3.
01 10 kg m
mv
c eV c
1. 60 10 J / eV s
35 2
2 2
16. 9 /
19 2
13-6.
5
4
T
4
10 K
3
2
1
0
0 1
2
3
4
38
M / M /
6
7
8
13-7.
1 1 3 00 10 1 3 00 10 3 00 10
8 8 5
c s c s . m/ s s . m . km
1 min 1min 60 min 3 00 10 60 1 80 10
5 7
c c s / . km s . km
1 1 3600 1 08 10
9
c h c h s / h . km
1 24 3600 2 59 10
10
c day c h s / h . km
13-8. (a) See Figure 13-16.
1 1 496 10
11
AU . m . R 1 pc when 1 ", so
R
1AU
1"
332
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
(Problem 13-8 continued)
or
1AU
3600"
180
1"
1 rad
16
R 3.
086 10 m 1pc
16
3.
086 10 m
1pc
3.
26c y
15
9. 45 10 m / c y
(b) When 0. 01", R 100 pc and the volume of a sphere with that radius is
4
3
3 6 3
V R 4. 19 10 pc . If the density of stars is
of stars in the sphere is equal to
0 08
3
. / ,
0. 08/ 4. 19 10 3.
4 10
pc then the number
3 6 3 5
pc pc stars.
13-9.
L r f m m f f
2
4
1 2
2. 5log 1
/
2
Thus,
L r f L r f L L
2 2
p
4
p p
and
B
4
B B
and
p B
r f r f r r f / f
2 2 2 2
p p B B B p p B
1. 16 0.
41
log f
p
/ fB 0. 30 f
p
/ f
B
2.
00
25 .
Because
1/
2
r 12 pc, r r f / f 12 2 17.
0 pc
p B p p B
13-10. (a)
(b)
2 25
M 0. 3M Te
3300K L 5 10 L 1.
93 10 W
2 28
M 3. 0M Te
13, 500K L 10 L 3.
85 10 W
(c) R M R M R / M
R
03 .
0. 3 0. 3 0. 3 2.
09 10
M
8
R M M R m
Similarly,
9
R R m
30 .
3. 0 2.
09 10
t M t M t / M t M
3 3 3 3
L L L L
(d)
3 3
3 3
L
0. 3 0. 3
L
0. 3 0.
3
L
t M t M M t
or t 0. 3 37 t . Similarly, t 3. 0 0.
04t
L L L L
333
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
13-11. Angular separation
S
R
distance between binaries
distance Earth
6
100 10 km
11
10 m
100 100 3 15 10
7
cy c y . s / y
1.
057 10
7
rad
6 9
6. 06 10 degrees 1.
68 10 arcseconds
13-12. Equation 13-18:
Fe 13 He 4 n . m 56 55. 939395 u , m 4 4. 002603 u , m 1. 008665 u .
56 4
26 2
Fe
Energy required: 13 m 4 4 m m 56 0. 129104 u .
He
2
1 931. 49432 / 0.
129104 120
u MeV c u MeV
4 1
Equation 13-19:
2
He 2 H 2n m 1 1.
007825
n
Energy required: 2 m 1 2 m m 4 0. 020277 u 28.
3 MeV
H
n
He
Fe
H
He
n
13-13. 24 km / s (a)
15 . cy
15 . cy
r ; assuming constant expansion rate,
2
Age of Shell
1. 5cy/
2
4
2. 4 10 m/
s
(b) L 12L T 1.
4T
star e star e
11
2.
95 10 s 9400
y
R M R M T M T M L M L M
e
R / M , T / M , L / M
e
1/ 2 1/
2 4 4
e
1/
2 4
R T L
R m , T M , L M
M M M
e 1/
2 4
star star e star 1/
2 star star 4 star
Using either the
M T
star
e star
2
Te
or L relations, Rstar
R R 1. 4 R 1.
96R
M T
e
2
or
R
star
L
L
star
1/
2
1.
86R
334
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
13-14.
R GM c
S
2
2 / (Equation 13-24)
(a) Sun
11 30 2 3
RS
2 6. 67 10 1. 99 10 / c 2.
9 10 m 3km
(b) Jupiter m 318m R 2.
8m
J E S
(c) Earth
3
RS
8 86 10 m 9mm
. !
13-15. M 2M
(a) (Equation 13-22)
14 1/
3 14 1/
3
4
R 1. 6 10 M 1. 6 10 2M 1.
01 10 m
(b) 05 . rev / s rad / s
1 2
where for a sphere
2 I 2
2 1 2 2 1 01 10 8 0 10
5 2 5
2 4 38
I MR M . . J
(c)
d
1
10 /
2
d I d I where day
8
d
38
d 2 8.
0 10 J
25 25
2 1. 85 10 J / s L 1.
85 10 W
8 5
10 d 8. 64 10 s / d
13-16. Milky Way contains
11
10 stars of average mass M , therefore the visible mass =
30 11 41
1. 99 10 10 1. 99 10 kg 10% of total
(a) Mass of a central black hole =
41 42
9 1. 99 10 1. 8 10 kg
(b) Its radius would be
2
RS
2 GM / c (Equation 13-24).
11 42 2 15
RS
2 6. 67 10 1. 8 10 / c 2. 6 10 m 17,
000AU
13-17. v 72, 000 km / s .
(a)
v 72, 000km / s
H 21. 2km / s 10 c y
9
v Hr r 3.
40 10 c y
6
(b) From Equation 13-29 the maximum age of the galaxy is:
1 / 4. 41 10 1.
4 10
17 10
H s y
335
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
(Problem 13-17 continued)
1/
H r
1/ H r / v 1/ H r / v
10%
1/
H r
so the maximum age will also be in error by 10%.
13-18. The process that generated the increase could propagate across the core at a maximum rate
7 8 16
of c, thus the core can be at most 1. 5y 3. 15 10 s / y 3. 0 10 m / s 1.
42 10 m
4
9. 45 10 AU in diameter. The Milky Way diameter is
60 000 3 8 10
9
, c y . AU .
13-19. Combining Hubble’s law (Equation 13-28) and the definition of the redshift (Equation 13-
27) yields
z
Hor
c
0
0
Hor
c
1
0
(a)
r
6
5 10 c y
6
km 5 10 c y
21.7 1 656.3nm
6 8
s 10 c y 3 10 m/s
656.5nm
(b)
r
6
50 10 c y
Similarly,
658.7nm
(c)
r
6
500 10 c y
Similarly,
680.0nm
(d)
r
9
5 10 c y
Similarly,
893.7nm
336
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
13-20. Equation 13-33:
c
2
3H
3
2
8 G 8 1/ H G
c
3
2
10 7 11 2 2
8 1. 5 10 y 3. 15 10 s / y 6. 67 10 Nm / kg
8. 02 10 kg / m
27 3
(This is about 5 hydrogen atoms/m 3 !)
13-21. Present size
10 1 1
10
10 c y S
p
S
p
with T 2. 7K 2.
7 10 c yK
T T
(a) 2000 years ago, S = S p
(b) 10 6 years ago, S = S p
(c) 10 seconds after the Big Bang,
10 9 9
S 2 7 10 c yK 10 K 2 7 10 S 25c y
. / .
p
(d) 1 second after the Big Bang,
10 9 10
S 2 7 10 c yK 5 10 K 5 4 10 S 5c y
. / .
p
(e) 10 -6 seconds after the Big Bang,
S 2. 7 10 c yK / 5 10 K 5. 4 10 S 0. 005c y 6.
4 10 AU
10 12 13 4
p
13-22.
8
mpl
5.
5 10 kg
Planck time 5. 5 10 kg / m
3
3
35 3
pl 10 m
97 3
27
1.
67 10 kg
proton 1. 67 10 kg / m
3
15 3
10 m
osmium 2. 45 10 kg / m
4 3
18 3
13-23. Wien’s law (Equation 3-11):
max
2. 898mm K 2.
898mm K
T 2.
728K
(this is in the microwave region of the EM spectrum)
1.
062mm
13-24. Muon rest energy
2
208m
e
106 / .
MeV c The universe cooled to this energy (average)
at about 10 -3 s (see Figure 13-34). 2.728K corresponds to average energy = 10 -3 eV.
Therefore,
m
3 19
10 eV 1. 6 10 J / eV
2
c
1.
8 10
39
kg
337
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
13-25.
M / 4 / 3 r t t M / 4 / 3 r t
3 3
0 0
r t R t r t
0
(Equation 13-37) \
M
M
R t
4/ 3 r t / R t
4/
3 r
3
0 3 2
t
3
0
R t t
13-26.
B
If Hubble’s law applies in A, then
FBC
vBA HrBA, vCA Hr
CA.
FBA
From mechanics,
C
vBC vBA vCA H rBA rCA Hr
BC
FCA
A (Milky Way)
and Hubble’s lab applies in C, as well, and
by extension in all other galaxies.
13-27. At a distance r from the Sun the magnitude of the gravitational force acting on a dust
article of radius a is: GM m
F
where
grav 2
r
the particle due to the Sun’s radiation pressure at r is given by: (See Equation RP-9.)
3
m (4 / 3) a . The force acting on
2 2 U
Frad
a Prad
a where
3
2
a is the cross sectional area of the particle and U
is the energy density of solar radiation at r. U is given by: (See Equation 3-6.)
U
4 4 L
R
c c 4 r
2
Therefore,
F
rad
a
2
1
3 4
4L
2
rc
The minimum value of a is obtained from the condition that Fgrav
F
rad
:
338
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
(Problem 13-27 continued)
GM m
2 1 4L
a
2 2
r 3 4 r c
GM a L
3
(4 / 3)
2 1 4
a
2 2
r
3 4
r c
Simplifying this expression yields:
a
4
L
cGM
26
3.84 10 W
a
8 11 2 2 30 3
4 (3.00 10 m/s)(6.67 10 N m / kg )(1.99 10 kg)(5500kg/m )
7 5
a 1.40 10 m or 1.40 10 cm
Note that (i) a is very small and (ii) the magnitude of a is independent of r.
13-28. (Equation 13-31) Robs
Remit
1 Z r0
r 1 Z
Z M / 4 / 3 r M / 4 / 3 r
3 3
0 0
Substituting for r 0
in the 0
equation:
3
3 3
0
M / 4/ 3 r 1 Z M / 4/
3 r 1 Z
0
Z / 1 Z or
3
Z 1 Z 0
3
13-29. (a) H available for fusion =
30 29
M 0. 75 0. 13 2. 0 10 kg 0. 75 0. 13 2.
0 10 kg
(b) Lifetime of H fuel =
29
2.
0 10 kg
1
6. 00 10 kg / s
3.
3 10
17
s
17 7 10
3. 3 10 s / 3. 15 10 s / y 1.
03 10 y
10 10 9
(c) Start being concerned in 1. 03 10 y 0. 46 10 y 5.
7 10 y
13-30. SN1987A is the Large Magellanic cloud, which is 170,000c•y away; therefore
(a) supernova occurred 170,000 years BP.
339
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
(Problem 13-30 continued)
(b)
E K m c
o
2
mc
1
o
2
v
c
2
2
9.
38 10
eV m eV v c
v
1
2
c
8
9 2 8 9 8
10 ,
o
9. 28 10 10 9. 38 10 or 0.
875
2
Therefore, the distance protons have traveled in 170,000y
= v 170, 000 y 149, 000c y . No, they are not here yet.
13-31.
M
30
1. 99 10 kg .
(a) When first formed, mass of H =
1 27
0. 7M , m H 1. 007825u 1. 66 10 kg / u , thus
07 . M
number of H atoms 8.
33 10
27
1. 007825u
1. 66 10 kg / u
56
(b) If all
1 4
H He; 4 H He 26. 72eV . The number of He atoms
produced =
8.
33 10
4
Total energy produced =
(c) 23% of max possible =
0. 23 8.
89 10
L
6
.
8.
33 10
4
44
0. 23 8. 89 10 J
6
26. 72 5. 56 10 8.
89 10
57 44
MeV MeV J
44
17 10 26
tL
5. 53 10 s 1. 7 10 y L 3.
85 10 W
13-32. (a)
F Gm m / r a m v / r m
2 2
1 2 c 2 2
2 2
v / r Gm / r f v / r
1
and orbital frequency 2
Substituting for f and noting that the period
T 1/ f , 4 f Gm / r
2 2 3
1
2 2 3
or, T 4 r / Gm , which is Kepler’s third law.
(b) Rearranging Kepler’s third law in part (a),
1
340
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
(Problem 13-32 continued)
m 4 r / GT
E
2 3 2
moon
2 8
4 3.
84 10 m
11 2 2 4
6. 67 10 Nm / kg 27. 3d 8. 64 10 s / d
3
2
24
6. 02 10 kg
(c)
1/
2
1/
2 3
3
6
r
6.
67 10
sh
3
2 2 5. 44 10 1.
5
11 24
GmE
6. 67 10 6.
02 10
T s h
(d)
mcomb
4 1.
97 10
2 7
6 67 10 6 46 3 1 10
11 4
. . d . /
3
s d
2
1.
48 10
22
kg
2 2
6
13-33. (a) T 12d 6. 06 10 / s 2
T 12 24 3600
(b) For
2
m1m
2
v m1m
2
m1 m2
: reduced mass , then G and
m m r r
1 2
m m r Gm m
r
m m r r G
2 2 2 3
1 2 1 2
or m
2
1
m2
1 2
(c)
1 1 1 2 2 2 1 2 1 2
v r , v r , and from the graph v 200 km / s and v 100km / s
3
200 10 m/
s
10 10
r1 3. 3 10 m and, similarly, r
6
2
1.
6 10 m
6. 06 10 / s
10
r r r . m
1 2
4 9 10
Assuming circular orbits,
m v m v rv
2 2 2
1 1 2 2 1 2
and m1 m
2 2
r1 r2 r2v
1
Substituting yields,
m 6. 63 10 kg and m 1.
37 10 kg
30 31
1 2
341
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
13-34.
1 2 2 2
E mv GmM / r FG
GM m / r mv / r
2
2 1 2 1
or GM m / r mv mv GM m / r
2 2
1 GM m GM m 1 GM m
E
2 r r 2 r
13-35.
universe V
dV
20km / s
H
6
10 cy
Current average density = 1H atom / m
3
dR
4
3
3 2
V R dV 4 R dR
The current expansion rate at R is:
20km / s
10 cy
10 4 7
v HR 10 c y 20 10 km / s 20 10 m / s
6
7 7
dR 20 10 m / s 3. 16 10 s / y
6
10 y
6
10 y
2 2
2 10 15 7 7
dV 4 R dR 4 10 9. 45 10 m / c y 20 10 m / s 3. 16 10 s / y
6
10 y
6
10 y
74 3
7. 07 10 m # of H atoms
6 6 to be added
10 c y 10 c y
4
Current volume V
3
3
10 77 3
10 8.
4 10
m
74 6
7. 07 10 atoms / 10 c y
3 6
"new" H atoms = 0. 001 "new" H atoms / m 10 c y ; no
77 3
8.
4 10 m
342
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
13-36. (a) Equation 8-12: v 3 RT / M is used to compute v rms vs T for each gas ® = gas
constant.
Gas
(
M
3
10 kg )
rms
3 R/
M
v
rms
(m/s) at T = :
50K 200K 500K 750K 1000K
H 2 O 18 37.2 263 526 832 1020 1180
CO 2 44 23.8 168 337 532 652 753
O 2 32 27.9 197 395 624 764 883
CH 4 16 39.5 279 558 883 1080 1250
H 2 2 111.6 789 1580 2500 3060 3530
He 4 78.9 558 1770 1770 2160 2500
The escape velocities vsc
2gR 2 GM / R , where the planet masses M and
radii R, are given in table below.
Planet Earth Venus Mercury Jupiter Neptune Mars
v esc (km/s) 11.2 10.3 4.5 60.2 23.4 5.1
v esc /6 (m/s) 1870 1720 750 10,000 3900 850
On the graph of v rms vs T the v esc /6 points are shown for each planet.
343
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
(Problem 13-36 continued)
(b) v 2GM / R v 2GM / R v 2GM / R
esc Pl Pl Pl E E E
v M / R ME
/ RE
M / M
vPl
vE
v M / R M / R R / R
Pl Pl Pl Pl E
E E E E E Pl E
(c) All six gases will still be in Jupiter’s atmosphere and Netune’s atmosphere, because
v esc for these is so high. H 2 will be gone from Earth; H 2 and probably He will be gone
from Venus; H 2 and He are gone from Mars. Only CO 2 and probably O 2 remain in
Mercury’s atmosphere.
13-37. (a) α Centauri
d
in pc
Earth's orbit radius (in AU)
sin p
1AU
sin 0. 742"
5 5
d 2. 78 10 pc 9.
06 10 c y
(b) Procyon
1AU
sin 0. 0286"
5 6
d 7. 21 10 pc 2.
35 10 c y
13-38. Earth is currently in thermal equilibrium with surface temperature 300 K . Assuming
Earth radiates as a blackbody
4 4
2
I T and I 300 459 W / m . The solar constant
is
3 2
f 1. 36 10 W / m currently, so Earth absorbs 459/1360 = 0.338 of incident solar
energy. When
2 2
L 10 L then f 10 f . If the Earth remains in equilibrium.
3 2 4
I 0. 338 1.
36 10 10 T or T 994K 676 C sufficient to boil the oceans
away. However, the v rms for H 2 O molecules at 994K is
3 8.
31 949
vrms
3RT / M 1146m / s 1. 15km / s . The v
3
esc = 11.2km/s (see
18 10
solution to problem 14-26).
atmosphere.
Because v rms ≈ 0.1 v esc , the H 2 O will remain in the
344
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
13-39. (a)
a
n = grains/cm 3
R
photons
N/mrs
R
dx
a
dust grain
total scattering area =
which is
2 2
R a ndx
a
2
2 2
R na dx
2
R ndx
of the
total area = fraction scattered = dN/N
N
N0
dN
N
d
2
n R dx or N N e
0
0
2
n R d
From those photons that scatter at x = 0 (N 0 ), those that have not scattered again after
traveling some distance x = L is
given by:
L
2
n R L
0
.
N N e The average value of L (= d 0 ) is
d
dNL
L dL
dL
0
L
2
0 2
0
n R
dL
L
0
dN dL
dL
1
Note:
dN
n R N e
2
n R L
d/
d0 5
(b) I I e near the Sun d 3000c y R 10 cm
0 0
1
3000c y 9. 45 10 cm / c y n 1. 1 10 / cm
n 10
17 12 3
2
5
(c)
grains
2 gm / cm
3
cm
3
m grains
4
2 10 1. 1 10 / cm 9. 41 10 gm / cm
of space 3
3
5 12 3 27 3
9. 41 10 gm / cm
M
27 3
3
17
mass in 300c y
9. 45 10 cm / c y 300
0. 0012 0. 1% M
345
Chapter 13 – Astrophysics and Cosmology
13-40.
56 H 14 He Fe 2 2e 2 2e 2. 04MeV / c
1 14 56 2
1 2 26
14 m 14 4. 002603 m 55.
939395 u
4He
56Fe
56.
036442u
Net energy difference (release) =
14 26.
72MeV
2.
04MeV
90.
40MeV
466.
5MeV
2 Fe Cd 4 4e 4 4e 4. 08MeV / c
56 112 2
26 48
56 112
2 2 55. 939395 111.
902762
m Fe u m Cd u
Net energy required = 2 m m 56 112
0. 023972 u 4. 08 MeV 18.
25 MeV
Fe
Cd
13-41. (a)
dt
1 024 10
hc
4 2 2
. G M dM
4
rearranging, the mass rate of change is
dM
dt
hc
1.
024 10
4
GM
24 2 2
Clearly, the larger the mass M, the lower the rate at which the black hole loses mass.
(b)
t
2 2
4 2 11 30
1. 024 10 6. 62 10 2.
0 10
hc
4
44 37
t 3. 35 10 s 1.
06 10 y far larger than the present age of the universe.
(c)
t
2 2
4 4 11 30 12
1. 024 10 6. 67 10 2.
0 10 10
6. 63 10 3.
00 10
34 8
4
68 61
t 3. 35 10 s 1.
06 10 y
346